Category: Pandemic

  • MIL-OSI Security: Grant manager sentenced to over two years in prison for embezzling funds intended to serve Native Alaskans

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    ALEXANDRIA, Va. – An Orange, Virginia, man was sentenced today to two years and four months in prison for wire fraud relating to his scheme to misappropriate grant funds through fraudulent invoices.

    According to court documents, from at least December 2021 to March 2024, Larry Todd Morgan, 57, was employed at a company, identified in court records as Company A, as President of Strategy and Innovation. Company A was an Alaska Native Corporation headquartered in Tongass, Alaska, with a contracting office in Manassas and later Chantilly.

    Company A sought and, on July 26, 2022, received a $1.9 million National Telecommunications and Information Administration grant to bring high-speed broadband and related computer software, services, and devices to Alaska Natives living in the villages of Saxman and Ketchikan who were negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Company A selected Morgan to administer and manage the NTIA Grant and only Morgan and one other employee had authority to make purchases using NTIA Grant funds.

    Between Oct. 31, 2023, and Nov. 2, 2023, Morgan submitted four expense reports containing six fraudulent invoices purportedly for the purchase of large quantities of electronics and showing that he paid for the electronics using his own personal credit card. Based on the false expense reports and fraudulent invoices, on Nov. 9, 2023, Company A sent a reimbursement payment for $82,815.20 via interstate wire to Morgan’s personal account.

    Over time, Morgan increased the quantity of the electronics he purported to purchase. On Feb. 6, 2024, Morgan submitted an expense report with three fraudulent invoices. On Feb 15, 2024, Company A sent $198,756.48 via ACH transaction to Morgan’s account. Every expense report and invoice Morgan submitted to Company A for reimbursement was false. In total, Morgan submitted at least eight falsified expense reports and at least 21 fraudulent invoices to Company A’s accounting personnel, falsely claiming to have purchased over 2,500 electronic items for the NTIA Tribal Broadband Connectivity Project such as monitors, keyboards, cell phones, tablets, and headsets. Morgan did not make any of the purchases he represented.

    In total, Morgan misappropriated at least $828,152.99 from the NTIA Grant, representing 43% of the total grant received by Company A. He then used the fraud proceeds to purchase luxury vehicles and expensive farming equipment.

    Erik S. Siebert, U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Virginia; Sean Ryan, Special Agent in Charge of the FBI Washington Field Office’s Criminal and Cyber Division; and Roderick Anderson, Acting Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Commerce, made the announcement after sentencing by U.S. District Judge Leonie M. Brinkema.

    Assistant U.S. Attorney Zachary H. Ray and former Assistant U.S. Attorney Kenneth R. Simon, Jr. prosecuted the case.

    A copy of this press release is located on the website of the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia. Related court documents and information are located on the website of the District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia or on PACER by searching for Case No. 1:24-cr-247.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Global Financial Stability Report Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    April 22, 2025

    GFSR PRESS BRIEFING

    Speakers:

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Moderator: Meera Louis, Communications Officer, IMF

    Ms. LOUIS: Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the GFSR press conference. And thank you for joining us today. I am Meera Louis with the Communications Department at the IMF.

    Joining us here today is Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department. Also with us is Jason Wu, Assistant Director, and Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department.

    So, Tobias, before we turn the floor over for questions, I wanted to start by asking you, what were some of the challenges you and your team faced in preparing for this report? We are in uncharted territory now. So how did you come up with a strategy to shape this report?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much, Meera. And welcome, everybody, to the International Monetary Fund.

    We are launching the Global Financial Stability Report, and let me give you a couple of headline messages from the report.

    Our baseline assessment for global financial stability is that risks have been increasing, and there are really two main factors here: One is that the overall level of policy uncertainty has increased; and the second factor is that the forecast of economic activity going forward is slightly lower, as Pierre‑Olivier presented at the World Economic Outlook press conference just now. So, it’s a combination of a lower baseline and larger downside risks. Having said that, we do see both downside and upside risks, and we will certainly explain more about the two sides of uncertainty throughout the press conference.

    So let me highlight three vulnerabilities that are driving our assessment.

    The first one is the level of risky asset values. We have certainly seen some adjustment in risky asset values. It’s important to see that in the broader context of where we are coming from. And, in recent years, we saw quite a bit of appreciation—particularly in equity markets and in some sectors, such as technology. So valuations were quite stretched and credit spreads were very tight by historical standards. And we have certainly seen some decline in valuations; but by historical standards, price-earnings ratios in equity markets, for example, continue to be fairly elevated and credit spreads and sovereign spreads have widened to some degree, but they are still fairly contained by historical standards. The stretching of asset valuations continues to be a vulnerability we are watching closely.

    The second vulnerability is about leverage and maturity transformation in the financial system, particularly in the nonbank sector, where we are looking closely at how leverage is evolving. As market volatility has increased, we have seen some degree of deleveraging, but market functioning has been sound so far. With higher volatility, we would expect asset prices to come down, but the functioning of how those asset prices adjusted has been very orderly to date.

    The third vulnerability that we are watching is the overall level of debt globally. In the past decade, and particularly since the pandemic in 2020, sovereign debt levels have been increasing around the world. It’s the backdrop of higher debt that can interact with financial stability and that’s particularly true for emerging markets and frontier economies, where we have certainly seen some widening of sovereign spreads. Issuance year to date has been strong, but, of course, the tightening of financial conditions that we observed in the past three weeks has an outsized impact on those more vulnerable countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And now I will open up the floor to questions. If you could please identify yourself and your outlet. You also have the report online, if need be. And you can also join us online via the Webex link. Thank you.

    So, the lady here in the front.

    QUESTION: Hi. My name is Ray. I am with 21st Century Business Herald, Guangdong, China.

    So, my question is that, you’ve highlighted a series of vulnerabilities and risks. So how does the IMF assess the risk of these tensions triggering broader macro‑financial instability, especially in emerging markets with weaker buffers?

    My second question is that during times of global uncertainty, safe haven assets, such as gold and US treasuries, have been very volatile recently. So how does the IMF assess the volatility affecting currency stability? Thank you so much.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, starting with the second part of your question. We have seen a strong rally in gold prices, which is the sort of usual relationship we see in safe haven flows. When there is a high level of uncertainty, risky assets are selling off, oftentimes gold is viewed as a hedge asset and it has been appreciating.

    Of course, US treasuries remain the baseline reserve asset globally. It’s the largest and most liquid sovereign market. And  we have seen yields move. They have been increasing in the past two weeks, which is somewhat similar to the episode in 2020, when longer‑duration assets had yields increasing, as well. What is somewhat unusual is that the dollar has been falling, to some degree, but it’s important to keep that in the context of the strong dollar rally previously.

    Concerning the emerging markets and frontier economies, yes, the tightening of global financial conditions has an outsized the impact on weaker economies. We have seen a number of weaker emerging markets and frontier economies with high levels of debt. We have seen issuance throughout last year and earlier this year, but tighter financial conditions certainly adversely impact the financing conditions for those countries.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just to quickly add on emerging markets.

    I think it’s important to distinguish the major larger emerging markets versus the frontiers, as Tobias has mentioned. I think so far, we have seen currencies and capital flows being relatively muted in this episode. And I think this speaks to the ongoing theme that we have mentioned for several rounds now, that there’s resilienc among the emerging market economies for a whole host of reasons.

    However, as Tobias has pointed out, the external environment is not favorable and financial conditions are tightening globally. At this time, we need to worry about, countries where they are seeing sovereign spreads increasing, with large debt maturities forthcoming. Policy can be proactive to head off these risks by, for example, making sure that fiscal sustainability is being sent the right message.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Jason. The gentleman in the first row, at that end.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Rotus Oddiri with Arise News.

    So theoretically, if the dollar is weakening, isn’t that, to some degree, relatively good for countries with dollar debts?

    And secondly, how are you seeing fund flows to cash? If there’s a lot of volatility, are you seeing more movements to cash? And are there implications there in terms of [M&A] activity and so on and so forth?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So let me take this in three parts.

    The first question is about sort of like the strength of the dollar and the impact for emerging markets. When we look at exchange rates relative to emerging markets, there’s some heterogeneity. The dollar has appreciated against some emerging markets and depreciated against others. But it’s not the only impact on those financing conditions. We certainly have seen a notable widening of financing spreads. And that is probably the more important determinant for external financing conditions in emerging markets.

    Now, having said that, in some of the larger emerging markets with developed local government bond markets, we have seen some inflows into those local markets, but it’s very country‑specific.

    Turning to the question of investment decisions. We think that the first‑order impact here is the overall level of uncertainty. So, generally, investment decisions are easier in an environment with certainty. Given that some uncertainty remains about how policies are going to play out going forward, that can be a temporary headwind to investments or merger activity.

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly respond to your question about cash. I think during periods where markets are volatile, it’s reasonable that market participants and investors demand more liquidity, thereby moving in cash. We have not seen this happening en masse so far during this episode. So, we have seen bank deposits increase a little bit in the United States, but I think the magnitude is significantly smaller compared to previous episodes of stress.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason. So, the lady here in the second row, with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Hi. Szu Chan from the Telegraph.

    Do you see any parallels between recent moves in the bond market, particularly in US treasuries, with what happened in the wake of the Liz Truss mini budget? And do you think any lasting damage has been done?

    Mr. ADRIAN:

    Just for everybody’s recollection, in October 2022, there was some turbulence in UK gilt markets when the budget announcements were larger than expected and the Bank of England intervened to stabilize markets at that time. Clearly, we haven’t seen interventions by central banks, and the market conditions have been very orderly in recent weeks. There’s a repricing relative to the higher level of uncertainty but as I said at the beginning, there is both upside and downside risk. And we could certainly see upside risk if uncertainty is reduced going forward.

    And market conditions have been quite orderly. The moves are notable in treasuries, in equities, in exchange rates, but they are within movements we have seen in recent years and really reflect the higher level of volatility.

    Mr. Ferreira: I don’t think I have much to add to this, Tobias.

    I think that what we are seeing is some moves that have not been historically deserved in this kind of situation. But these mostly respond to these higher uncertainties and a repricing to the new macro scenario.

    Ms. LOUIS: So, before I go back to the floor, we do have a question on Webex, Pedro da Costa from Market News International. Pedro?

    QUESTION: Thank you so much, Meera. Thank you, guys, for doing this.

    My question is, given the market concerns about the threat to central bank independence, if the threat were exercised in a greater way, what would be the financial stability implications of a potential firing of either the Fed Chair or Fed Governors?

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Pedro. Are there any other questions on central bank independence? I don’t see any in the room. So over to you, Tobias 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, the International Monetary Fund has been advising central banks for many decades. Helping central banks in terms of governance and monetary policy frameworks is really one of the core missions of the IMF. And we have seen time and time again that central bank independence is an important foundation for central banks to achieve their goals, which are primarily price stability and financial stability. We do advise our membership to, have a degree of independence that is aimed at achieving those overarching goals for monetary policy and financial stability policies.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. The gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa in Washington, DC.

    I want to ask you about AI. It seems that is the big thing now. First, are you worried about AI? And what type of safeguards is the IMF putting in place to make sure that advanced countries—that AI doesn’t increase risk?

    And maybe, finally, on tariffs. We know that President Trump is imposing tariffs today, removing them tomorrow. China is retaliating. How much will that affect the financial stability of the world? Thank you. 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. Let me start with the question on artificial intelligence, and Jason can complement me.

    We have done quite a bit of work on that. In October, we actually had a chapter specifically focused on the impact of artificial intelligence on capital market activity, but, of course, the impact of AI is broader. And in our view, there are both risks and opportunities. I think the main opportunity is that it’s actually potentially quite inclusive, right?

    Everybody that has access to the internet via a smartphone or a computer or a tablet, in principle, can use those very powerful artificial intelligence tools. And we have seen examples in emerging markets and lower‑income economies where entrepreneurs are actually using these new tools to innovate. That can boost productivity around the world.

    In financial markets, we do quite a bit of outreach to market participants. And financial institutions—including banks and capital market institutions—are very actively exploring avenues to use artificial intelligence productively. There’s a lot of innovation going on. At the moment, we see a lot of that concentrated in back‑office kind of applications, so keeping your house in order in terms of getting processes done. But in trading and in credit decisions, these are also quite promising.

    In terms of risks, our primary concerns are cybersecurity risks. Many financial institutions are already under cyber attack., AI can be used to make defenses more efficient, but it can also be used for malicious purposes and making attacks more powerful. So, there’s really a bit of a power game on both sides. And we certainly advise many of our members to help them get to a more resilient financial system, relative to those cyber threats.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just quickly, to complement.

    I would encourage everybody to read Chapter 3 of the October 2024 GFSR, which addresses the issue of artificial intelligence in financial markets. Tobias is right, that there are benefits and risks on both sides.

    In addition to cybersecurity, I just wanted to highlight a couple more things, which is that, many of the financial institutions that we spoke to are still at their infancy in terms of deploying AI to make decisions—meaning, for trading or for investment allocation, they are at very early stages. But suppose that this trend rapidly gains? What would happen to risks?

    I think I will highlight two. One is concentration. Will it be a situation where the largest firms with the best models tend to win out and, therefore, dominate the marketplace? And then what are the implications for this? The second is that the speed of adjustment in financial markets might be much quicker if everything is based on high‑powered, artificial intelligence-type algorithms.

    With regard to these two risks, I think there’s great scope for supervisors to gather more information and understand who the key players are and what they are doing. International collaboration obviously is a crucial aspect of this. Market conduct needs to be taken into account, the future possibility that markets will be very much faster and more volatile, perhaps.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. The gentleman in the second row, please, in the middle here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Good morning. I am [Fabrice Nodé‑Langlois] from the French newspaper Le Figaro.

    I have a question on the US public debt. There is a widespread opinion that whatever the level of the public debt—because of the significant role of the dollar, because of the might of the American military and economic power—it’s not a big concern. But under what circumstances, under what financial conditions would the US public debt become a concern for you?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for the question. We are certainly watching sovereign debt around the world, including in the US. I do want to point out that there will be a briefing for the Western Hemisphere region that will specifically focus on the Americas, including the United States.

    When you look at our last Article IV for the United States, we certainly find that the debt situation is sustainable. You know, The U.S. has many ways to adjust its expenditures and revenues. And we think that this makes the debt levels manageable.

    Having said that, as I explained at the beginning, we have seen broadly around the world an increase in debt‑to‑GDP levels, particularly since the start of the pandemic in 2020. And it is an important backdrop in terms of pricing and financial stability. So, we are watching the nexus between sovereign debt and financial intermediaries very carefully.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe one issue related with that— I think that we flagged it in the GFSR—is that I think there is an anticipation that—not only in the US but in several countries—there will be a lot of issuance of new debt going forward. Particularly in a moment where several central banks are doing some quantitative tightening, this might bring some challenges in terms of the function of the financial sector.

    Everything that we are seeing now seems to be working very well, even when we have this kind of shock. This is not a major concern. But going forward, we feel that it’s important to continue monitoring market liquidity. There are some flags that have been raised, particularly in terms of broker‑dealers’ capacity to continue intermediating and providing liquidity to public debt. It’s important to keep monitoring this, as central banks keep going in the direction of quantitative tightening.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Caio.

    And just to add to Tobias’s point, we will have a lot of regional pressers this week. And the Western Hemisphere presser will be on Friday if you have any US‑specific questions. Thank you.

    The lady here in the front row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. My name is Nume Ekeghe from This Day newspaper, Nigeria.

    The report mentions Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets. And we know it was received positively by investors. So how does Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets signal renewed investor confidence? And what specific macroeconomic reforms or improvements contributed to the shift in sentiments? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: Thank you for that question. Let me make some remarks about Nigeria and then sub‑Saharan Africa, in general.

    In the case of Nigeria, macroeconomic performance has held up,  GDP growth has been fairly consistent, and inflation has been coming down. Earlier this year, we have seen Nigeria’s sovereign credit spreads lowering. I think the reforms that the authorities have done, including the liberalization of exchange rates, has helped in that regard.

    That said, I think I want to go back to the theme that Tobias has mentioned, which is that during a time where global financial markets are volatile and risk appetite, in particular, is wavering, this is when we might see increases in sovereign spreads that will challenge the external picture for Nigeria, as well as other frontier economies. So, for example, Nigeria’s sovereign spread has increased in recent weeks, as stock markets globally have declined.

    The other challenge, of course, is for large commodity exporters, like Nigeria. If trade tensions are going to lead to lower global demand for commodities, this will obviously weigh on the revenue that they will receive. So, I think both of those developments would counsel that authorities remain quite vigilant to these developments and take appropriate policies to counter them.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And just before I come back to the floor, we have another question online, from Lu Kang, Sina Finance. The question is, in light of the IMF’s recent GFSR warning about rising debt, volatile capital flows, and diverging monetary policy paths, how should countries, especially emerging markets, balance financial stability with the imperative to finance climate transitions and digital infrastructure?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    We do a lot of work on debt management with countries. We are providing technical assistance and we are doing a lot of policy work on debt market developments. I think the two main takeaways are, No. 1, the plumbing matters. Putting into place mechanisms such as primary dealers and clearing systems, and pricing mechanisms in government bond markets. It is important all over the world. That includes the most advanced economies, as well as emerging markets. And we have seen tremendous progress in many countries, particularly the major emerging markets in terms of developing those bond markets.

    The second key aspect, of course, is fiscal sustainability. Here again, we engage very actively with our membership to make sure that fiscal frameworks are in place that keep debt trajectories on a path that is commensurate with the economic prospects of the countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. A question here in the front row, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Kemi Osukoya with The Africa Bazaar magazine.

    I wanted to follow up on the question that my colleague from Nigeria mentioned, regarding sovereign debts. As you know, African nations, after a period of pause, are just right now returning back to the Eurobond. But at the same time, there is unsustainable high borrowing costs that many of these countries face. So, in your recommendation, what can governments do regarding their bond to use it strategically, as well as to make it sustainable?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for this question. And you know, we are working very closely with many sub‑Saharan African countries to support the countries either via programs or via policy advice and technical assistance to have a macro environment that is conducive for growth. So let me mention three things.

    I think the first one is to recognize that we have been through a period of extraordinarily adverse shocks. Particularly in sub‑Saharan Africa, the pandemic had an outsized impact on many countries. The inflation that ensued was very costly for many countries, particularly for those that are importing commodities. So, the adverse economic shocks have been extraordinary. And I would just note that we have engaged more actively in programs with sub‑Saharan Africa in the past five years than we ever did previously.

    The second point is about the financing costs. And, of course, there are two main components. One is the overall level of financial conditions globally. All countries in the world are part of the global capital markets. And that really depends on overall financing conditions. But more specifically, of course, there are country‑specific conditions—the macroeconomic performance of each country, the buffers in the countries—and the mandate of the Fund is very much focused on macro‑financial stability. So, getting back to a place with buffers, which then can lead to lower financing costs is the main goal. Our work with those countries is very much focused on the kind of catalytic role of the Fund, where we are trying to get growth back and stability back. Let me stop here.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. And a question here in the front row, please. And then I will come back to the middle.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is [Shuichiro Takaoka]. I am working for Jiji Press.

    Just I would like to make clear the risk of a depreciation of the US dollar. And what are the implications of the recent depreciation of US dollar, especially regarding the global financial stability viewpoint?

    Mr. ADRIAN: As I mentioned earlier, we had seen quite a bit of an appreciation of the dollar earlier in the year and late [next] year. And now we have seen a depreciation that is roughly of commensurate magnitude. The volatility in the exchange rates is reflecting the broader volatility. There are some indications that the exchange rate movements are related to flows to investor reallocations, but the magnitudes of those flows are relatively small, relative to the run‑up of inflows into US assets in recent years. The cumulative inflows into bonds and stocks from around the world have been quite pronounced. So, to what extent these movements in the exchange rate and the associated flows are just a temporary or a more permanent impact remains to be seen. It really depends on how the current uncertainty is going to be resolved. As I said at the beginning, there are various scenarios. For the moment, it’s highly uncertain. As I said earlier, it is notable that the dollar declined, but I would not jump to conclusions in terms of how permanent that move may be.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement. I think when exchange rates are very volatile, one of the key channels for financial stability could be pressures in various funding markets. And this includes in cross currency markets, as well as in repo markets and other secure financing markets. I think this is something that we will be watching very closely. So far, we have not seen any major disruptions in those markets, despite the very volatile exchange rates.

    Mr. ADRIAN: So as a comparison, you can think of last August when there was a risk‑off moment. That was very short, but that did lead to dislocations in those cross‑currency funding markets. And we haven’t really seen that in recent weeks.

    Ms. LOUIS: So just on that line, I think you may have captured it, but I just wanted to get in this question that came in online from Greg Robb from MarketWatch. And it’s, have treasuries and the dollar lost their safe haven status? If not, what accounts for their recent performance?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So, again, it is somewhat unusual to see the dollar decline in the recent two weeks, really, when equity prices traded down with a negative tone and when longer‑term yields increased. But how lasting that is, is really too early to tell.

    US capital markets remain the largest and most liquid capital markets in the world. When you look at US dollars as a reserve asset, that remains over 60 percent among reserve managers. Global stock market capitalizations increased to 55 percent most recently, up from 30 percent in 2010. So, we have seen price movements that are notable; but in the big picture, the depth and size of the markets remain where they have been.

    Ms. LOUIS: And just on the same line, of capital markets. We have another question that came in online, [Anthony Rowley] from the South China Morning Post. And he says, both the EU and ASEAN are seeking more actively to promote capital market integration. Do you see this as reducing global dependence on US capital markets to any significant extent in the short to the medium term?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are generally of the view that deep capital markets are beneficial everywhere. So, we are helping countries around the world to get to solid regulations and market mechanisms in sovereign bond markets but also, more broadly, in capital markets. And, for emerging markets and advanced economies, deepening capital markets has been a key priority.

    We have seen many firms from around the world come to US markets to issue stocks and bonds. And we think that’s related to the depth of the market and the sophistication of the financial sector in the US markets. So, it does provide a service to corporations and financial institutions around the world. But there are certainly many other markets that are deep, that are developing, and that are providing opportunities for both corporations and governments to issue. So, we have seen that trend continue.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Caio?

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe just more broadly on the development of capital markets, as Tobias was saying, I think that it’s an important goal. And this has come hand‑in‑hand with the growth of non‑banking financial institutions that we are seeing across the globe. We see this as a potential positive development. You diversify the sources of funding and the credit to the real economy, diversify the risks across a broader set of institutions, this is good for the economy and financial stability.

    There are risks that need to be mitigated. We discuss some of them in the GFSR—leverage, interconnectedness between different kinds of institutions. But overall, there are policies created by the standard setters that, if implemented, can mitigate these risks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Caio and Tobias. 

    Going back to the room. There’s a lady in the second row.

    QUESTION: Hi. Riley Callanan from GZERO Media.

    The IMF downgraded the US, the most of all advanced economies. And I was wondering, is this a short‑term hit that in a year could lead to greater growth and investment in the US? Or is this a long‑term downgrade? Or is it too soon to tell, as you said, with capital markets?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are really looking more at the financial stability aspects. And I would just note that there has been a readjustment in expectations. Where the US and other economies are going to end up remains to be seen. But I think what is notable is that with the sharp adjustment in asset prices, the increase in uncertainty has been absorbed well in capital markets. And as Caio alluded to, it is the policy framework around the banking system and the non‑banks that is so important to create resilient and deep financial markets that are then facilitating adjustments, relative to new policy developments. And from that vantage point, I think even though we have seen the level of uncertainty increase, markets have been very orderly. And we think that the regulatory and policy framework is key for that achievement.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And if you would like to flesh out any more details on the growth ramifications, we have a conference on Friday. And I can send you the details.

    Another question here, in the second row. I will come back to you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Gabriela Viana from Galapagos Capital in Brazil.

    So, in Brazil, commodities prices play an important role for currency [and] international capital inflows, especially in the stock market. Do you see commodities prices as a main important constraint for markets or the economic policy’s uncertainties or maybe the monetary tightening? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: All these factors are related to each other, obviously. So, I think the commodity prices, if the WEO forecast were to play out, the global economy is going to be slowing. It’s certainly an impact on the revenue side.

    I think for many emerging markets, the silver lining here is that they do have policy room. Many of them do have monetary policy room. Some of them have fiscal room, although only a few of them. So, it seems like this is going to be a challenging period, and uncertainty [and] commodity channels are both going to weigh on economies for emerging markets.

    We have seen broad‑based resilience among emerging markets over the last few years compared to, let’s say, five years before the pandemic. So, I think this speaks to the institutional quality having improved in emerging markets. And hopefully this would continue to buffer emerging markets from these external shocks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And the lady in the middle. And then I will come back to Agence France‑Presse.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thank you for taking my question. I am Stephanie Stacey from the Financial Times.

    I wanted to expand on the previous questions about the dollar and treasuries. And I know you mentioned it’s hard to assess at this point how lasting the impact will be. But I wanted to ask what risks and future factors you think could drive a real shift in their safe haven status.

    Ms. LOUIS: Before we continue, are there any other questions on the dollar and the safe haven status? Yes. There is a question here.

    QUESTION: Hi. Mehreen Khan from The Times. I’m sorry. I will stand up.

    You mentioned the importance of swap lines and central banks cooperating at times of market stress. I mean, how much are we taking this type of cooperation for granted? And how much is the idea of the Fed providing swap lines to other central banks now in question, given the nature of the scrutiny that the institution is under from the Trump administration?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me start with the swap lines.

    In previous episodes of distress, such as the COVID-19 shock in 2020 or the global financial crisis in 2008, we have seen that swap lines from the major central banks—including Bank of England, ECB, Bank of Japan, and the Federal Reserve—have played an important role in terms of stabilizing market liquidity. The way to think about that is that the central banks are providing funding to partner central banks in the currency of the foreign assets that those institutions own. So, it’s an important underpinning to provide market functioning and resilience to your own assets in the hands of foreign financial institutions.

    As we mentioned earlier central banks have not intervened for liquidity purposes in recent weeks. And, despite a heightened market volatility, the VIX, for example, went from below 20 to between 40 and 50, which is fairly elevated. We have seen a very, very smooth market functioning across the board.

    Concerning the role of treasuries we are looking at the pricing of longer duration treasuries very carefully. We particularly look at supply factors, demand factors, and technical factors. We have seen volatility in the price moves, but we think that those are within reasonable historical norms.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement, I think in the treasury market, we have seen market functioning held up—meaning that buyers can find sellers and transactions are going through. I think that’s a very important sign.

    One thing that I wanted to mention also is that a year ago in our report, we pointed out that there are leveraged trades in the treasury market. These are trades that have not very much to do with economic fundamentals in the US or elsewhere but, rather, are using leverage to capture arbitrage opportunities in markets. When these trades are unwound, there will be impact in the treasury market. And this is something that we have pointed out before. These include the so‑called treasury cash‑futures basis trade, as well as a swap spread trade, which we have documented before. And I think during this episode, given the very heightened volatility, we have seen evidence of some of these positions being unwound, potentially having an impact on treasury yields as well. So, I just wanted to put this into context. This is not about capital outflows, but it’s about unwinding these trades having amplified the recent price movements in treasury markets.

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are seeing some indication that there’s some lowering in terms of the leverage in these trades, but we haven’t heard of disorderly deleveraging at this point. So, of course, with market volatility increasing, financial institutions naturally reduce their leverage. But we haven’t seen the kind of adverse feedback loop that was common, say, in 2008 or even as recent as the COVID-19 shock initially.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And there’s a question from Agence France‑Presse, in the middle. And then I will come back to you, and you. We are running out of time. So, we will take very, very few questions left.

    QUESTION: Thanks for taking my question. Just a quick question. In your report, you talk about geopolitical risk, including the risk of military conflicts. I just wonder how seriously you think people should take that and where you rate that when it comes to the global financial stability risks you have discussed already.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And I have just been told we are running out of time. So, we will just clump those questions, if you could be very quick. The gentleman over there and the lady there. And then we will wrap it up. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. [Rafia] from Nigeria. I work on [Arise TV].

    The IMF keeps talking about building resilience to face the global challenge of the state of the economy of the world. How do you build resilience in a world economic climate when one man’s decision can tip the scale? Just one man. He could wake up tomorrow and all our projections falter. One man.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And then the last question.

    QUESTION: Laura Noonan, Bloomberg News. Thanks for taking the question. It’s actually a related question.

    You spoke in the report about the need for policymakers to try to do what they can to guard against these future financial shocks. Do you have any practical suggestions on what those measures could be? And also, are you expecting people to take measures to make the financial system safer when the overall political mood, as you have seen, has very much been about trying to liberalize things, trying to deregulate, and trying to simplify? Thank you.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me address the three sets of questions and then turn to my colleagues as well.

    On geopolitical risk, we do have a chapter that was released last week that is looking at capital market performance relative to geopolitical risks. And the good news is that, generally, when adverse risks realize, there is an asset price adjustment. But on average, relative to recent decades, those risks are absorbed well by the financial system in general. Now, of course, when conflicts directly impact countries, that can have a pronounced impact on their financial systems, and it’s something that we are discussing in more detail in the chapter.

    Secondly, in terms of the exposure of countries to physical risk, we have certainly seen in some countries around the world, a heightened incidence of drought and floods, even those can be macro‑critical. To the extent that these developments impact macro stability, we are certainly there to support countries and help them, either via programs or policy frameworks.

    Thirdly, in terms of the regulation of financial institutions and financial markets. You know, I think the last couple of weeks are very good illustrations for the importance of resilience of financial institutions. I mean, we have seen a tremendous increase in the level of volatility, which reflects the higher level of uncertainty. Last October, our overarching message in the GFSR was that there was this wedge between policy uncertainty and financial market volatility, which at the time was very low. And we have seen financial market volatility catch up with the high level of policy uncertainty. But that has been orderly, and financial institutions have been resilient. That is really the main objective of financial sector regulation—to get to a place where the financial system can do its job in terms of adjusting to unexpected developments. And when you have resilience in banks and in non‑banks, these adjustments are smooth. And that is the point of finance, right? It’s a kind of an insurance mechanism for the global economy and for individual country macro economies. Good regulation leads to good stability. And we have a lot of detail on that in the GFSR.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe I could add a little bit on this about how to build resilience.

    I think that as Tobias was saying, trying to anticipate shocks is very hard. And it is very hard to do it. So, I think the way to build the resilience is focusing on vulnerabilities. In the GFSR, we have mentioned some vulnerabilities that we feel are important at this time. So, the valuations issues that makes the risk of repricing more likely, leveraging in some segments of the financial sector and in the interconnectedness with the banks, and also, of course, rising and high debt in several countries.

    How do you build the resilience in the face of these vulnerabilities? We do feel that banks in most countries are actually the cornerstone of the financial sector and so ensuring that they have appropriate levels of capital and liquidity is key. And the international standards do provide the basis for doing that. To address some of the other vulnerabilities, like leveraging an interconnection between different types of institutions, excessive [transformations], maybe.

    Finally, I think that on the issue of rising debt, one common theme that we have been talking about is about the need to credibly rebuild fiscal buffers.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you very much. I know we have covered a lot of ground, and I apologize that we could not get to everybody. If you do have any follow‑ups or any questions, please feel free to reach out to me. You can find the report online, and we can also send it to you bilaterally.

    Again, thank you very much for coming and thank you for your time. Take care.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI: Timberland Bancorp Reports Second Fiscal Quarter Net Income of $6.76 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Quarterly EPS Increases 21% to $0.85 from $0.70 One Year Ago
    • Quarterly Net Interest Margin Increases to 3.79%
    • Quarterly Return on Average Assets of 1.43%
    • Quarterly Return on Average Equity of 10.95%
    • Announces a 4% Increase in the Quarterly Cash Dividend

    HOQUIAM, Wash., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Timberland Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: TSBK) (“Timberland” or “the Company”), the holding company for Timberland Bank (the “Bank”), today reported net income of $6.76 million, or $0.85 per diluted common share for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. This compares to net income of $6.86 million, or $0.86 per diluted common share for the preceding quarter and $5.71 million, or $0.70 per diluted common share, for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    For the first six months of fiscal 2025, Timberland’s net income increased 13% to $13.62 million, or $1.71 per diluted common share, from $12.00 million, or $1.47 per diluted common share for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    “Our second fiscal quarter operating results were strong, highlighted by net interest margin expansion and modest balance sheet growth,” stated Dean Brydon, Chief Executive Officer. “Second fiscal quarter net income and earnings per share increased 18% and 21%, respectively, compared to the second fiscal quarter a year ago, reflecting an improvement in our net interest margin. Compared to the prior quarter, net income and earnings per share decreased 2% and 1%, respectively, as the increase in net interest income was offset by a higher provision for credit losses and a modest increase in expenses. All profitability metrics improved compared to the year ago quarter, and tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) continued to trend upward.”

    “As a result of Timberland’s solid earnings and strong capital position, our Board of Directors announced a 4% increase to the quarterly cash dividend to shareholders to $0.26 per share, payable on May 23, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 9, 2025,” stated Jonathan Fischer, President and Chief Operating Officer. “This represents the 50th consecutive quarter Timberland will have paid a cash dividend.”

    “During the second fiscal quarter our net interest margin continued to improve, expanding 15 basis points to 3.79%, compared to the preceding quarter,” said Marci Basich, Chief Financial Officer. “The improvement was primarily driven by a reduction in funding costs as the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 15 basis points during the quarter. Total deposits increased $20 million, or 1% during the quarter, due to increases in checking and certificates of deposit account balances.”

    “The loan portfolio continues to grow at a moderate pace, increasing 1% from the prior quarter and 4% year-over year,” Brydon continued. “We continue to monitor credit quality closely and saw improvements in several metrics during the quarter. The non-performing asset ratio improved to just 13 basis points, non-accrual loans decreased by 15%, and net charge-offs were less than $1,000 during the quarter. However, we experienced an increase in loans graded “Substandard”, as two loans related to one borrowing relationship were downgraded. Both of the loans are performing and Timberland remains well collateralized based on recent appraisals, but the loans were downgraded primarily because the borrower is experiencing a legal issue stemming from an unrelated project. We view this as an isolated event, and remain encouraged by the overall strength of our loan portfolio.”

    Earnings and Balance Sheet Highlights (at or for the periods ended March 31, 2025, compared to March 31, 2024, or December 31, 2024):

    Earnings Highlights:

    • Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) decreased 1% to $0.85 for the current quarter from $0.86 for the preceding quarter and increased 21% from $0.70 for the comparable quarter one year ago; EPS increased 16% to $1.71 for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $1.47 for the first six months of fiscal 2024;
    • Net income decreased 2% to $6.76 million for the current quarter from $6.86 million for the preceding quarter and increased 18% from $5.71 million for the comparable quarter one year ago; Net income increased 13% to $13.62 million for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $12.00 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024;
    • Return on average equity (“ROE”) and return on average assets (“ROA”) for the current quarter were 10.95% and 1.43%, respectively;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) for the current quarter expanded to 3.79% from 3.64% for the preceding quarter and 3.48% for the comparable quarter one year ago; and
    • The efficiency ratio for the current quarter improved to 56.25% from 56.27% for the preceding quarter and 60.22% for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    Balance Sheet Highlights:

    • Total assets increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 1% year-over-year;
    • Net loans receivable increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 4% year-over-year;
    • Total deposits increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 1% year-over-year;
    • Total shareholders’ equity increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 6% year-over-year; 61,764 shares of common stock were repurchased during the current quarter for $1.91 million;
    • Non-performing assets to total assets ratio improved to 0.13% at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.16% at December 31, 2024 and 0.19% at March 31, 2024;
    • Book and tangible book (non-GAAP) values per common share increased to $31.95 and $29.99, respectively, at March 31, 2025; and
    • Liquidity (both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet) remained strong at March 31, 2025 with only $20 million in borrowings and additional secured borrowing line capacity of $675 million available through the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve.

    Operating Results

    Operating revenue (net interest income before the provision for credit losses plus non-interest income) for the current quarter increased 1% to $19.90 million from $19.67 million for the preceding quarter and increased 9% from $18.25 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The increase in operating revenue compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a decrease in funding costs, which was partially offset by a decrease in total interest and dividend income. Operating revenue increased 7%, to $39.57 million for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $37.05 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024, primarily due to increases in interest income from loans and interest-bearing deposits in banks, which was partially offset by an increase in funding costs and a decrease in interest income on investment securities.

    Net interest income increased $243,000, or 1%, to $17.21 million for the current quarter from $16.97 million for the preceding quarter and increased $1.58 million, or 10%, from $15.64 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The increase in net interest income compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a 15 basis point decrease in the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities to 2.47% from 2.62% and a six basis point increase in the weighted average yield on total interest-earning assets to 5.48% from 5.42%. These increases to net interest income were partially offset by an $11.44 million decrease in the average balance of total interest-earning assets.   Timberland’s NIM for the current quarter expanded to 3.79% from 3.64% for the preceding quarter and 3.48% for the comparable quarter one year ago.   The NIM for the current quarter was increased by approximately five basis points due to the collection of $201,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees and the accretion of $17,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans.   The NIM for the preceding quarter was increased by approximately three basis points due to the collection of $115,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees, and the accretion of $8,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans.   The NIM for the comparable quarter one year ago was increased by approximately three basis points due to the collection of $90,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees, and the accretion of $10,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans. Net interest income for the first six months of fiscal 2025 increased $2.54 million, or 8%, to $34.18 million from $31.64 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024, primarily due to a $55.11 million increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets and a 34 basis point increase in the weighted average yield of total interest-earning assets to 5.44% from 5.10%. These increases to net interest income were partially offset by an 18 basis point increase in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.55% from 2.37%. Timberland’s NIM expanded to 3.71% for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from 3.53% for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    A $237,000 provision for credit losses on loans was recorded for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The provision was primarily due to loan portfolio growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio. This compares to a $52,000 provision for credit losses on loans for the preceding quarter and a $166,000 provision for credit losses on loans for the comparable quarter one year ago. In addition, a $14,000 provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments and a $5,000 recapture of credit losses on investment securities were recorded for the current quarter.  

    Non-interest income decreased $10,000, (less than 1%) to $2.69 million for the current quarter from $2.70 million for the preceding quarter and increased $72,000, or 3%, from $2.62 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The decrease in non-interest income compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a decrease in ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees and smaller changes in several other categories, which was partially offset by an increase in gain on sales of loans and smaller changes in several other categories. Fiscal year-to-date non-interest income decreased by 1%, to $5.38 million from $5.41 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    Total operating (non-interest) expenses for the current quarter increased $127,000, or 1%, to $11.19 million from $11.07 million for the preceding quarter and increased $203,000, or 2%, from $10.99 million for the comparable quarter one year ago.   The increase in operating expenses compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to increases in premises and equipment expenses, professional fees and smaller increases in several other expense categories. These increases were partially offset by decreases in salaries and employee benefits and smaller decreases in several other expense categories. The efficiency ratio for the current quarter was 56.25% compared to 56.27% for the preceding quarter and 60.22% for the comparable quarter one year ago. Fiscal year-to-date operating expenses increased 3% to $22.26 million from $21.62 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    The provision for income taxes for the current quarter decreased $8,000, or less than 1%, to $1.71 million from $1.71 million for the preceding quarter, primarily due to lower taxable income. Timberland’s effective income tax rate was 20.2% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 20.0% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 20.5% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Timberland’s effective income tax rate was 20.1% for the first six months of fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024.

    Balance Sheet Management

    Total assets increased $23.25 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.93 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.91 billion at December 31, 2024 and increased $25.50 million, or 1%, from $1.91 billion one year ago.   The increase during the current quarter was primarily due to a $27.14 million increase in total cash and cash equivalents, an $8.26 million increase in net loans receivable and smaller increases in several other categories. These increases were partially offset by a $7.42 million decrease in investment securities and smaller decreases in several other categories.

    Liquidity

    Timberland has continued to maintain a strong liquidity position, both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet. Liquidity, as measured by the sum of cash and cash equivalents, CDs held for investment, and available for sale investment securities, was 16.9% of total liabilities at March 31, 2025, compared to 15.0% at December 31, 2024, and 15.2% one year ago. Timberland had secured borrowing line capacity of $675 million available through the FHLB and the Federal Reserve at March 31, 2025. With a strong and diversified deposit base, only 18% of Timberland’s deposits were uninsured or uncollateralized at March 31, 2025. (Note: This calculation excludes public deposits that are fully collateralized.)

    Loans

    Net loans receivable increased $8.26 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.42 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.41 billion at December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to a $10.31 million decrease in the undisbursed portion of construction loans in process, an $8.98 million increase in one- to four-family loans and a $5.19 million increase in commercial real estate loans. These increases were partially offset by a $12.57 million decrease in construction loans and smaller decreases in several other loan categories.

    Loan Portfolio
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
    Mortgage loans:                      
    One- to four-family (a) $ 315,421     21%   $ 306,443     20%   $ 276,433     19%
    Multi-family   178,590     12     177,861     12     167,275     12
    Commercial   602,248     40     597,054     39     577,373     40
    Construction – custom and                      
    owner/builder   114,401     7     124,104     8     122,988     8
    Construction – speculative one-to four-family   9,791     1     8,887     1     16,407     1
    Construction – commercial   22,352     1     22,841     2     32,318     2
    Construction – multi-family   46,602     3     48,940     3     36,795     3
    Construction – land                      
    development   15,032     1     15,977     1     16,051     1
    Land   32,301     2     30,538     2     31,821     2
    Total mortgage loans   1,336,738     88     1,332,645     88     1,277,461     88
                           
    Consumer loans:                      
    Home equity and second                      
    mortgage   47,458     3     48,851     3     42,357     3
    Other   2,375         2,889         2,925    
    Total consumer loans   49,833     3     51,740     3     45,282     3
                           
    Commercial loans:                      
    Commercial business loans   131,243     9     135,312     9     135,505     9
    SBA PPP loans   156         204         367    
    Total commercial loans   131,399     9     135,516     9     135,872     9
    Total loans   1,517,970     100%     1,519,901     100%     1,458,615     100%
    Less:                      
    Undisbursed portion of                      
    construction loans in                      
    process   (75,042 )         (85,350 )         (77,502 )    
    Deferred loan origination                      
    fees   (5,329 )         (5,444 )         (5,179 )    
    Allowance for credit losses   (17,525 )         (17,288 )         (16,818 )    
    Total loans receivable, net $ 1,420,074         $ 1,411,819         $ 1,359,116      
                                       

    _______________________
    (a)  Does not include one- to four-family loans held for sale totaling $1,151, $411, and $1,311 at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.  

    The following table provides a breakdown of commercial real estate (“CRE”) mortgage loans by collateral type as of March 31, 2025:

    CRE Loan Portfolio Breakdown by Collateral
    ($ in thousands)
     
    Collateral Type   Balance   Percent of
    CRE
    Portfolio
      Percent of
    Total Loan
    Portfolio
      Average
    Balance Per
    Loan
      Non-
    Accrual
    Industrial warehouse   $ 127,898   21%   8%   $ 1,255   $ 163
    Medical/dental offices     84,013   14   5     1,254    
    Office buildings     68,239   11   5     784    
    Other retail buildings     53,121   9   3     553    
    Mini-storage     32,596   5   2     1,358    
    Hotel/motel     31,967   5   2     2,664    
    Restaurants     27,374   5   2     582     161
    Gas stations/conv. stores     24,622   4   2     1,026    
    Churches     14,823   3   1     988    
    Nursing homes     13,606   2   1     2,268    
    Shopping centers     10,578   2   1     1,762    
    Mobile home parks     8,968   2   1     448    
    Additional CRE     104,443   17   7     762    
    Total CRE   $ 602,248   100%   40%   $ 938   $ 324
                               

    Timberland originated $56.76 million in loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $72.07 million for the preceding quarter and $39.37 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. Timberland continues to originate fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold into the secondary market for asset-liability management purposes and to generate non-interest income.   During the current quarter, fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans totaling $5.17 million were sold compared to $2.31 million for the preceding quarter and $2.28 million for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    Investment Securities
            
    Timberland’s investment securities and CDs held for investment decreased $6.17 million, or 3%, to $235.33 million at March 31, 2025, from $241.50 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to maturities of U.S. Treasury investment securities (classified as held to maturity) and scheduled amortization. Partially offsetting these decreases, was the purchase of additional U.S. government agency mortgage-backed investment securities and U.S. Treasury investment securities, all of which were classified as available for sale.

    Deposits

    Total deposits increased $20.41 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.65 billion at March 31, 2025, from $1.63 billion at December 31, 2024. The quarter’s increase consisted of a $15.45 million increase in certificates of deposit account balances, a $9.91 million increase in NOW checking account balances, a $4.90 million increase in non-interest bearing account balances, and a $1.01 million increase in savings account balances. These decreases were partially offset by a $10.86 million decrease in money market account balances.

    Deposit Breakdown
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount    Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount   Percent
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 407,811     25%   $ 402,911     25%   $ 424,906   26%
    NOW checking   333,325     20     323,412     20     336,621   20
    Savings   207,857     13     206,845     13     211,085   13
    Money market   300,552     18     311,413     19     311,994   19
    Certificates of deposit under $250   227,137     14     212,764     13     190,762   12
    Certificates of deposit $250 and over   124,009     7     122,997     7     118,698   7
    Certificates of deposit – brokered   50,139     3     50,074     3     44,488   3
    Total deposits $ 1,650,830     100%   $ 1,630,416     100%   $ 1,638,554   100%
                                     

    Borrowings

    Total borrowings were $20.00 million at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the weighted average rate on the borrowings was 3.97%.

    Shareholders’ Equity and Capital Ratios

    Total shareholders’ equity increased $3.32 million, or 1%, to $252.52 million at March 31, 2025, from $249.20 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $13.84 million, or 6%, from $238.68 million at March 31, 2024.   The quarter’s increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily due to net income of $6.76 million, which was partially offset by the payment of $1.99 million in dividends to shareholders and the repurchase of 61,764 shares of common stock for $1.91 million (an average price of $30.85 per share). There were 65,995 shares available to be repurchased in accordance with the terms of its existing stock repurchase plan at March 31, 2025.

    Timberland remains well capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 20.29%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 12.55%, a tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP) of 12.36%, and a shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio of 13.07% at March 31, 2025.   Timberland’s held to maturity investment securities were $140.95 million at March 31, 2025, with a net unrealized loss of $6.62 million (pre-tax). Although not permitted by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), including these unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) would result in a ratio of shareholders’ equity to total assets of 12.83%, compared to 13.07%, as reported.

    Asset Quality

    Timberland’s non-performing assets to total assets ratio improved to 0.13% at March 31, 2025, compared to 0.16% at December 31, 2024 and 0.19% at March 31, 2024.   Net charge-offs totaled less than $1,000 for the current quarter compared to net charge-offs of $242,000 for the preceding quarter and net charge-offs of $3,000 for the comparable quarter one year ago. During the current quarter, provisions for credit losses of $237,000 on loans and $14,000 unfunded commitments were made, which was partially offset by a $5,000 recapture of credit losses on investment securities. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) for loans as a percentage of loans receivable was 1.22% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.21% at December 31, 2024 and 1.22% one year ago.

    Total delinquent loans (past due 30 days or more) and non-accrual loans decreased $697,000 or 17%, to $3.32 million at March 31, 2025, from $4.02 million at December 31, 2024 and decreased $879,000, or 21%, from $4.20 million at March 31, 2024. Non-accrual loans decreased $406,000, or 15%, to $2.33 million at March 31, 2025 from $2.73 million at December 31, 2024 and decreased $1.28 million, or 35%, from $3.61 million at March 31, 2024.   The quarterly decrease in non-accrual loans was primarily due to decreases in commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans on non-accrual status. Loans graded “Substandard”, however, increased to $23.51 million at March 31, 2025 from $2.12 million at December 31, 2024 and $8.42 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in loans graded “Substandard” was primarily a result of two loans (totaling $21.30 million) to one borrowing relationship being downgraded during the March 31, 2025 quarter. Both of these loans are performing and Timberland remains well collateralized (based on recent appraisals), but the loans were downgraded primarily because the borrower is experiencing a legal issue stemming from an unrelated project.   

    Non-Accrual Loans
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity
    Mortgage loans:                      
    One- to four-family $ 47   1   $ 47   1   $ 380   3
    Commercial   324   3     698   5     1,149   3
    Construction – custom and                      
    owner/builder               152   1
    Total mortgage loans   371   4     745   6     1,681   7
                           
    Consumer loans:                      
    Home equity and second                      
    mortgage   575   3     587   3     165   1
    Other                
    Total consumer loans   575   3     587   3     165   1
                           
    Commercial business loans   1,381   11     1,401   11     1,759   6
    Total loans $ 2,327   18   $ 2,733   20   $ 3,605   14
                                 

    Timberland had two properties classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”) at March 31, 2025:

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity
    Other real estate owned:                      
    Commercial $ 221   1   $ 221   1   $  
    Land     1       1       1
    Total mortgage loans $ 221   2   $ 221   2   $   1
                                 

    About Timberland Bancorp, Inc.
    Timberland Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for Timberland Bank. The Bank opened for business in 1915 and primarily serves consumers and businesses across Grays Harbor, Thurston, Pierce, King, Kitsap and Lewis counties, Washington with a full range of lending and deposit services through its 23 branches (including its main office in Hoquiam).    

    Disclaimer

    Certain matters discussed in this press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact, are based on certain assumptions and often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, assumptions and statements about future economic performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or implied by our forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: potential adverse impacts to economic conditions in our local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels, labor shortages and the effects of inflation, a potential recession or slowed economic growth; continuing elevated levels of inflation and the impact of current and future monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown; credit risks of lending activities, including any deterioration in the housing and commercial real estate markets which may lead to increased losses and non-performing loans in our loan portfolio resulting in our ACL not being adequate to cover actual losses and thus requiring us to materially increase our ACL through the provision for credit losses; changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas; changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources; fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes, land and other properties and fluctuations in real estate values in our market areas; secondary market conditions for loans and our ability to sell loans in the secondary market; results of examinations of us by the Federal Reserve and of our bank subsidiary by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Washington State Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks or other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, institute a formal or informal enforcement action against us or our bank subsidiary which could require us to increase our ACL, write-down assets, change our regulatory capital position or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits or impose additional requirements or restrictions on us, any of which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; our ability to attract and retain deposits; our ability to control operating costs and expenses; the use of estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which estimates may prove to be incorrect and result in significant declines in valuation; difficulties in reducing risks associated with the loans in our consolidated balance sheet; staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform several of our critical processing functions; our ability to retain key members of our senior management team; costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; our ability to implement our business strategies; our ability to manage loan delinquency rates; increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules, or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions; our ability to pay dividends on our common stock; the quality and composition of our securities portfolio and the impact if any adverse changes in the securities markets, including on market liquidity; inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; the economic impact of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and other risks described elsewhere in this press release and in the Company’s other reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that we make in this press release and in the other public statements we make are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made. We do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements included in this press release to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this document might not occur and we caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These risks could cause our actual results for fiscal 2025 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements by, or on behalf of, us, and could negatively affect the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations as well as its stock price performance.

    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    Three Months Ended
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,   Dec. 31   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
      Interest and dividend income          
      Loans receivable $ 20,896     $ 21,032     $ 18,909  
      Investment securities   2,003       2,138       2,246  
      Dividends from mutual funds, FHLB stock and other investments   82       86       82  
      Interest bearing deposits in banks   1,884       2,001       1,919  
      Total interest and dividend income   24,865       25,257       23,156  
                 
      Interest expense          
      Deposits   7,454       8,084       7,301  
      Borrowings   198       203       220  
      Total interest expense   7,652       8,287       7,521  
      Net interest income   17,213       16,970       15,635  
      Provision for credit losses – loans   237       52       166  
      Prov. for (recapture of) credit losses – investment securities   (5 )     (5 )     3  
      Prov. for (recapture of ) credit losses – unfunded commitments   14       (20 )     (88 )
      Net int. income after provision for (recapture of) credit losses   16,967       16,943       15,554  
                 
      Non-interest income          
      Service charges on deposits   959       999       988  
      ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees   1,176       1,267       1,212  
      Gain on sales of loans, net   122       43       41  
      Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) net earnings   165       167       156  
      Recoveries on investment securities, net   4       3       2  
      Other   261       218       216  
      Total non-interest income, net   2,687       2,697       2,615  
                 
      Non-interest expense          
      Salaries and employee benefits   5,977       6,092       6,024  
      Premises and equipment   1,075       950       1,081  
      Advertising   189       181       159  
      OREO and other repossessed assets, net   9              
      ATM and debit card processing   521       521       601  
      Postage and courier   142       121       145  
      State and local taxes   335       346       325  
      Professional fees   431       346       319  
      FDIC insurance   219       210       206  
      Loan administration and foreclosure   155       128       134  
      Technology and communications   1,121       1,140       1,040  
      Deposit operations   319       332       324  
      Amortization of core deposit intangible (“CDI”)   45       45       57  
      Other, net   656       655       576  
      Total non-interest expense, net   11,194       11,067       10,991  
                 
      Income before income taxes   8,460       8,573       7,178  
      Provision for income taxes   1,705       1,713       1,470  
      Net income $ 6,755     $ 6,860     $ 5,708  
                 
      Net income per common share:          
      Basic $ 0.85     $ 0.86     $ 0.71  
      Diluted   0.85       0.86       0.70  
                 
      Weighted average common shares outstanding:          
      Basic   7,937,063       7,958,275       8,081,924  
      Diluted   7,968,632       7,999,504       8,121,109  
                 
    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    Six Months Ended
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,       March 31,
      2025       2024
      Interest and dividend income          
      Loans receivable $ 41,928         $ 37,304  
      Investment securities   4,141           4,556  
      Dividends from mutual funds, FHLB stock and other investments   168           173  
      Interest bearing deposits in banks   3,885           3,618  
      Total interest and dividend income   50,122           45,651  
                 
      Interest expense          
      Deposits   15,538           13,444  
      Borrowings   402           568  
      Total interest expense   15,940           14,012  
      Net interest income   34,182           31,639  
      Provision for credit losses – loans   289           545  
      Recapture of credit losses – investment securities   (10 )         (7 )
      Recapture of credit losses – unfunded commitments   (7 )         (121 )
      Net int. income after provision for (recapture of) credit losses   33,910           31,222  
                 
      Non-interest income          
      Service charges on deposits   1,958           2,011  
      ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees   2,443           2,476  
      Gain on sales of loans, net   165           120  
      Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) net earnings   331           312  
      Recoveries on investment securities, net   7           7  
      Other   480           487  
      Total non-interest income, net   5,384           5,413  
                 
      Non-interest expense          
      Salaries and employee benefits   12,068           11,936  
      Premises and equipment   2,025           2,054  
      Advertising   370           345  
      OREO and other repossessed assets, net   9            
      ATM and debit card processing   1,043           1,216  
      Postage and courier   264           271  
      State and local taxes   680           644  
      Professional fees   777           572  
      FDIC insurance   429           416  
      Loan administration and foreclosure   283           239  
      Technology and communications   2,261           2,014  
      Deposit operations   652           644  
      Amortization of core deposit intangible (“CDI”)   90           113  
      Other, net   1,309           1,151  
      Total non-interest expense, net   22,260           21,615  
                 
      Income before income taxes   17,034           15,020  
      Provision for income taxes   3,419           3,016  
      Net income $ 13,615         $ 12,004  
                 
      Net income per common share:          
      Basic $ 1.71         $ 1.48  
      Diluted   1.71           1.47  
                 
      Weighted average common shares outstanding:          
      Basic   7,947,786           8,098,155  
      Diluted   7,984,238           8,143,701  
       
    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,   Dec. 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Assets          
    Cash and due from financial institutions $ 26,010     $ 24,538     $ 22,310  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   165,201       139,533       158,039  
      Total cash and cash equivalents   191,211       164,071       180,349  
                 
    Certificates of deposit (“CDs”) held for investment, at cost   8,711       7,470       11,204  
    Investment securities:          
      Held to maturity, at amortized cost (net of ACL – investment securities)   140,954       156,105       211,818  
      Available for sale, at fair value   84,807       77,080       61,746  
    Investments in equity securities, at fair value   853       840       839  
    FHLB stock   2,045       2,037       2,037  
    Other investments, at cost   3,000       3,000       3,000  
    Loans held for sale   1,151       411       1,311  
                   
    Loans receivable   1,437,599       1,429,107       1,375,934  
    Less: ACL – loans   (17,525 )     (17,288 )     (16,818 )
      Net loans receivable   1,420,074       1,411,819       1,359,116  
                 
    Premises and equipment, net   21,436       21,617       21,718  
    OREO and other repossessed assets, net   221       221        
    BOLI   23,942       23,777       23,278  
    Accrued interest receivable   7,127       7,095       7,108  
    Goodwill   15,131       15,131       15,131  
    CDI   361       406       564  
    Loan servicing rights, net   1,051       1,195       1,717  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   1,324       1,400       1,624  
    Other assets   9,331       15,805       4,674  
      Total assets $ 1,932,730       1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
                 
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity          
    Deposits: Non-interest-bearing demand $ 407,811       402,911     $ 424,906  
    Deposits: Interest-bearing   1,243,019       1,227,505       1,213,648  
      Total deposits   1,650,830       1,630,416       1,638,554  
                 
    Operating lease liabilities   1,426       1,501       1,723  
    FHLB borrowings   20,000       20,000       20,000  
    Other liabilities and accrued expenses   7,950       8,364       8,278  
      Total liabilities   1,680,206       1,660,281       1,668,555  
               
    Shareholders’ equity          
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized;                      
    7,903,489 shares issued and outstanding – March 31, 2025                      
    7,954,673 shares issued and outstanding – December 31, 2024                      
    8,023,121shares issued and outstanding – March 31, 2024   28,028       29,593       32,338  
    Retained earnings   225,166       220,398       207,086  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (670 )     (792 )     (745 )
      Total shareholders’ equity   252,524       249,199       238,679  
      Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,932,730       1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
                             
      Three Months Ended
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS: March 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Return on average assets (a)   1.43 %     1.41 %     1.22 %
    Return on average equity (a)   10.95 %     11.03 %     9.67 %
    Net interest margin (a)   3.79 %     3.64 %     3.48 %
    Efficiency ratio   56.25 %     56.27 %     60.22 %
               
      Six Months Ended
      March 31, 2025       March 31, 2024
    Return on average assets (a)   1.42 %         1.28 %
    Return on average equity (a)   10.99 %         10.18 %
    Net interest margin (a)   3.71 %         3.53 %
    Efficiency ratio   56.26 %         58.34 %
               
      Three Months Ended
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA: ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Non-accrual loans $ 2,327     $ 2,733     $ 3,605  
    Loans past due 90 days and still accruing                
    Non-performing investment securities   41       45       79  
    OREO and other repossessed assets   221       221        
    Total non-performing assets (b) $ 2,589     $ 2,999     $ 3,684  
               
    Non-performing assets to total assets (b)   0.13 %     0.16 %     0.19 %
    Net charge-offs during quarter $     $ 242     $ 3  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to non-accrual loans   753 %     633 %     467 %
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to loans receivable (c)   1.22 %     1.21 %     1.22 %
               
               
    CAPITAL RATIOS:          
    Tier 1 leverage capital   12.55 %     12.32 %     12.01 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   19.04 %     18.69 %     18.08 %
    Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital   19.04 %     18.69 %     18.08 %
    Total risk-based capital   20.29 %     19.95 %     19.33 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   12.36 %     12.34 %     11.79 %
               
    BOOK VALUES:          
    Book value per common share $ 31.95     $ 31.33     $ 29.75  
    Tangible book value per common share (d)   29.99       29.37       27.79  

    ________________________________________________

    (a) Annualized
    (b) Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and still accruing, non-performing investment securities and OREO and other repossessed assets.
    (c) Does not include loans held for sale and is before the allowance for credit losses.
    (d) Tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding (non-GAAP).                                

    AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS, AND RATES – QUARTERLY
    ($ in thousands)
    (unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended 
      March 31, 2025    December 31, 2024    March 31, 2024 
      Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                           
    Assets                      
    Loans receivable and loans held for sale $ 1,435,999     5.90 %   $ 1,438,144     5.80 %   $ 1,365,417     5.57 %
    Investment securities and FHLB stock (1)   232,532     3.64       247,236     3.57             298,003     3.14  
                                             
    Interest-earning deposits in banks and CDs   172,175     4.44       166,764     4.76       143,121     5.39  
    Total interest-earning assets   1,840,706     5.48       1,852,144     5.42            1,806,541     5.16  
    Other assets   77,563           75,534           81,337      
    Total assets $ 1,918,269         $ 1,927,678         $ 1,887,878      
                           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                      
    NOW checking accounts $ 328,115     1.32 %   $ 328,455     1.38 %   $ 367,924     1.61 %
    Money market accounts   306,137     3.18       324,424     3.42       270,623     3.14  
    Savings accounts   206,054     0.28       205,650     0.28       214,233     0.23  
    Certificates of deposit accounts   343,945     3.82       331,785     4.09       295,202     4.16  
    Brokered CDs   50,104     4.85       46,414     4.98       40,402     5.40  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,234,355     2.45       1,236,728     2.59       1,188,384     2.47  
    Borrowings   20,000     4.04       20,000     4.03       20,001     4.42  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,254,355     2.47       1,256,728     2.62       1,208,385     2.50  
                           
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   403,738           414,149           431,826      
    Other liabilities   10,064           10,146           10,182      
    Shareholders’ equity   250,112           246,655           237,485      
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,918,269         $ 1,927,678         $ 1,887,878      
                           
    Interest rate spread     3.01 %       2.80 %       2.66 %
    Net interest margin (2)     3.79 %       3.64 %       3.48 %
    Average interest-earning assets to                      
    average interest-bearing liabilities   146.75 %         147.38 %         149.50 %    
                                       

    _____________________________________
    (1) Includes other investments
    (2) Net interest margin = annualized net interest income / average interest-earning assets
            

    AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS, AND RATES
    ($ in thousands)
    (unaudited)

      For the Six Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                   
    Assets              
    Loans receivable and loans held for sale $ 1,437,081     5.85 %   $ 1,349,105     5.53 %
    Investment securities and FHLB stock (1)   239,966     3.60             307,636     3.08  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks and CDs   169,444     4.60       134,643     5.37  
    Total interest-earning assets        1,846,491     5.44            1,791,384     5.10  
    Other assets   76,535           81,473      
    Total assets $ 1,923,026         $ 1,872,857      
                   
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity              
    NOW checking accounts $ 328,287     1.35 %   $ 372,327     1.56 %
    Money market accounts   315,381     3.31       247,656     2.78  
    Savings accounts   205,849     0.28       217,153     0.23  
    Certificates of deposit accounts   337,798     3.95       281,842     4.07  
    Brokered CDs   48,239     4.91       41,570     5.39  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,235,554     2.52       1,160,548     2.32  
    Borrowings   20,000     4.02       24,427     4.65  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,255,554     2.55       1,184,975     2.37  
                   
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   409,000           440,976      
    Other liabilities   10,107           11,035      
    Shareholders’ equity   248,365           235,871      
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,923,026         $ 1,872,857      
                   
    Interest rate spread     2.89 %       2.73 %
    Net interest margin (2)     3.71 %       3.53 %
    Average interest-earning assets to              
    average interest-bearing liabilities   147.07 %         151.17 %    

    _____________________________________
    (1) Includes other investments
    (2) Net interest margin = annualized net interest income / average interest-earning assets

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this press release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Timberland believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with information useful in understanding the Company’s financial performance; however, readers of this report are urged to review these non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction with GAAP results as reported.

    Financial measures that exclude intangible assets are non-GAAP measures. To provide investors with a broader understanding of capital adequacy, Timberland provides non-GAAP financial measures for tangible common equity, along with the GAAP measure. Tangible common equity is calculated as shareholders’ equity less goodwill and CDI. In addition, tangible assets equal total assets less goodwill and CDI.

    The following table provides a reconciliation of ending shareholders’ equity (GAAP) to ending tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) and ending total assets (GAAP) to ending tangible assets (non-GAAP).

    ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
               
    Shareholders’ equity $ 252,524     $ 249,199     $ 238,679  
    Less goodwill and CDI   (15,492 )     (15,537 )     (15,695 )
    Tangible common equity $ 237,032     $ 233,662     $ 222,984  
               
    Total assets $ 1,932,730     $ 1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
    Less goodwill and CDI   (15,492 )     (15,537 )     (15,695 )
    Tangible assets $ 1,917,238     $ 1,893,943     $ 1,891,539  
                           
    Contact: Dean J. Brydon, CEO
      Jonathan A. Fischer, President & COO
      Marci A. Basich, CFO
      (360) 533-4747
      www.timberlandbank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Kugler, Transmission of Monetary Policy

    Source: US State of New York Federal Reserve

    Thank you, Juan Pablo. I am delighted to be speaking at the University of Minnesota because, in many ways, this visit feels like a homecoming for me.1 I was born right here in Minneapolis, before I moved to Colombia as a young child. My parents told me so many wonderful stories about this area and the university. My father studied for his Ph.D. here at the economics department. He studied under accomplished economists, including Anne Krueger, Leo Hurwicz, John Buttrick, and Ed Foster, the latter of whom is still here as an emeritus professor. The University of Minnesota has made many contributions to the field of economics and has historically had a close relationship with the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. So you really are part of the Fed’s extended family, and it is an honor to speak with you.
    Today, I would like to speak with you about the transmission of the Fed’s monetary policy. I will discuss how monetary policy is transmitted through the economy, then touch on how I monitor its transmission, and, lastly, talk about two elements related to transmission that I evaluate when making monetary policy decisions. Those elements are the long and variable lags of monetary policy and whether its transmission is asymmetric and has changed over time. But before I delve into my primary topic, I would like to start by offering my views on the economic outlook.
    Economic OutlookThe U.S. economy has grown at a solid pace, with real gross domestic product (GDP) expanding 2.5 percent last year. Activity indicators in the first few months of this year show healthy numbers. Last week, the March retail sales release showed resilient consumption, with positive revisions for January and February numbers. However, measures of household sentiment, such as surveys from the University of Michigan, Conference Board, and Morning Consult, have shown signs of softness, albeit to varying degrees. Many survey respondents report that their views reflect trade policy concerns, though, as we have seen, the exact contours of those policies are still taking shape. Thus, GDP growth for the first quarter, which will be reported next week, may show some moderation relative to what we saw in 2024, although this moderation may be offset by increased purchases front-loading the implementation of tariffs. Financial markets have experienced increased volatility in recent weeks. If financial conditions were to tighten persistently, that could weigh on growth in the future.
    The labor market remains solid, but the pace of hiring has eased during this year. In the first quarter, U.S. employers added 152,000 jobs per month, on average, compared with a monthly pace of 168,000, on average, last year. The unemployment rate edged up last month to 4.2 percent, but it is still low and has remained near its current level since last summer. Moreover, initial jobless claims have remained stable at low levels. Those numbers are consistent with other measures indicating that the labor market is broadly in balance.
    With respect to inflation, progress has slowed since last summer, and inflation remains above the 2 percent goal. Based on the consumer price index (CPI) and producer price index (PPI) data, the 12-month change in the personal consumption expenditures (PCE) price index was estimated to have been 2.3 percent last month and 2.6 percent for the core categories, which exclude food and energy.
    I pay careful attention to two subcategories of inflation: first, core goods—which are goods outside of volatile food and energy products—and, second, nonhousing market-based services, which are based on transactions and not imputed prices, such as car maintenance and haircuts. Goods inflation was negative in most of 2024—as was the norm for several years before the pandemic—but it increased to 0.4 percent in January and February. In March, the CPI and PPI releases pointed to goods inflation decreasing to a still-positive 0.1 percent, which is better news. By contrast, nonhousing market services inflation stayed elevated through March, at an estimated 3.4 percent. That category often provides a good signal of inflationary pressures across all services. As we look ahead, while the long-run level of tariffs is still to be determined, tariffs have moved significantly higher this year. That will likely put upward pressure on prices. For instance, both survey- and market-based measures of near-term inflation expectations have moved up. Longer-term inflation expectations—those beyond the next few years—largely remain well anchored and consistent with our 2 percent inflation goal, and I hope they continue in that way.
    I am closely monitoring incoming data and the cumulative effects on both sides of our mandate from policies in four distinct areas: trade, immigration, fiscal policy, and regulation. I am also monitoring any risks to the outlook, especially upside risks on inflation or downside risks to employment. Still, I think our monetary policy is well positioned for changes in the macroeconomic environment. Thus, I will support maintaining the current policy rate for as long as these upside risks to inflation continue, while economic activity and employment remain stable. I remain committed to achieving both of our dual-mandate goals of maximum employment and stable prices.
    Overview of Monetary Policy TransmissionNow turning to the primary topic of my speech, I will first discuss how monetary policy is transmitted through the economy. In this section, I will give some examples from the recent past as a tool for explaining my arguments, but I am not intending to comment further on the latest developments in the economy.
    Understanding the transmission of monetary policy starts with understanding how the Federal Reserve uses its policy tools. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) adjusts the target range for the federal funds rate, or the rate that banks pay for overnight borrowing. Setting the federal funds rate is the primary means by which the Fed adjusts the stance of monetary policy, among its range of monetary policy tools. In addition to the FOMC directly adjusting the federal funds rate, Fed policymakers’ communications about the future path of monetary policy may also result in changes to longer-term interest rates because households’ and businesses’ expectations about future policy affect the level of interest rates.
    Adjustments to the federal funds rate affect a multitude of financial conditions faced by consumers and businesses. For example, changes to the federal funds rate filter through to the interest rates lenders charge for loans to businesses and households as well as to what financial institutions pay in interest on deposits. The current and expected future path of the federal funds rate also affects asset prices, as it changes the relative attractiveness of different investments, such as stocks and real estate. Fluctuations in both interest rates and asset prices affect a household’s wealth and a corporation’s balance sheet, which can, in turn, affect the terms under which they can borrow.2 I have discussed some of the most common ways in which policy is transmitted. There are, of course, other important channels, such as exchange rates and international spillovers, that I will not discuss today. Research suggests that the channels of transmission are extensive and ever evolving.3
    Consumers and businesses make decisions based on financial conditions.4 For illustrative purposes, let’s consider a period when FOMC policymakers view it as appropriate to ease the restrictiveness of monetary policy by reducing the target range for the federal funds rate over time. The resulting lower interest rates on consumer loans elicit greater spending on goods and services, particularly on durable goods that are often financed. Lower mortgage rates can encourage renters to buy a home by reducing the monthly payment borrowers face and can encourage existing homeowners to refinance their mortgages to free up cash for other purchases. Lower interest rates can make holding equities more attractive, which raises stock prices and adds to wealth. Higher wealth tends to spur more spending, as households tend to consume at least a portion of their increased wealth. Investment projects that businesses previously believed would be marginally unprofitable become attractive because of reduced financing costs, particularly if businesses expect their sales to rise. Expecting a better macroeconomic environment and lower delinquency rates down the road, banks may loosen their lending standards on approving loans for households and businesses. All these decisions support aggregate demand and may put upward pressure on inflation.
    Of course, there are periods when policymakers see it as appropriate to increase the level of restraint placed on the economy by raising the federal funds rate over time. That may occur when policymakers are seeking to lower inflation. Then, the monetary policy effects I just described would be reversed, putting downward pressure on aggregate demand and inflation.
    Developments in Monetary Policy and Financial ConditionsLet me now discuss how I view the transmission and the stance of monetary policy during the past few quarters. To be clear, I will not discuss the developments in financial markets over the past few weeks.
    In the second half of last year, I gained greater confidence that inflation was on a sustainable path toward the FOMC’s 2 percent objective. I also wanted to preserve the strength I saw in the labor market. As a result, I supported the FOMC’s decision to decrease the target range for the federal funds rate by a total of 1 percentage point during the meetings from September through December. However, even before the Committee began to ease policy, some financial conditions started to ease. This easing can be seen in the Financial Conditions Impulse on Growth index.5 That index, developed by Federal Reserve Board staff, showed easier financial conditions from March 2024. And through January, the demand for loans by households and businesses picked up.6 In the early months of the year, financial conditions, however, remained somewhat restrictive, as borrowing costs continued to be elevated and bank credit moderately tight. Through March, interest rates on short-term small business loans had only edged down since their post-pandemic peak.7 Banks stopped tightening lending standards after nine consecutive quarters, but they left standards unchanged in January.8 These financial conditions helped to moderate aggregate demand and aid in moving inflation sustainably toward our 2 percent target.
    Details of Monetary Policy TransmissionMonitoring the financial conditions I just described is one important way I evaluate how well the Fed’s monetary policy is being transmitted to the rest of the economy. But it is not the only way. I also consider two other elements that play important roles in the transmission of our monetary policy.
    Timing MattersThe first element to evaluate is the timing with which monetary policy affects the macroeconomy. The contemporary economics literature uses a variety of statistical models to estimate the effects of what are called monetary policy “shocks.” Those are movements in the policy rate that are not explained by estimates of how monetary policy systematically responds to incoming economic and financial data and are not anticipated by the public.9 Focusing on the estimated effects of these shocks helps isolate the consequences solely coming from monetary policy actions and communications. One lesson that emerges from this research is that, broadly speaking, it turns out that Milton Friedman’s “long and variable lags” concept still holds.10 A selection of key studies on the topic estimates that it takes about one to two years for the maximum effects of policy to be observed in economic activity and inflation.11 These long lags in monetary policy affecting the economy point to why it is important for policymakers to anticipate economic conditions as best as possible and try to be proactive about understanding the effects of different shocks to the economy, so they can act quickly when needed.
    Direction of TravelThe second element to consider when making decisions related to monetary policy is whether its transmission has been equally impactful during different points in time. For example, credible evidence indicates that contractionary monetary shocks may generally decrease economic activity more strongly than expansionary shocks increase it.12 To understand these asymmetric effects, consider the following illustrative metaphor used by Marriner Eccles, who led the Fed back in the 1930s.
    Imagine a string with monetary policy at one end and the economy at the other. Employing tight monetary policy when inflation is rising is like pulling on the string to keep the economy in check—it works fairly well. But attempting to stimulate the economy with loose policy during a downturn is like trying to push on the string to move the economy—a more difficult task.
    There is evidence of this asymmetry in consumer spending on long-lasting durable goods, such as vehicles and appliances. While an easier monetary policy may lower interest rates and thus stimulate spending on durable goods in the near term, the effects of that policy may be smaller over time, as households may have already purchased durable goods.13 If a family replaces their living room furniture when rates are low, they are unlikely to need a new set of furniture a few years later and thus would not consider how current rates would change their decisions. Thus, during an easing cycle, it is reasonable to suspect that the potency of monetary policy may be somewhat diminished.
    Another example of asymmetry can be seen in the transmission of monetary policy to private lending. Board staff research documented strong growth in the period between the Global Financial Crisis and the pandemic, fueled by structural factors, such as the attractiveness of the market to borrowers and investors due to its higher customization.14 One implication of this strong growth during this past policy tightening is that monetary policy transmission to private credit markets appeared more muted relative to financing through public credit markets or bank commercial and industrial lending.
    By contrast, other factors specific to the recent period likely decreased the potency of monetary policy during the tightening cycle but may increase it during the easing cycle. When the pandemic struck and social distancing was common, many households severely curtailed spending. In addition, a historic level of government transfers boosted household income. This combination led the personal savings rate to soar.15 Recent work by Board staff suggests that these excess savings accumulated during the pandemic may have reduced the effects of tighter monetary policy over recent years.16 If households are flush with excess cash, they are less likely to respond to elevated interest rates by curtailing demand. Instead, they may have funds to avoid financing or may feel they are able to afford higher monthly payments.
    Now, some five years after the pandemic began, these excess savings are exhausted.17 This creates an environment in which monetary policy could be having its average effects on the household sector, although we should consider that the financial health of borrowers with lower credit scores has deteriorated meaningfully in recent years and credit card and auto loan delinquencies are now above pre-pandemic levels. For these households, easing monetary policy may have larger effects.
    I am closely monitoring all these possible changes in monetary policy transmission across the economy. Also, I am humbly aware that it is difficult for economists to judge the overall effect of monetary policy actions on the U.S. economy in real time.
    ConclusionTo summarize, I see inflation still running above the 2 percent target while the labor market has remained stable. But the economy is facing heightened uncertainty, with upside risks to inflation and downside risks to employment. This month, we learned that the tariff increases are significantly larger than previously expected. As a result, the economic effects of tariffs and the associated uncertainty are also likely to be larger than anticipated. It is important for monetary policymakers to broadly examine all available information, including market-based measures, surveys, and anecdotal reports, to understand what is happening in the economy as early as possible because, as I discussed, it takes time for policy to have an impact. As the direction of the economy changes, it is critical to pay close attention to real-time data and to consider the lags and asymmetries of policy transmission to ensure we respond not only to the actual movements on both sides of the mandate, but also to the risks to the economic outlook.
    As I observe the economy and consider the appropriate path of monetary policy, I am closely studying how the decisions the FOMC makes are transmitted through the economy. We have learned much about how those transmission channels work and how they may have changed in recent years, and there is much more to learn. I am confident some of that research will be done right here at the University of Minnesota. Overall, of course, when setting policy, I am guided by how best to achieve the dual-mandate goals of maximum employment and stable prices given to us by Congress because that results in the best outcomes for all Americans.
    Thank you again for such a warm welcome back to the Twin Cities.

    1. The views expressed here are my own and are not necessarily those of my colleagues on the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Open Market Committee. Return to text
    2. Such broader changes in credit conditions are called the “credit channel” of monetary policy, discussed in Ben S. Bernanke and Mark Gertler (1995), “Inside the Black Box: The Credit Channel of Monetary Policy Transmission,” Journal of Economic Perspectives, vol. 9 (Autumn), pp. 27–48. Return to text
    3. For evidence on how U.S. monetary policy affects exchange rates, see Martin Eichenbaum and Charles L. Evans (1995), “Some Empirical Evidence on the Effects of Shocks to Monetary Policy on Exchange Rates,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 110 (November), pp. 975–1009. Additionally, U.S. monetary policy also affects global financial conditions, as analyzed by Silvia Miranda-Agrippino and Hélène Rey (2020), “U.S. Monetary Policy and the Global Financial Cycle,” Review of Economic Studies, vol. 87 (November), pp. 2754–76. Return to text
    4. For evidence that financial conditions are a crucial part of the transmission of monetary policy, see Mark Gertler and Peter Karadi (2015), “Monetary Policy Surprises, Credit Costs, and Economic Activity,”  American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 7 (January), pp. 44–76. Return to text
    5. See Andrea Ajello, Michele Cavallo, Giovanni Favara, William B. Peterman, John Schindler, and Nitish R. Sinha (2023), “A New Index to Measure U.S. Financial Conditions” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, June 30). Return to text
    6. See Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2025), “The January 2025 Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices.” Return to text
    7. See survey data from the National Federation of Independent Business, available at William C. Dunkelberg and Holly Wade (2025), “Small Business Economic Trends,” March, https://www.nfib.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/NFIB-SBET-Report-March-2025.pdf. Return to text
    8. See Board of Governors, “The January 2025 Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey” (note 6). Return to text
    9. For a literature review on the different ways of identifying monetary policy shocks, see V.A. Ramey (2016), “Macroeconomic Shocks and Their Propagation,” in John B. Taylor and Harald Uhlig, eds., Handbook of Macroeconomics, vol. 2 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 71–162. Return to text
    10. See Edward Nelson (2020), Milton Friedman and Economic Debate in the United States, 1932–1972, vol. 1 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), p. 141. Return to text
    11. See the following papers: Lawrence Christiano, Martin Eichenbaum, and Charles L. Evans (1999), “Monetary Policy Shocks: What Have We Learned and to What End?” in John B. Taylor and Michael Woodford, eds., Handbook of Macroeconomics, vol. 1 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 65–148; Christina D. Romer and David H. Romer (2004), “A New Measure of Monetary Shocks: Derivation and Implications,” American Economic Review, vol. 94 (September), pp. 1055–84; Harald Uhlig (2005), “What Are the Effects of Monetary Policy on Output? Results from an Agnostic Identification Procedure,” Journal of Monetary Economics, vol. 52 (March), pp. 381–419; Jean Boivin, Michael T. Kiley, and Frederic S. Mishkin (2010), “How Has the Monetary Transmission Mechanism Evolved over Time?” in Benjamin M. Friedman and Michael Woodford, eds., Handbook of Monetary Economics, vol. 3 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 369–422; Olivier Coibion (2012), “Are the Effects of Monetary Policy Shocks Big or Small?” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 4 (April), pp. 1–32; Gertler and Karadi, “Monetary Policy Surprises” (see note 4); Pooyan Amir Ahmadi and Harald Uhlig (2015), “Sign Restrictions in Bayesian FAVARs with an Application to Monetary Policy Shocks (PDF),” NBER Working Papers Series 21738 (Cambridge, Mass.: National Bureau of Economic Research, November); Christiane Baumeister and James D. Hamilton (2018), “Inference in Structural Vector Autoregressions When the Identifying Assumptions Are Not Fully Believed: Re-evaluating the Role of Monetary Policy in Economic Fluctuations,” Journal of Monetary Economics, vol. 100 (December), pp. 48–65; Marek Jarociński and Peter Karadi (2020), “Deconstructing Monetary Policy Surprises—The Role of Information Shocks,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 12 (April), pp. 1–43; Silvia Miranda-Agrippino and Giovanni Ricco (2021), “The Transmission of Monetary Policy Shocks,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 13 (July), pp. 74–107; and Michael D. Bauer and Eric T. Swanson (2023), “A Reassessment of Monetary Policy Surprises and High-Frequency Identification,” in Martin Eichenbaum, Erik Hurst, and Jonathan A. Parker, eds., NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2022, vol. 37 (May), pp. 87–155. Return to text
    12. See, for instance, Silvana Tenreyro and Gregory Thwaites (2016), “Pushing on a String: US Monetary Policy Is Less Powerful in Recessions,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 8 (October), pp. 43–74; Joshua D. Angrist, Òscar Jordà, and Guido M. Kuersteiner (2018), “Semiparametric Estimates of Monetary Policy Effects: String Theory Revisited,” Journal of Business & Economic Statistics, vol. 36 (July), pp. 371–87; and Regis Barnichon, Christian Matthes, and Tim Sablik (2017), “Are the Effects of Monetary Policy Asymmetric? (PDF)” Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, Economic Brief, vol. 3 (March), pp. 1–4. Return to text
    13. See Alisdair McKay and Johannes F. Wieland (2021), “Lumpy Durable Consumption Demand and the Limited Ammunition of Monetary Policy,” Econometrica, vol. 89 (November), pp. 2717–49. Return to text
    14. See Ahmet Degerli and Phillip J. Monin (2024), “Private Credit Growth and Monetary Policy Transmission,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, August 2). Return to text
    15. See, for instance, Aditya Aladangady, David Cho, Laura Feiveson, and Eugenio Pinto (2022), “Excess Savings during the COVID-19 Pandemic,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, October 21); and Francois de Soyres, Dylan Moore, and Julio L. Ortiz (2023), “Accumulated Savings during the Pandemic: An International Comparison with Historical Perspective,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, June 23). Return to text
    16. See Thiago R.T. Ferreira, Nils Gornemann, and Julio L. Ortiz (forthcoming), “Household Excess Savings and the Transmission of Monetary Policy,” International Journal of Central Banking. Return to text
    17. See Hamza Abdelrahman and Luiz Edgard Oliveira (2024), “Pandemic Savings Are Gone: What’s Next for U.S. Consumers?” SF Fed Blog, Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, May 3. Return to text

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Dingell Holds Roundtable to Address Rising Cost of Child Care with Parents, Providers

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Debbie Dingell (12th District of Michigan)

    Congresswoman Debbie Dingell (MI-06) toured Tutor Time in Canton, and held a roundtable with child care providers and parents to discuss the impact of the rising cost of care on Michigan families.

    “Caregiving is the foundation of our economy – it allows for all other work to be possible. No one can do their job if their children aren’t cared for. But quality, affordable child care remains an expense that many American families cannot afford,” Dingell said. “It’s time to make investing in our country’s care infrastructure and workforce a priority to bring down costs and expand access to care. Today, we spoke to both parents and providers about the challenges they face finding and providing care, and what Congress can do to solve these problems.”

    “We were honored to host U.S. Representative Debbie Dingell at our Tutor Time location in Canton, MI, to discuss our commitment to helping families access quality and affordable childcare,” said Joanna Cline, Learning Care Group Executive and Michigan District 6 Constituent. “Partnering with Government leaders who advocate for family-focused policies is an important part of the work we do to support our communities, and I was proud to speak with Rep. Dingell about this issue today.”

    According to Bridge Michigan, the child care crisis costs Michigan $2.9 billion annually in turnover and lost taxes. 

    The cost of childcare has risen more than 30% in the last six years. In more than half of the states in America, the average annual cost of full-time child care is more than the average annual cost of in-state college tuition.

    The Department of Health and Human Services reported that a $52.5 billion investment in child care during the COVID-19 pandemic:

    1. provided stabilization grants to 220,000 providers associated with up to 10 million children;
    2. lowered child care costs for more than 700,000 children;
    3. increased compensation for more than 650,000 child care workers; and
    4. created 300,000 new child care slots. 

    View photos from the event here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) reports first quarter results.

    Busey completed the transformative acquisition of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. on March 1, 2025, significantly impacting first quarter results and resetting the baseline for financial performance for future quarters in a multitude of positive ways.

    Net Income (Loss) Diluted EPS Net Interest Margin1 ROAA1 ROATCE1
    $(30.0) million $(0.44) 3.16% (0.82)% (7.99)%
    $39.9 million (adj)2 $0.57 (adj)2 3.08% (adj)2 1.09% (adj)2 10.64% (adj)2
    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    The transformative partnership between Busey and CrossFirst takes our organization to new heights, combining our growing commercial bank with the power of Busey’s core deposit franchise, wealth management platform, and payment technology solutions at FirsTech, Inc. As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders.

    Van A. Dukeman 
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 


    PARTNERSHIP WITH CROSSFIRST

    Effective March 1, 2025, First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), the holding company for Busey Bank, completed its previously announced acquisition (the “Merger”) of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) (NASDAQ: CFB), the holding company for CrossFirst Bank, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 26, 2024, by and between Busey and CrossFirst (the “Merger Agreement”). This partnership creates a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 78 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst common stock converted to the right to receive 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock, with the result that holders of Busey’s common stock owned approximately 63.5% of the combined company and holders of CrossFirst’s common stock owned approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Further, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst preferred stock converted to the right to receive one share of Busey preferred stock.

    CrossFirst Bank’s results of operations were included in Busey’s consolidated results of operations beginning March 1, 2025. Busey will operate CrossFirst Bank as a separate banking subsidiary until it is merged with and into Busey Bank, which is expected to occur on June 20, 2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank.

    The acquisition was accretive to tangible book value, exceeding initial projections of a six-month earn back period.

    Further details are included with Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing completion of the acquisition, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 3, 2025.

    FINANCIAL RESULTS

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Provision for credit losses     42,452       1,273       5,038  
    Total noninterest income     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Total noninterest expense     115,171       78,167       70,769  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     (32,669 )     37,359       34,960  
    Income taxes     (2,679 )     9,254       8,735  
    Net income (loss)   $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
                 
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.47  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
    Effective income tax rate     8.20 %     24.77 %     24.99 %
     

    Busey’s results of operations for the first quarter of 2025 was a net loss of $(30.0) million, or $(0.44) per diluted common share, compared to net income of $28.1 million, or $0.49 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $26.2 million, or $0.46 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity2 were (0.82)% and (7.99)%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses, restructuring charges, and one-time strategic events, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We also adjust for net securities gains and losses to align with industry and research analyst reporting. The objective of our presentation of adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings metrics is to allow investors and analysts to more clearly identify quarterly trends in core earnings performance. Non-operating pre-tax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses2 in the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million. Further, $3.1 million other noninterest expense was recorded to establish an initial allowance for Unfunded Commitments2 and $42.4 million provision expense was recorded to establish an initial Allowance for Credit Losses for loans purchased without credit deterioration (“non-PCD” loans) immediately following the close of the acquisition in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-30-15. Additionally, net securities losses were $15.8 million, primarily related to the execution of a strategic balance sheet repositioning. Lastly, $4.6 million in one-time deferred tax valuation expense2 was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, which is expected to lower our effective blended state tax rate in future periods but created a negative adjustment to the carrying value of our deferred tax asset in the current period. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 2) in tabular form, see Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Adjusted net income2, which excludes the impact of non-GAAP adjustments, was $39.9 million, or $0.57 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.9 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $25.7 million or $0.46 per diluted common share for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets2 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity2 were 1.09% and 10.64%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue2

    Pre-provision net revenue2 was $25.6 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $38.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $46.4 million for the first quarter of 2024. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 0.70% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.28% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 1.55% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue2 was $54.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $42.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $38.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 1.50% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.38% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 1.29% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin2

    Net interest income was $103.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $81.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $75.9 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin2 was 3.16% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.95% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.79% for the first quarter of 2024. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin2 was 3.08% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.92% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.78% in the first quarter of 2024.

    Components of the 21 basis point increase in net interest margin2 during the first quarter of 2025, which includes approximately +12 basis points contributed by CrossFirst Bank, are as follows:

    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +36 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting accretion contributed +5 basis points
    • Decreased borrowing expense contributed +3 basis points
    • Decreased expense on rate swaps contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -17 basis points
    • Decreased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed -8 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 1.8% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate and execute off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet repositioning strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the first quarter of 2025. A portion of the acquired CrossFirst Bank securities portfolio was liquidated when the acquisition was finalized, providing additional excess cash that will allow us to unwind non-core funding. As brokered CDs mature, Busey will continue to deploy excess cash to reduce wholesale funding levels during subsequent quarters. Total deposit cost of funds increased from 1.75% during the fourth quarter of 2024 to 1.91% during the first quarter of 2025. Deposit betas increased with the higher mix of acquired indexed and wholesale deposits and a full quarter of the consolidated Company’s funding base is projected to increase total deposit cost of funds during the second quarter of 2025. With the expectation of Busey paying down non-core funding, the deposit beta will lessen during the year and is expected to normalize in the 45% to 50% beta range. Growth in higher yielding earning assets is expected to offset the increased cost of funds pressure and we project further net interest margin expansion during the second quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest Income

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST INCOME          
    Wealth management fees $ 17,364     $ 16,786     $ 15,549  
    Fees for customer services   8,128       7,911       7,056  
    Payment technology solutions   5,073       5,094       5,709  
    Mortgage revenue   329       496       746  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,446       1,080       1,419  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights               7,465  
    Net securities gains (losses)   (15,768 )     (196 )     (6,375 )
    Other noninterest income   4,651       4,050       3,344  
    Total noninterest income $ 21,223     $ 35,221     $ 34,913  
       

    Total noninterest income decreased by 39.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and decreased by 39.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily due to net securities losses that were recorded in connection with a strategic balance sheet repositioning.

    Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and the gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 4.4% to $37.0 million, or 26.3% of operating revenue2, during the first quarter of 2025, compared to $35.4 million, or 30.3% of operating revenue2, for the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 9.4% from $33.8 million, or 30.8% of operating revenue2.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Wealth management fees, wealth management referral fees included in other noninterest income, and payment technology solutions contributed 61.1% of adjusted noninterest income2 for the first quarter of 2025.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest income are as follows:

    • Wealth management fees increased by 3.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024 wealth management fees increased by 11.7%. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the first quarter of 2025 with $13.68 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.83 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2024 and $12.76 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2024. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark3 over the last three and five years. The Wealth Management segment reported another quarter of record high revenue for the first quarter of 2025.
    • Payment technology solutions revenue decreased slightly compared the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, payment technology solutions revenue decreased by 11.1% primarily due to decreases in income from electronic, online, and interactive voice response payments, partially offset by increases in lockbox and merchant services income.
    • Fees for customer services increased by 2.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to increases in income from analysis charges and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, fees for customer services increased by 15.2% primarily due to increases in analysis charges, automated teller machine fees, and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Increases in fees for customer services are primarily attributable to the inclusion of one month of CrossFirst’s income in our first quarter results.
    • Other noninterest income increased by 14.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and by 39.1% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The increase for both periods was driven by increases in swap origination fee income, commercial loan sales gains, letter of credit fee income, and other real estate owned income, offset by decreases in venture capital income.

    Operating Efficiency

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE          
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 67,563   $ 45,458   $ 42,090
    Data processing expense   9,575     6,564     6,550
    Net occupancy expense of premises   5,799     4,794     4,720
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,744     1,650     1,813
    Professional fees   9,511     4,938     2,253
    Amortization of intangible assets   3,083     2,471     2,409
    Interchange expense   1,343     1,305     1,611
    FDIC insurance   2,167     1,330     1,400
    Other noninterest expense   14,386     9,657     7,923
    Total noninterest expense $ 115,171   $ 78,167   $ 70,769
     

    Total noninterest expense increased by 47.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased by 62.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Growth in noninterest expense was primarily attributable to one-time acquisition expenses related to the CrossFirst acquisition as well as added costs for operating expenses for two banks during one month of the quarter. Annual pre-tax expense synergy estimates resulting from the CrossFirst acquisition remain on track at $25.0 million. Busey anticipates a 50% rate of synergy realization in 2025 and 100% in 2026.

    Adjusted noninterest expense2, which excludes acquisition and restructuring expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $82.9 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $72.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $68.6 million in the first quarter of 2024. As our business grows, Busey remains focused on prudently managing our expense base and operating efficiency.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses increased by $22.1 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $25.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $15.6 million and $15.8 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses, with additional severance, retention, and stock-based compensation. Busey has added 501 full time equivalent associates (“FTEs”) over the past year, mostly as a result of acquisitions, including 437 CrossFirst Bank FTEs added in March 2025 and 46 Merchants & Manufacturers Bank FTEs added in April 2024.
    • Data processing expense increased by $3.0 million compared to both the fourth quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2024, of which $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees increased by $4.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, of which $4.3 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, professional fees increased by $7.3 million, of which $7.2 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses.
    • Amortization of intangible assets increased by $0.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $0.7 million compared to the first quarter of 2024. The CrossFirst acquisition added an estimated $81.8 million of finite-lived intangible assets, which will be amortized using an accelerated amortization methodology.
    • Other noninterest expense increased by $4.7 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and increased by $6.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, resulted from increases in non-operating expenses related to acquisition and restructuring expenses. Further, $3.1 million of non-operating expenses was recorded for the Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments. Multiple expense items contributed to the remaining fluctuations in this expense category, including marketing, business development, regulatory expenses, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, and other real estate owned.

    Busey’s efficiency ratio2 was 79.3% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 64.5% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 58.1% for the first quarter of 2024. Our adjusted efficiency2 ratio was 58.7% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 61.8% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 62.3% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Busey’s annualized ratio of adjusted noninterest expense to average assets was 2.27% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.39% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.30% for the first quarter of 2024.

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,200,292     $ 697,659     $ 591,071  
    Debt securities available for sale   2,273,874       1,810,221       1,898,072  
    Debt securities held to maturity   815,402       826,630       862,218  
    Equity securities   10,828       15,862       9,790  
    Loans held for sale   7,270       3,657       6,827  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Allowance for credit losses   (195,210 )     (83,404 )     (91,562 )
    Restricted bank stock   53,518       49,930       6,000  
    Premises and equipment, net   182,003       118,820       121,506  
    Right of use assets   40,594       10,608       10,590  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   496,118       365,975       351,455  
    Other assets   711,206       533,677       533,414  
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Total deposits $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   137,340       155,610       147,175  
    Short-term borrowings   11,209              
    Long-term debt   306,509       227,723       223,100  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   77,117       74,815       72,040  
    Lease liabilities   41,111       11,040       10,896  
    Other liabilities   251,890       211,775       191,405  
    Total liabilities   17,284,646       10,663,453       10,604,807  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   249,484       294,054       248,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (172,810 )     (207,039 )     (222,190 )
    Other stockholders’ equity1   2,102,932       1,296,254       1,256,429  
    Total stockholders’ equity   2,179,606       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share2 $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  

    ___________________________________________
    1. Net balance of preferred stock ($0.001 par value), common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    AVERAGE BALANCES (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 861,021   $ 776,572   $ 594,193
    Investment securities   2,782,435     2,597,309     2,907,144
    Loans held for sale   3,443     6,306     4,833
    Portfolio loans   9,838,337     7,738,772     7,599,316
    Interest-earning assets   13,363,594     11,048,350     11,005,903
    Total assets   14,831,298     12,085,993     12,024,208
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,036,127     2,724,344     2,708,586
    Interest-bearing deposits   9,142,781     7,325,662     7,330,105
    Total deposits   12,178,908     10,050,006     10,038,691
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   144,838     135,728     178,659
    Interest-bearing liabilities   9,627,841     7,763,729     7,831,655
    Total liabilities   12,896,222     10,689,054     10,748,484
    Stockholders’ equity – preferred   2,669        
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,932,407     1,396,939     1,275,724
    Tangible common equity1   1,521,387     1,029,539     922,710

    ___________________________________________
    1. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    Total assets were $19.46 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $12.05 billion as of December 31, 2024, and $11.89 billion as of March 31, 2024. Average interest-earning assets were $13.36 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $11.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.01 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Portfolio Loans

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and our disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters. Portfolio loans totaled $13.87 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $7.70 billion at December 31, 2024, and $7.59 billion at March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s portfolio loans grew by $133.6 million during the first quarter of 2025, with growth centered in the commercial category. In addition, as of March 31, 2024, CrossFirst Bank added $6.04 billion in loans to Busey’s loan portfolio.

    Average portfolio loans were $9.84 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $7.74 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $7.60 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Asset quality continues to be strong. Busey Bank maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment. CrossFirst Bank’s policies are similar in nature to Busey Bank’s policies and Busey is in the process of migrating the legacy CrossFirst portfolio toward Busey Bank’s policies.

    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   18,554       8,124       7,441  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   48,647       22,088       17,465  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   6,077       1,149       88  
    Non-performing loans   54,724       23,237       17,553  
    Other non-performing assets   4,757       63       65  
    Non-performing assets   59,481       23,300       17,618  
    Substandard (excludes 90+ days past due)   131,078       62,023       87,830  
    Classified assets $ 190,559     $ 85,323     $ 105,448  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 195,210     $ 83,404     $ 91,562  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.39 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.31 %     0.19 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.43 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.41 %     1.08 %     1.21 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 3.57 x   3.59 x   5.22 x
    Classified assets to Bank Tier 1 capital1and reserves   8.40 %     5.61 %     7.24 %

    ___________________________________________
    1. Capital amounts for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    Loans 30-89 days past due increased by $10.4 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $11.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $6.1 million, a decrease of $2.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $12.5 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Non-performing loans increased by $31.5 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $37.2 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing loans were $6.8 million, a decrease of $16.4 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing loans were $47.9 million as of March 31, 2025. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.39% as of March 31, 2025, a 9 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Non-performing assets increased by $36.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $41.9 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing assets were $7.1 million, a decrease of $16.2 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing assets were $52.4 million as of March 31, 2025. Non-performing assets represented 0.31% of total assets as of March 31, 2025, a 12 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Classified assets increased by $105.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $85.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s classified assets were $81.3 million, a decrease of $4.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s classified assets were $109.3 million as of March 31, 2025.

    The allowance for credit losses was $195.2 million as of March 31, 2025, representing 1.41% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 3.57 times our non-performing loans balance. In connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, the Day 1 allowance recorded for loans that were purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD” loans) was $100.8 million. The Day 1 PCD allowance was recorded as an adjustment to the fair value of the PCD loans.

    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 31,429   $ 2,850   $ 5,216
    Provision expense (release)   42,452     1,273     5,038
                     

    Net charge-offs increased by $28.6 million when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $26.2 million when compared with the first quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs include $29.6 million related to PCD loans acquired from CrossFirst Bank, which were fully reserved at acquisition and did not require recording additional provision expense.

    Busey’s results for the first quarter of 2025 include $42.5 million provision expense for credit losses, which includes $42.4 million that was recorded to establish an initial allowance for credit losses on non-PCD acquired loans.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $16.46 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $9.98 billion at December 31, 2024, and $9.96 billion at March 31, 2024. Average deposits were $12.18 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $10.04 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Core deposits2 accounted for 89.7% of total deposits as of March 31, 2025. The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. We estimated that 32% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized4 as of March 31, 2025, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the first quarter of 2025 had a weighted average term of 7.8 months at a rate of 3.58%, which was 96 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter.

    Borrowings

    As of March 31, 2025, Busey Bank held $16.7 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings. In comparison, Busey Bank had no short-term or long-term FHLB borrowings as of December 31, 2024, or March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, CrossFirst Bank held $11.2 million of short-term FHLB borrowings and $61.9 million of long-term FHLB borrowings.

    In addition, associated with the CrossFirst acquisition, Busey assumed trust preferred securities with a recorded balance of $2.2 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Liquidity

    As of March 31, 2025, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 totaled $8.55 billion. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $119.7 million in the first quarter of 2025. Cash flows from maturing securities within our portfolio are expected to be approximately $302.3 million for the remainder of 2025, with a current book yield of 2.55%, and approximately $308.1 million for 2026, with a current book yield of 2.59%.

    Capital Strength

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. Although impacted by the strategic deployment of capital for the CrossFirst acquisition, our capital ratios remain strong, and as of March 31, 2025, our regulatory capital ratios continued to provide a buffer of more than $630 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated6 to be 11.99% at March 31, 2025, compared to 14.10% at December 31, 2024, and 13.45% at March 31, 2024. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated6 to be 14.87% at March 31, 2025, compared to 18.53% at December 31, 2024, and 17.95% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible common equity2 was $1.68 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.02 billion at December 31, 2024, and $931.2 million at March 31, 2024. Tangible common equity2 represented 8.83% of tangible assets at March 31, 2025, compared to 8.71% at December 31, 2024, and 8.07% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible book value per common share2 was $18.62 at March 31, 2025, compared to $17.88 at December 31, 2024, and $16.84 at March 31, 2024, reflecting a 10.6% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets2 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair market valuation adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. During the first quarter of 2025, we paid a dividend of $0.25 per share on Busey’s common stock, which represents a 4.2% increase from the previous quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    During the first quarter of 2025, Busey resumed making stock repurchases under its stock repurchase plan, purchasing 220,000 shares of its common stock at a weighted average price of $21.98 per share for a total of $4.8 million. As of March 31, 2025, Busey had 1,699,275 shares remaining on its stock repurchase plan available for repurchase.

    FIRST QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to our Q1 2025 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8‑K on April 22, 2025, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of March 31, 2025, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was a $19.46 billion financial holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Champaign, Illinois, had total assets of $11.98 billion as of March 31, 2025. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    CrossFirst Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, had total assets of $7.45 billion as of March 31, 2025. CrossFirst Bank currently has 16 banking centers located across Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. More information about CrossFirst Bank can be found at crossfirstbank.com. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will be merged with and into Busey Bank on June 20, 2025.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.68 billion as of March 31, 2025. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the fourth consecutive year, Busey was named among 2025’s America’s Best Banks by Forbes. Ranked 88th overall, Busey was one of seven banks headquartered in Illinois included on this year’s list. Busey was also named among the 2024 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2025 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    The following tables present reconciliations between these non-GAAP measures and what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)
     
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue and Related Measures
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses (GAAP)     15,768       196       6,375  
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)     (115,171 )     (78,167 )     (70,769 )
    Pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [a]   25,551       38,828       46,373  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     26,026       3,585       408  
    Provision for unfunded commitments1     3,141       (455 )     (678 )
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights                 (7,465 )
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 54,718     $ 41,958     $ 38,638  
                 
    Average total assets [c]   14,831,298       12,085,993       12,024,208  
                 
    Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   0.70 %     1.28 %     1.55 %
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   1.50 %     1.38 %     1.29 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Net Income, Average Tangible Common Equity, and Related Ratios
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) [a] $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
    Acquisition expenses     26,026       2,469       285  
    Restructuring expenses           1,116       123  
    Day 2 provision for credit losses1     42,433              
    Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments2     3,139              
    Net securities (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights                 (7,465 )
    Related tax (benefit) expense3     (22,069 )     (1,014 )     170  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4     4,591              
    Adjusted net income (Non-GAAP)5 [b] $ 39,898     $ 30,872     $ 25,713  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (GAAP) [c]   68,517,647       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (GAAP) [a÷c] $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (Non-GAAP)6 [d]   69,502,717       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (Non-GAAP)5,6 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.46  
                 
    Average total assets [e] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Return on average assets (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷e] (0.82 )%     0.93 %     0.88 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷e]   1.09 %     1.02 %     0.86 %
                 
    Average common equity   $ 1,932,407     $ 1,396,939     $ 1,275,724  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (411,020 )     (367,400 )     (353,014 )
    Average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP) [f] $ 1,521,387     $ 1,029,539     $ 922,710  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷f] (7.99 )%     10.86 %     11.43 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷f]   10.64 %     11.93 %     11.21 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. The Day 2 allowance for credit losses was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition to establish an allowance on non-PCD loans and is reflected within the provision for credit losses line on the Statement of Income.
    2. The Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and is reflected within the other noninterest expense line, as a component of total noninterest expense, on the Statement of Income.
    3. Tax benefits were calculated using tax rates of 25.3%, 26.8%, and 24.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    4. The deferred tax valuation adjustment was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and relates to the expansion of Busey’s footprint into new states. The deferred tax valuation adjustment is reflected within the income taxes line on the Statement of Income.
    5. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted net income for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for net securities gains and losses, realized net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, and one-time deferred tax valuation adjustments. In 2024, these adjusting items were previously presented as further adjustments to adjusted net income.
    6. Dilution includes shares that would have been dilutive if there had been net income during the period.
    7. Annualized measure.
    Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income, Adjusted Net Interest Income, Net Interest Margin, and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [a]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (2,728 )     (812 )     (204 )
    Adjusted net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 101,540     $ 81,212     $ 76,099  
                 
    Average interest-earning assets (Non-GAAP) [c] $ 13,363,594     $ 11,048,350     $ 11,005,903  
                 
    Net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   3.16 %     2.95 %     2.79 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   3.08 %     2.92 %     2.78 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Revenue Measures, Adjusted Noninterest Expense, Efficiency Ratios, and Adjusted Noninterest Expense to Average Assets
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP) [a] $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
                 
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses (Non-GAAP) [c]   36,991       35,417       41,288  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights                 (7,465 )
    Adjusted noninterest income (Non-GAAP) [d] $ 36,991     $ 35,417     $ 33,823  
                 
    Tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [e = b+c] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 117,591  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [f = b+d] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 110,126  
    Operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [g = a+d] $ 140,722     $ 116,995     $ 109,677  
                 
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [d÷g]   26.29 %     30.27 %     30.84 %
                 
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 115,171     $ 78,167     $ 70,769  
    Amortization of intangible assets     (3,083 )     (2,471 )     (2,409 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets (Non-GAAP) [h]   112,088       75,696       68,360  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     (26,026 )     (3,585 )     (408 )
    Provision for unfunded commitments2     (3,141 )     455       678  
    Adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)3 [i] $ 82,921     $ 72,566     $ 68,630  
                 
    Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) [h÷e]   79.35 %     64.45 %     58.13 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)3 [i÷f]   58.70 %     61.79 %     62.32 %
                 
    Average total assets [j] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Adjusted noninterest expense to average assets (Non-GAAP)4 [i÷j]   2.27 %     2.39 %     2.30 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    3. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted noninterest expense and the adjusted efficiency ratio for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for the provision for unfunded commitments. In 2024, these adjustments were previously presented as adjustments for adjusted core expense and the adjusted core efficiency ratio.
    4. Annualized measure.
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Related Measures and Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [a] $ 18,968,134     $ 11,680,747     $ 11,536,003  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 2,179,606     $ 1,383,269     $ 1,282,651  
    Preferred stock and additional paid in capital on preferred stock     (7,750 )            
    Common equity [b]   2,171,856       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1 [c] $ 1,675,738     $ 1,017,294     $ 931,196  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [c÷a]   8.83 %     8.71 %     8.07 %
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding (GAAP) [d]   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  
    Book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [b÷d] $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [c÷d] $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of tangible assets and tangible common equity for all periods presented to exclude any tax adjustment.
    Core Deposits and Related Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total deposits (GAAP) [a] $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (722,309 )     (13,090 )     (6,001 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (967,262 )     (334,503 )     (326,795 )
    Core deposits (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 14,769,899     $ 9,634,897     $ 9,627,395  
                 
    Core deposits to total deposits (Non-GAAP) [b÷a]   89.73 %     96.52 %     96.66 %
     

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economies and financial markets (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (2) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies (including those concerning Busey’s general business); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) unexpected results of acquisitions, including the acquisition of CrossFirst, which may include the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that the transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (5) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by Busey’s commercial borrowers; (6) new or revised accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory banking agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (7) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (8) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (9) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (10) the loss of key executives or associates, talent shortages, and employee turnover; (11) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation, investigations, or other legal proceedings, inquiries, and regulatory actions involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (12) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (13) credit risk and risk from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral, and industry), within Busey’s loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including commercial real estate loans); (14) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (15) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (16) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (17) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; (18) the economic impact on Busey and its customers of climate change, natural disasters, and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts; (19) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact Busey’s cost of funds; (20) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (21) the effectiveness of Busey’s risk management framework; and (22) the ability of Busey to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    END NOTES

    1 Annualized measure.
    2 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    3 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.
    4 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit, less intercompany accounts, fully collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits), and pass-through accounts where clients have deposit insurance at the correspondent financial institution.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 Capital amounts and ratios for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    INVESTOR CONTACT: Scott A. Phillips, Interim Chief Financial Officer | 239-689-7167

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: QCR Holdings, Inc. Announces Net Income of $25.8 Million for the First Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net income of $25.8 million, or $1.52 per diluted share
    • Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) of $26.0 million, or $1.53 per diluted share
    • Adjusted NIM (TEY) (non-GAAP) expanded to 3.41%
    • Robust core deposit growth of 20% annualized
    • Wealth management revenue growth of 14% annualized
    • Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) grew $1.43, or 11% annualized
    • TCE/TA ratio (non-GAAP) improved 15 basis points to 9.70%

    MOLINE, Ill., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — QCR Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: QCRH) (the “Company”) today announced quarterly net income of $25.8 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $1.52 for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $30.2 million and diluted EPS of $1.77 for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) and adjusted diluted EPS for the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million and $1.53, respectively. For the fourth quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $32.8 million and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.93. For the first quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $26.9 million, and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.59.

      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, March 31,
    $ in millions (except per share data)  2025  2024  2024
    Net Income $ 25.8 $ 30.2 $ 26.7
    Diluted EPS $ 1.52 $ 1.77 $ 1.58
    Adjusted Net Income (non-GAAP)* $ 26.0 $ 32.8 $ 26.9
    Adjusted Diluted EPS (non-GAAP)* $ 1.53 $ 1.93 $ 1.59
                 

    *Adjusted non-GAAP measurements of financial performance exclude non-core and/or nonrecurring income and expense items that management believes are not reflective of the anticipated future operation of the Company’s business. The Company believes these adjusted measurements provide a better comparison for analysis and may provide a better indicator of future performance. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.

    “Our first quarter results were highlighted by margin expansion, robust deposit growth, and disciplined expense management. We also had another quarter of strong wealth management revenue growth,” said Larry J. Helling, Chief Executive Officer. “Our performance was further bolstered by continued loan growth while maintaining our excellent asset quality, further strengthening our capital levels, and significantly increasing our tangible book value per share.”

    Margin Performance Continues

    Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $60.0 million, a decrease of $1.2 million from the fourth quarter of 2024, but increased slightly when adjusted for fewer days in the first quarter.

    Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.95% and NIM on a tax-equivalent yield (“TEY”) basis (non-GAAP) was 3.42% for the first quarter, as compared to 2.95% and 3.43% for the prior quarter, respectively. Adjusted NIM TEY (non-GAAP) of 3.41% for the first quarter of 2025 increased one basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.  

    “Our adjusted NIM, on a tax equivalent yield basis, increased one basis point from the fourth quarter of 2024 and was within our guidance range, overpowering the dilution from the impact of expired interest rate caps,” said Todd A. Gipple, President and Chief Financial Officer. “Absent the impact from the interest rate caps, our adjusted NIM TEY expanded by five basis points. Looking ahead, we anticipate continued margin expansion and are guiding to second quarter adjusted NIM TEY in the range from static to an increase of four basis points, assuming no Federal Reserve rate cuts,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Noninterest Income Driven by Capital Markets and Wealth Management Revenue

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 was influenced by macroeconomic factors, particularly affecting our low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) lending business and its associated capital markets revenue. Noninterest income for the quarter totaled $16.9 million, down from $30.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company generated $6.5 million of capital markets revenue during the first quarter, compared to $20.6 million in the prior quarter.

    “Our capital markets business was affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. Despite this, demand for affordable housing remains significant. The lower first quarter results in this sector should lead to a larger pipeline for future transactions. Our capital markets activity for the second quarter is normalizing as clients adjust to the current environment,” said Mr. Helling. “As a result, we continue to expect our capital markets revenue to be in a range of $50 to $60 million over the next four quarters. We believe the long-term demand and our growing backlog for new deals will support the sustainability of our LIHTC lending program,” added Mr. Helling.

    “Additionally, our wealth management business remained strong in the first quarter of 2025, generating annualized revenue growth of 14% for the quarter driven by growth in new client accounts and assets under management. We expect continued strong growth in this business to be fueled by the strategic investments we made in our Southwest Missouri and Central Iowa markets,” said Mr. Gipple.

    Significant Noninterest Expense Reduction

    Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $46.5 million, a decrease compared to $53.5 million for the fourth quarter and $50.7 million for the first quarter of 2024. The $7.0 million linked-quarter decrease was primarily due to lower salary and employee benefits expenses associated with reduced variable compensation.

    “Our noninterest expense decreased by 13% during the quarter, primarily due to lower capital markets revenue and its impact on our variable compensation. As a result, expenses were well below the guided range of $52 to $55 million highlighting our expense flexibility,” said Mr. Gipple. “The Company’s efficiency ratio was 60.54% in the first quarter. For the second quarter of 2025 we expect noninterest expense to be in the range of $50 to $53 million which assumes both capital markets revenue and loan growth are within our guidance range,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Exceptionally Low Effective Tax Rate

    The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2025 was 1%, down from 9% in the prior quarter. The linked quarter decline is primarily due to a combination of the tax benefits from equity compensation in the first quarter, new state tax credit investments, and lower pre-tax income from lower capital markets revenue. “These factors decreased the mix of our taxable income relative to our tax-exempt income. Our tax-exempt loan and bond portfolios have consistently helped us maintain our low tax liability benefiting our shareholders,” said Mr. Gipple. “Given a more normalized mix of revenue, we expect our effective tax rate to be in the range of 6% to 8% for the second quarter of 2025,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Robust Deposit Growth

    During the first quarter of 2025, core deposits increased by $332.2 million, or 20% annualized, which allowed the Company to decrease brokered deposits by $56.0 million, and overnight FHLB advances by $140 million. Gross loans and leases held for investment as a percentage of total deposits ratio improved to 92.96% from 96.05% from the prior quarter. “Our deposit growth this quarter reflects our strong execution in expanding market share and deepening relationships with both new and existing clients in our core markets,” added Mr. Helling.

    Continued Loan Growth

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Company’s total loans and leases held for investment grew by $38.9 million to $6.8 billion. “Loan growth was 4% annualized when adding back the impact from the runoff of m2 Equipment Finance loans. First quarter loan activity was influenced by heightened macroeconomic uncertainty and elevated payoffs. We anticipate that the slowdown in our LIHTC business during this period should lead to a larger pipeline of future activity driven by the ongoing significant demand for low-income housing,” stated Mr. Helling.

    “Due to heightened uncertainty, we are suspending our full-year loan growth guidance. Instead, we are providing guidance for the second quarter of 2025, projecting an annualized growth rate of 4% to 6%,” added Mr. Helling.

    Asset Quality Remains Excellent

    The Company’s nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to total assets ratio was 0.53% on March 31, 2025, up three basis points from the prior quarter. NPAs totaled $48.1 million at the end of the first quarter of 2025, a $2.6 million increase from the prior quarter. The increase in NPAs during the first quarter was primarily due to the addition of three specific loans, partially offset by the payoff of our largest NPA in January.

    The Company’s total criticized loans, a leading indicator of asset quality, declined by $18.2 million on a linked-quarter basis, and the ratio of criticized loans to total loans and leases as of March 31, 2025, improved to 2.06%, as compared to 2.34% as of December 31, 2024. This $18.2 million reduction marks the Company’s lowest criticized loan ratio in five years.

    The Company recorded a total provision for credit losses of $4.2 million during the quarter, representing a decline of $0.9 million from the prior quarter. The reduction in the provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily due to lower loan growth and a decrease in total criticized balances. Net charge-offs were also $4.2 million during the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $0.8 million from the prior quarter. The allowance for credit losses to total loans held for investment was unchanged from the prior quarter at 1.32%.

    Strong Tangible Book Value and Regulatory Capital Growth

    The Company’s tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) increased by $1.43, or 11% annualized, during the first quarter of 2025 due to the combination of strong earnings, a modest dividend, and negligible changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (“TCE”) (non-GAAP) increased 15 basis points to 9.70%. The improvement in TCE (non-GAAP) was driven by strong earnings as AOCI remained consistent during the quarter. The total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.16% and the common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.26% due to solid earnings growth and modest loan growth during the quarter. By comparison, these ratios were 9.55%, 14.10%, and 10.03%, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The Company remains focused on maintaining strong regulatory capital and targeting TCE (non-GAAP) in the top quartile of its peer group.

    Conference Call Details
    The Company will host an earnings call/webcast tomorrow, April 23, 2025, at Central Time. Dial-in information for the call is toll-free: 888-346-9286 (international 412-317-5253). Participants should request to join the QCR Holdings, Inc. call. The event will be available for replay through April 30, 2025. The replay access information is 877-344-7529 (international 412-317-0088); access code 7198237. A webcast of the teleconference can be accessed on the Company’s News and Events page at www.qcrh.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available at the same location shortly after the live event has ended.

    About Us
    QCR Holdings, Inc., headquartered in Moline, Illinois, is a relationship-driven, multi-bank holding company serving the Quad Cities, Cedar Rapids, Cedar Valley, Des Moines/Ankeny and Springfield communities through its wholly owned subsidiary banks. The banks provide full-service commercial and consumer banking and trust and wealth management services. Quad City Bank & Trust Company, based in Bettendorf, Iowa, commenced operations in 1994, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company, based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, commenced operations in 2001, Community State Bank, based in Ankeny, Iowa, was acquired by the Company in 2016, and Guaranty Bank, based in Springfield, Missouri, was acquired by the Company in 2018. Additionally, the Company serves the Waterloo/Cedar Falls, Iowa community through Community Bank & Trust, a division of Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company. The Company has 36 locations in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $9.2 billion in assets, $6.8 billion in loans and $7.3 billion in deposits. For additional information, please visit the Company’s website at www.qcrh.com.

    Special Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “bode”, “predict,” “suggest,” “project”, “appear,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” ”annualize,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “likely,” “might,” “potential,” “continue,” “annualized,” “target,” “outlook,” as well as the negative forms of those words, or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the strength of the local, state, national and international economies and financial markets, including effects of inflationary pressures, the threat or implementation of tariffs, trade wars and changes to immigration policy; (ii) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state and federal laws, regulations and governmental policies (including those concerning the Company’s general business); (iii) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats and attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, acts of war or threats thereof (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), or other adverse events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets, and the response of the local, state and national governments to any such adverse external events; (iv) new or revised accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the PCAOB; (v) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by the Company’s commercial borrowers; (vi) increased competition in the financial services sector, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies, and the inability to attract new customers; (vii) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (viii) unexpected results of acquisitions, including failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (ix) the loss of key executives and employees, talent shortages and employee turnover; (x) changes in consumer spending; (xi) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions involving the Company; (xii) the economic impact on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, floods and blizzards; (xiii) fluctuations in the value of securities held in our securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (xiv) credit risk and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral and industry) within our loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including CRE loans); (xv) the overall health of the local and national real estate market; (xvi) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (xvii) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and who may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (xviii) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (xix) the level of non-performing assets on our balance sheet; (xx) interruptions involving our information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (xxi) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our third-party vendors’ information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (xxii) changes in the interest rates and repayment rates of the Company’s assets; (xxiii) the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework, and (xxiv) the ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC.

    Contact:
    Todd A. Gipple
    President
    Chief Financial Officer
    (309) 743-7745
    tgipple@qcrh.com

      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands)
                 
      CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET          
                 
      Cash and due from banks $ 98,994   $ 91,732   $ 103,840   $ 92,173   $ 80,988  
      Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits   225,716     170,592     159,159     102,262     77,020  
      Securities, net of allowance for credit losses   1,220,717     1,200,435     1,146,046     1,033,199     1,031,861  
      Loans receivable held for sale (1)   2,025     2,143     167,047     246,124     275,344  
      Loans/leases receivable held for investment   6,821,142     6,782,261     6,661,755     6,608,262     6,372,992  
      Allowance for credit losses   (90,354 )   (89,841 )   (86,321 )   (87,706 )   (84,470 )
      Intangibles   10,400     11,061     11,751     12,441     13,131  
      Goodwill   138,595     138,595     138,596     139,027     139,027  
      Derivatives   180,997     186,781     261,913     194,354     183,888  
      Other assets   544,547     532,271     524,779     531,855     509,768  
      Total assets $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
      Total borrowings   429,921     569,532     660,344     768,671     489,633  
      Derivatives   206,925     214,823     285,769     221,798     211,677  
      Other liabilities   155,796     183,101     181,199     180,536     184,122  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,022,747     997,387     976,620     936,319     907,342  
      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO          
      Loan/lease mix: (2)          
      Commercial and industrial – revolving $ 388,479   $ 387,991   $ 387,409   $ 362,115   $ 326,129  
      Commercial and industrial – other   1,231,198     1,295,961     1,321,053     1,370,561     1,374,333  
      Commercial and industrial – other – LIHTC   212,921     218,971     89,028     92,637     96,276  
      Total commercial and industrial   1,832,598     1,902,923     1,797,490     1,825,313     1,796,738  
      Commercial real estate, owner occupied   599,488     605,993     622,072     633,596     621,069  
      Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied   1,040,281     1,077,852     1,103,694     1,082,457     1,055,089  
      Construction and land development   403,001     395,557     342,335     331,454     410,918  
      Construction and land development – LIHTC   1,016,207     917,986     913,841     750,894     738,609  
      Multi-family   289,782     303,662     324,090     329,239     296,245  
      Multi-family – LIHTC   888,517     828,448     973,682     1,148,244     1,007,321  
      Direct financing leases   14,773     17,076     19,241     25,808     28,089  
      1-4 family real estate   592,127     588,179     587,512     583,542     563,358  
      Consumer   146,393     146,728     144,845     143,839     130,900  
      Total loans/leases $ 6,823,167   $ 6,784,404   $ 6,828,802   $ 6,854,386   $ 6,648,336  
      Less allowance for credit losses   90,354     89,841     86,321     87,706     84,470  
      Net loans/leases $ 6,732,813   $ 6,694,563   $ 6,742,481   $ 6,766,680   $ 6,563,866  
                 
                 
      ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO          
      Securities mix:          
      U.S. government sponsored agency securities $ 17,487   $ 20,591   $ 18,621   $ 20,101   $ 14,442  
      Municipal securities   1,003,985     971,567     965,810     885,046     884,469  
      Residential mortgage-backed and related securities   43,194     50,042     53,488     54,708     56,071  
      Asset backed securities   7,764     9,224     10,455     12,721     14,285  
      Other securities   66,105     65,745     39,190     38,464     40,539  
      Trading securities (3)   82,445     83,529     58,685     22,362     22,258  
      Total securities $ 1,220,980   $ 1,200,698   $ 1,146,249   $ 1,033,402   $ 1,032,064  
      Less allowance for credit losses   263     263     203     203     203  
      Net securities $ 1,220,717   $ 1,200,435   $ 1,146,046   $ 1,033,199   $ 1,031,861  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS          
      Deposit mix:          
      Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 963,851   $ 921,160   $ 969,348   $ 956,445   $ 955,167  
      Interest-bearing demand deposits   5,119,601     4,828,216     4,715,087     4,644,918     4,714,555  
      Time deposits   951,606     953,496     942,847     859,593     875,491  
      Brokered deposits   302,332     358,315     357,351     303,711     261,562  
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS          
      Borrowings mix:          
      Term FHLB advances $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 135,000   $ 135,000  
      Overnight FHLB advances       140,000     230,000     350,000     70,000  
      Other short-term borrowings   2,050     1,800     2,750     1,600     2,700  
      Subordinated notes   233,595     233,489     233,383     233,276     233,170  
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,893     48,860     48,828     48,795     48,763  
      Total borrowings $ 429,921   $ 569,532   $ 660,344   $ 768,671   $ 489,633  
                 
    (1 ) Loans with a fair value of $0 million, $0 million, $165.9 million, $243.2 million and $274.8 million have been identified for securitization and are included in LHFS at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2 ) Loan categories with significant LIHTC loan balances have been broken out separately. Total LIHTC balances within the loan/lease portfolio were $2.2 billion at March 31, 2025.
    (3 ) Trading securities consisted of retained beneficial interests acquired in conjunction with Freddie Mac securitizations completed by the Company.
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        For the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024  2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    INCOME STATEMENT            
    Interest income   $ 116,673   $ 121,642   $ 125,420   $ 119,746 $ 115,049  
    Interest expense     56,687     60,438     65,698     63,583   60,350  
    Net interest income     59,986     61,204     59,722     56,163   54,699  
    Provision for credit losses     4,234     5,149     3,484     5,496   2,969  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   $ 55,752   $ 56,055   $ 56,238   $ 50,667 $ 51,730  
                 
                 
    Trust fees (1)   $ 3,686   $ 3,456   $ 3,270   $ 3,103 $ 3,199  
    Investment advisory and management fees (1)     1,254     1,320     1,229     1,214   1,101  
    Deposit service fees     2,183     2,228     2,294     1,986   2,022  
    Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net     297     734     385     540   382  
    Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net     61     49         12   24  
    Capital markets revenue     6,516     20,552     16,290     17,758   16,457  
    Earnings on bank-owned life insurance     524     797     814     2,964   868  
    Debit card fees     1,488     1,555     1,575     1,571   1,466  
    Correspondent banking fees     614     560     507     510   512  
    Loan related fee income     898     950     949     962   836  
    Fair value gain (loss) on derivatives and trading securities     (1,007 )   (1,781 )   (886 )   51   (163 )
    Other     378     205     730     218   154  
    Total noninterest income   $ 16,892   $ 30,625   $ 27,157   $ 30,889 $ 26,858  
                 
                 
    Salaries and employee benefits   $ 27,364   $ 33,610   $ 31,637   $ 31,079 $ 31,860  
    Occupancy and equipment expense     6,455     6,354     6,168     6,377   6,514  
    Professional and data processing fees     5,144     5,480     4,457     4,823   4,613  
    Restructuring expense             1,954        
    FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees     1,970     1,934     1,711     1,854   1,945  
    Loan/lease expense     381     513     587     151   378  
    Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate     (9 )   23     (42 )   28   (30 )
    Advertising and marketing     1,613     1,886     2,124     1,565   1,483  
    Communication and data connectivity     290     345     333     318   401  
    Supplies     207     252     278     259   275  
    Bank service charges     596     635     603     622   568  
    Correspondent banking expense     329     328     325     363   305  
    Intangibles amortization     661     691     690     690   690  
    Goodwill impairment             431        
    Payment card processing     594     516     785     706   646  
    Trust expense     357     381     395     379   425  
    Other     587     551     1,129     674   617  
    Total noninterest expense   $ 46,539   $ 53,499   $ 53,565   $ 49,888 $ 50,690  
                 
    Net income before income taxes   $ 26,105   $ 33,181   $ 29,830   $ 31,668 $ 27,898  
    Federal and state income tax expense     308     2,956     2,045     2,554   1,172  
    Net income   $ 25,797   $ 30,225   $ 27,785   $ 29,114 $ 26,726  
                 
    Basic EPS   $ 1.53   $ 1.80   $ 1.65   $ 1.73 $ 1.59  
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.52   $ 1.77   $ 1.64   $ 1.72 $ 1.58  
                 
                 
    Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785     16,871,652     16,846,200     16,814,814   16,783,348  
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding   17,013,992     17,024,481     16,982,400     16,921,854   16,910,675  
                 
    (1) Trust fees and investment advisory and management fees when combined are referred to as wealth management revenue.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of and for the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      COMMON SHARE DATA          
      Common shares outstanding   16,920,363     16,882,045     16,861,108     16,824,985     16,807,056  
      Book value per common share (1) $ 60.44   $ 59.08   $ 57.92   $ 55.65   $ 53.99  
      Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (2) $ 51.64   $ 50.21   $ 49.00   $ 46.65   $ 44.93  
      Closing stock price $ 71.32   $ 80.64   $ 74.03   $ 60.00   $ 60.74  
      Market capitalization $ 1,206,760   $ 1,361,368   $ 1,248,228   $ 1,009,499   $ 1,020,861  
      Market price / book value   117.99 %   136.49 %   127.81 %   107.82 %   112.51 %
      Market price / tangible book value   138.11 %   160.59 %   151.07 %   128.62 %   135.18 %
      Earnings per common share (basic) LTM (3) $ 6.71   $ 6.77   $ 6.93   $ 6.78   $ 6.75  
      Price earnings ratio LTM (3) 10.63 x 11.91 x 10.68 x 8.85 x 9.00 x
      TCE / TA (Non-GAAP) (4)   9.70 %   9.55 %   9.24 %   9.00 %   8.94 %
                 
                 
      CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
      Beginning balance $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342   $ 886,596  
      Net income   25,797     30,225     27,785     29,114     26,726  
      Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   404     (9,628 )   12,057     (368 )   (5,373 )
      Common stock cash dividends declared   (1,015 )   (1,013 )   (1,012 )   (1,008 )   (1,008 )
      Other (5)   174     1,183     1,471     1,239     401  
      Ending balance $ 1,022,747   $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342  
                 
                 
      REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS (6):          
      Total risk-based capital ratio   14.16 %   14.10 %   13.87 %   14.21 %   14.30 %
      Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.79 %   10.57 %   10.33 %   10.49 %   10.50 %
      Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.06 %   10.73 %   10.50 %   10.40 %   10.33 %
      Common equity tier 1 ratio   10.26 %   10.03 %   9.79 %   9.92 %   9.91 %
                 
                 
      KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS          
      Return on average assets (annualized)   1.14 %   1.34 %   1.24 %   1.33 %   1.25 %
      Return on average total equity (annualized)   10.14 %   12.15 %   11.55 %   12.63 %   11.83 %
      Net interest margin   2.95 %   2.95 %   2.90 %   2.82 %   2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)(7)   3.42 %   3.43 %   3.37 %   3.27 %   3.25 %
      Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) (8)   60.54 %   58.26 %   61.65 %   57.31 %   62.15 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total assets   74.53 %   75.14 %   73.30 %   74.48 %   74.11 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total deposits   92.96 %   96.05 %   95.38 %   97.69 %   93.63 %
      Effective tax rate   1.18 %   8.91 %   6.86 %   8.06 %   4.20 %
      Full-time equivalent employees   972     980     976     988     986  
                 
                 
      AVERAGE BALANCES          
      Assets $ 9,015,439   $ 9,050,280   $ 8,968,653   $ 8,776,002   $ 8,550,855  
      Loans/leases   6,790,312     6,839,153     6,840,527     6,779,075     6,598,614  
      Deposits   7,146,286     7,109,567     6,858,196     6,687,188     6,595,453  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,017,487     995,012     962,302     921,986     903,371  
                 
                 
    (1 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).    
    (2 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and excludes intangible assets. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (3 ) LTM : Last twelve months.     
    (4 ) TCE / TCA : tangible common equity / total tangible assets. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.  
    (5 ) Includes mostly common stock issued for options exercised and the employee stock purchase plan, as well as stock-based compensation.
    (6 ) Ratios for the current quarter are subject to change upon final calculation for regulatory filings due after earnings release.
    (7 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (8 ) See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.     
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                               
                               
      ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN                  
                               
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
          Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
                               
          (dollars in thousands)
                               
      Fed funds sold   $ 9,009 $ 99 4.40 %   $ 5,617 $ 67 4.68 %   $ 19,955 $ 269 5.42 %
      Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions   166,897   1,804 4.38 %     158,151   1,823 4.59 %     91,557   1,200 5.27 %
      Investment securities – taxable   400,779   4,588 4.59 %     375,552   4,230 4.49 %     373,540   4,261 4.55 %
      Investment securities – nontaxable (1)   843,476   11,722 5.57 %     829,544   12,286 5.92 %     685,969   9,349 5.45 %
      Restricted investment securities   30,562   534 6.99 %     33,173   608 7.17 %     38,085   674 7.00 %
      Loans (1)     6,790,312   107,439 6.42 %     6,839,153   112,325 6.53 %     6,598,614   107,673 6.56 %
      Total earning assets (1) $ 8,241,035 $ 126,186 6.20 %   $ 8,241,190 $ 131,339 6.34 %   $ 7,807,720 $ 123,426 6.35 %
                               
      Interest-bearing deposits $ 5,005,853 $ 37,698 3.05 %   $ 4,881,914 $ 39,408 3.21 %   $ 4,529,325 $ 39,072 3.47 %
      Time deposits     1,204,593   12,690 4.27 %     1,248,412   13,868 4.42 %     1,107,622   12,345 4.48 %
      Short-term borrowings   1,839   18 3.97 %     1,862   22 4.67 %     1,763   23 5.16 %
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances   177,883   1,996 4.49 %     236,525   2,802 4.64 %     355,220   4,738 5.28 %
      Subordinated debentures   233,525   3,601 6.17 %     233,419   3,636 6.23 %     233,101   3,480 5.97 %
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,871   684 5.60 %     48,839   701 5.62 %     48,742   692 5.62 %
      Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 6,672,564 $ 56,687 3.44 %   $ 6,650,971 $ 60,437 3.61 %   $ 6,275,773 $ 60,350 3.86 %
                               
      Net interest income (1)   $ 69,499       $ 70,902       $ 63,076  
      Net interest margin (2)     2.95 %       2.95 %       2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.42 %       3.43 %       3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.41 %       3.40 %       3.24 %
      Cost of funds (4)       3.02 %       3.15 %       3.35 %
                               
                               
    (1 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate. 
    (2 ) See “Select Financial Data – Subsidiaries” for a breakdown of amortization/accretion included in net interest margin for each period presented.
    (3 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (4 ) Cost of funds includes the effect of noninterest-bearing deposits.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS/LEASES          
      Beginning balance $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470   $ 87,200  
      Change in ACL for transfer of loans to LHFS       93     (1,812 )   498     (3,377 )
      Credit loss expense   4,743     6,832     3,828     4,343     3,736  
      Loans/leases charged off   (4,944 )   (4,787 )   (3,871 )   (1,751 )   (3,560 )
      Recoveries on loans/leases previously charged off   714     1,382     470     146     471  
      Ending balance $ 90,354   $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470  
                 
                 
      NONPERFORMING ASSETS          
      Nonaccrual loans/leases $ 47,259   $ 40,080   $ 33,480   $ 33,546   $ 29,439  
      Accruing loans/leases past due 90 days or more   356     4,270     1,298     87     142  
      Total nonperforming loans/leases   47,615     44,350     34,778     33,633     29,581  
      Other real estate owned   402     661     369     369     784  
      Other repossessed assets   122     543     542     512     962  
      Total nonperforming assets $ 48,139   $ 45,554   $ 35,689   $ 34,514   $ 31,327  
                 
                 
      ASSET QUALITY RATIOS          
      Nonperforming assets / total assets   0.53 %   0.50 %   0.39 %   0.39 %   0.36 %
      ACL for loans and leases / total loans/leases held for investment   1.32 %   1.32 %   1.30 %   1.33 %   1.33 %
      ACL for loans and leases / nonperforming loans/leases   189.76 %   202.57 %   248.21 %   260.77 %   285.55 %
      Net charge-offs as a % of average loans/leases   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.05 %   0.02 %   0.05 %
                 
                 
                 
      INTERNALLY ASSIGNED RISK RATING (1)          
      Special mention $ 55,327   $ 73,636   $ 80,121   $ 85,096   $ 111,729  
      Substandard (2)   85,033     84,930     70,022     80,345     70,841  
      Doubtful (2)                    
      Total Criticized loans (3) $ 140,360   $ 158,566   $ 150,143   $ 165,441   $ 182,570  
                 
      Classified loans as a % of total loans/leases (2)   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.03 %   1.17 %   1.07 %
      Total Criticized loans as a % of total loans/leases (3)   2.06 %   2.34 %   2.20 %   2.41 %   2.75 %
                 
    (1 ) Amounts exclude the government guaranteed portion, if any. The Company assigns internal risk ratings of Pass for the government guaranteed portion.
    (2 ) Classified loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 10 or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Substandard or Doubtful.
    (3 ) Total Criticized loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 9, 10, or 11 , regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful.
                                     
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                   
                   
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      SELECT FINANCIAL DATA – SUBSIDIARIES    2025     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands)
                   
      TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,777,634     $ 2,588,587     $ 2,618,727  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     276,096       310,915       350,801  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2,617,143       2,614,570       2,423,936  
      Community State Bank     1,583,646       1,531,559       1,445,230  
      Guaranty Bank     2,331,944       2,342,958       2,327,985  
                   
      TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,397,047     $ 2,126,566     $ 2,161,515  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,883,952       1,882,487       1,757,353  
      Community State Bank     1,238,307       1,256,938       1,187,926  
      Guaranty Bank     1,840,774       1,824,139       1,743,514  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,041,181     $ 2,048,926     $ 2,046,038  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     284,983       320,237       354,815  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,790,065       1,761,467       1,680,127  
      Community State Bank     1,197,005       1,159,389       1,113,070  
      Guaranty Bank     1,794,915       1,814,622       1,809,101  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     85 %     96 %     95 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     95 %     94 %     96 %
      Community State Bank     97 %     92 %     94 %
      Guaranty Bank     98 %     99 %     104 %
                   
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     73 %     79 %     78 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     68 %     67 %     69 %
      Community State Bank     76 %     76 %     77 %
      Guaranty Bank     77 %     77 %     78 %
                   
      ACL ON LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.44 %     1.49 %     1.40 %
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     4.37 %     4.22 %     3.75 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1.38 %     1.44 %     1.34 %
      Community State Bank     1.08 %     0.98 %     1.12 %
      Guaranty Bank     1.30 %     1.25 %     1.15 %
                   
      RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS (ANNUALIZED)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.31 %     1.09 %     0.79 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2.14 %     3.12 %     3.09 %
      Community State Bank     1.07 %     1.30 %     1.25 %
      Guaranty Bank     0.72 %     0.91 %     0.88 %
                   
      NET INTEREST MARGIN PERCENTAGE (2)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     3.45 %     3.53 %     3.31 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     4.00 %     3.95 %     3.77 %
      Community State Bank     3.78 %     3.77 %     3.75 %
      Guaranty Bank (3)     3.05 %     3.18 %     2.98 %
                   
      ACQUISITION-RELATED AMORTIZATION/ACCRETION INCLUDED IN NET        
      INTEREST MARGIN, NET            
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust   $     $     $  
      Community State Bank     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
      Guaranty Bank     218       504       396  
      QCR Holdings, Inc. (4)     (33 )     (32 )     (32 )
                   
    (1 ) Quad City Bank and Trust amounts include m2 Equipment Finance, LLC, as this entity is wholly-owned and consolidated with the Bank. m2 Equipment Finance, LLC is also presented separately for certain (applicable) measurements.
    (2 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.
    (3 ) Guaranty Bank’s net interest margin percentage includes various purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding those adjustments, net interest margin (Non-GAAP) would have been 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, 2.97% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    (4 ) Relates to the trust preferred securities acquired as part of the Guaranty Bank acquisition in 2017 and the Community National Bank acquisition in 2013.
         
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
          As of
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSETS RATIO (1)                    
                           
      Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 1,022,747     $ 997,387     $ 976,620     $ 936,319     $ 907,342  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 873,752     $ 847,730     $ 826,273     $ 784,851     $ 755,184  
                           
      Total assets (GAAP)   $ 9,152,779     $ 9,026,030     $ 9,088,565     $ 8,871,991     $ 8,599,549  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,003,784     $ 8,876,373     $ 8,938,218     $ 8,720,523     $ 8,447,391  
                           
      Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)   9.70 %     9.55 %     9.24 %     9.00 %     8.94 %
                           
                           
    (1 ) This ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that this measurement is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes period-to-period in common equity. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to stockholders’ equity and total assets, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS   For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      ADJUSTED NET INCOME (1)    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                           
      Net income (GAAP)   $ 25,797     $ 30,225     $ 27,785     $ 29,114     $ 26,726  
                           
      Less non-core items (post-tax) (2):                    
      Income:                    
      Fair value loss on derivatives, net     (156 )     (2,594 )     (542 )     (145 )     (144 )
      Total non-core income (non-GAAP)   $ (156 )   $ (2,594 )   $ (542 )   $ (145 )   $ (144 )
                           
      Expense:                    
      Goodwill impairment                 431              
      Restructuring expense                 1,544              
      Total non-core expense (non-GAAP)   $     $     $ 1,975     $     $  
                           
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (1)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785       16,871,652       16,846,200       16,814,814       16,783,348  
      Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding     17,013,992       17,024,481       16,982,400       16,921,854       16,910,675  
                           
      Adjusted earnings per common share (non-GAAP):                    
      Basic   $ 1.54     $ 1.95     $ 1.80     $ 1.74     $ 1.60  
      Diluted   $ 1.53     $ 1.93     $ 1.78     $ 1.73     $ 1.59  
                           
      ADJUSTED RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Average Assets   $ 9,015,439     $ 9,050,280     $ 8,968,653     $ 8,776,002     $ 8,550,855  
                           
      Adjusted return on average assets (annualized) (non-GAAP)     1.15 %     1.45 %     1.35 %     1.33 %     1.26 %
      Adjusted return on average equity (annualized) (non-GAAP)     10.20 %     13.19 %     12.60 %     12.69 %     11.90 %
                           
      NET INTEREST MARGIN (TEY) (3)                    
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Plus: Tax equivalent adjustment (4)     9,513       9,698       9,544       8,914       8,377  
      Net interest income – tax equivalent (Non-GAAP)   $ 69,499     $ 70,902     $ 69,266     $ 65,077     $ 63,076  
      Less: Acquisition accounting net accretion     184       471       463       268       363  
      Adjusted net interest income   $ 69,315     $ 70,431     $ 68,803     $ 64,809     $ 62,713  
                           
      Average earning assets   $ 8,241,035     $ 8,241,190     $ 8,183,196     $ 7,999,044     $ 7,807,720  
                           
      Net interest margin (GAAP)     2.95 %     2.95 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.42 %     3.43 %     3.37 %     3.27 %     3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.41 %     3.40 %     3.34 %     3.26 %     3.24 %
                           
      EFFICIENCY RATIO (5)                    
                           
      Noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 46,539     $ 53,499     $ 53,565     $ 49,888     $ 50,690  
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Noninterest income (GAAP)     16,892       30,625       27,157       30,889       26,858  
      Total income   $ 76,878     $ 91,829     $ 86,879     $ 87,052     $ 81,557  
                           
      Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense/total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.54 %     58.26 %     61.65 %     57.31 %     62.15 %
      Adjusted efficiency ratio (core noninterest expense/core total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.38 %     56.25 %     58.45 %     57.19 %     62.01 %
                           
    (1 ) Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share, adjusted return on average assets and average equity are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management believes that these measurements are important to investors as they exclude non-core or non-recurring income and expense items, therefore, they provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, these non-GAAP measures are reconciled to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
    (2 ) Non-core or non-recurring items (post-tax) are calculated using an estimated effective federal tax rate of 21% with the exception of goodwill impairment which is not deductible for tax.
    (3 ) Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.        
    (4 ) Net interest margin (TEY) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management utilizes this measurement to take into account the tax benefit associated with certain loans and securities. It is also standard industry practice to measure net interest margin using tax-equivalent measures. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to net interest income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In addition, the Company calculates net interest margin without the impact of acquisition accounting net accretion as this can fluctuate and it’s difficult to provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods.
    (5 ) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s management utilizes this ratio to compare to industry peers. The ratio is used to calculate overhead as a percentage of revenue. In compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to noninterest expense, net interest income and noninterest income, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • First quarter revenue of $1,193 million decreased 12% year-over-year
    • First quarter operating income of $142 million decreased 39% year-over-year
    • First quarter net income of $76 million, a 6.4% margin, decreased 32% year-over-year
    • First quarter adjusted EBITDA* of $253 million, a 21.2% margin, decreased 25%, or 354 basis points, year-over-year
    • First quarter cash provided by operating activities of $142 million and adjusted free cash flow* of $66 million
    • Repurchased $34 million of 8.625% Senior Notes due 2030 in the first quarter of 2025
    • Shareholder return of $71 million for the quarter, which included dividend payments of $18 million and share repurchases of $53 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share, payable on June 5, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 6, 2025
    • As part of its portfolio optimization strategy, Weatherford completed the sale of its Pressure Pumping business in Argentina on April 1, 2025
    • Signed a strategic agreement with Abu Dhabi-based AIQ to bring transformative efficiency to energy production, leveraging advanced automation, data-driven insights, and the power of AI technology

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the first quarter of 2025.

    Revenues for the first quarter of 2025 were $1,193 million, a decrease of 12% year-over-year and 11% sequentially. Operating income was $142 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $233 million in the first quarter of 2024 and $198 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Net income in the first quarter of 2025 was $76 million, with a 6.4% margin, a decrease of 32%, or 188 basis points year-over-year and 32%, or 198 basis points, sequentially. Adjusted EBITDA* was $253 million, a 21.2% margin, a decrease of 25%, or 354 basis points, year-over-year and 22%, or 310 basis points, sequentially. Basic income per share in the first quarter of 2025 was $1.04, compared to $1.54 in the first quarter of 2024 and $1.54 in the fourth quarter of 2024. Diluted income per share in the first quarter of 2025 was $1.03, compared to $1.50 in the first quarter of 2024, and $1.50 in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    First quarter 2025 cash flows provided by operating activities were $142 million, compared to $131 million in the first quarter of 2024, and $249 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Adjusted free cash flow* was $66 million, a decrease of $16 million year-over-year and $96 million sequentially. Capital expenditures were $77 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $59 million in the first quarter of 2024, and $100 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “The first quarter was marked by significant market softening across key geographies, especially Mexico, the United Kingdom and North America. This created headwinds for activity levels but the One Weatherford team continued to focus on the controllable elements of the business, driving execution to deliver results inline with expectations.

    Over the past few weeks, the market conditions have skewed more negatively, as we continue to navigate uncertainty on customer activity levels stemming from macroeconomic factors, global trade and geopolitical tensions. However, our actions remain focused on our North Star of driving adjusted free cash flow and we are further accelerating efficiency and optimization programs to ensure that we are well positioned for any scenario that might unfold in the latter part of the year. We believe it to be prudent to scale back our expectations on activity levels through the rest of the year and are focused on minimizing decrementals and improving working capital efficiencies. Nonetheless, even at a significantly reduced level of customer activity, we remain confident in increasing our adjusted free cash flow conversion for the full year 2025, allowing progress on our capital allocation priorities.

    The sale of our Pressure Pumping business in Argentina marks another key milestone in our portfolio optimization strategy to a more capital-efficient model and further builds liquidity to position us well for the upcoming period.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational & Commercial Highlights

    • An International Oil Company (IOC) awarded Weatherford an eight-year contract extension to provide a comprehensive suite of services, including Intervention Services & Drilling Tools, Pipe Inspection, Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD), Tubular Running Services (TRS), Well Services, and Pipe Recovery in Kazakhstan.
    • PDO Oman awarded Weatherford a five-year Integrated Completions contract consisting of Completions, Liner Hangers and Cementation Products.
    • ADNOC Onshore awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Well Services Production enhancement systems in the United Arab Emirates.
    • Eni Oman awarded Weatherford an open contract for onshore MPD services.
    • Petrobras awarded Weatherford a five-year contract for Liner Hangers systems and services in deepwater Brazil and amended its TRS contract, adding two Vero Mechanized Systems.
    • Sierracol Energy Andina LLC awarded Weatherford a six-month contract for Artificial Lift Systems in Colombia.
    • GeoPark Colombia S.A.S. awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Wireline Open & Cased Hole Services.
    • Jadestone Energy (Malaysia) PTE LTD awarded Weatherford a contract for the Autonomous Inflow Control Device Screens and associated lower Completions equipment and services for the PM323 East Belumut Phase 9 Infill Drilling campaign.
    • Dragon Oil awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Completions Equipment and Services in offshore Turkmenistan.
    • An IOC awarded Weatherford a one-year contract for Artificial Lift Equipment and Centro® Well Construction Optimization Platform in Argentina.
    • An IOC in Turkey awarded Weatherford a five-year contract for Open Hole Wireline Tools.
    • An IOC awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Artificial Lift Equipment in Australia.
    • A major integrated energy company awarded Weatherford a three-year, multi-rig contract for Vero® Mechanized Systems in deepwater Gulf of America.
    • A National Oil Company (NOC) awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Stage Tool Cementing Equipment in the Middle East.
    • An IOC awarded Weatherford a one-year contract for the SCADA Digital Platform in offshore United Arab Emirates.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • In the UK, Weatherford successfully delivered Logging While Drilling and Formation Pressure Services for Shell on a high-pressure, high temperature well. The well was drilled at 175°c and reached a total depth of 21,000 feet.
      • In the Middle East, Weatherford successfully deployed GuideWave® CLEAR in three wells for an NOC, enabling improved formation evaluation and more precise geo-steering.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In deepwater Brazil, Weatherford successfully installed the first OptiROSS® RFID Multi-Cycle Sliding Sleeve Valve for Petrobras. This system enhances acid stimulation efficiency, improving production and boosting the reservoir’s oil recovery factor.
      • In North America, Weatherford successfully completed 17 field trials of its SecureTrac™ technology with one of the largest multinational oil and gas companies. The tool’s more compact design enables a shorter shoe track, maximizing reservoir exposure and enhancing production potential.
      • In the Middle East, Weatherford successfully deployed the first WidePak™ straddle solution for Gupco in Egypt. The well had been shut for 15 years due to a sustained tubing leak. Following Weatherford’s intervention, the well is now back online and delivering significant production.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • In North America, Weatherford successfully deployed the ForeSite® Regenerative Power for KODA, following a two-month pilot. The deployment delivered significant power savings, demonstrating the technology’s efficiency and value in the field.
      • In North America, Weatherford deployed the ForeSite® Power Regenerative variable-speed drive across key customers, following multiple successful pilots. The implementation delivered significant power savings and reduced carbon emissions. Due to its unique ability to recycle, store, and optimize power, this innovative solution helps control operating expenses for customers.

    Shareholder Return

    During the first quarter of 2025, Weatherford paid dividends of $18 million and repurchased shares for approximately $53 million, resulting in a total shareholder return of $71 million.

    On April 17, 2025, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on June 5, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 6, 2025.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 350     $ 398     $ 422     (12 )%   (17 )%
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 74     $ 96     $ 130     (23 )%   (43 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     21.1 %     24.1 %     30.8 %   (298 )bps   (966 )bps
                                         

    First quarter 2025 DRE revenue of $350 million decreased by $72 million, or 17% year-over-year, primarily from lower Drilling-related services activity in Latin America, Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia and North America, partly offset by higher Drilling Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Sequentially, DRE revenue decreased by $48 million, or 12%, primarily from lower international activity, especially in Latin America, partly offset by higher Wireline activity in North America.

    First quarter 2025 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $74 million decreased by $56 million, or 43% year-over-year, primarily from lower activity, partly offset by higher Drilling Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Sequentially, DRE segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $22 million, or 23%, primarily from lower international activity, especially in Latin America, partly offset by higher Wireline activity in North America.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 441     $ 505     $ 458     (13 )%   (4 )%
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 128     $ 148     $ 120     (14 )%   7 %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     29.0 %     29.3 %     26.2   (28) bps   282 bps
                                         

    First quarter 2025 WCC revenue of $441 million decreased by $17 million, or 4% year-over-year, primarily from lower activity in North America, Latin America and Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia, partly offset by higher activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Sequentially, WCC revenues decreased by $64 million, or 13%, primarily from lower activity across all geographies.

    First quarter 2025 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $128 million increased by $8 million, or 7% year-over-year, primarily from higher activity and fall through in Middle East/North Africa/Asia, partly offset by lower activity in North America, Latin America and Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia. Sequentially, WCC segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $20 million, or 14%, primarily from lower activity across all geographies.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 334     $ 364     $ 348     (8 )%   (4 )%
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 62     $ 78     $ 73     (21 )%   (15 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     18.6 %     21.4 %     21.0 %   (287 )bps   (241 )bps
                                         

    First quarter 2025 PRI revenue of $334 million decreased by $14 million, or 4% year-over-year, as lower international activity was partly offset by higher activity in North America. Sequentially, PRI revenue decreased by $30 million, or 8%, primarily from lower Artificial Lift activity.

    First quarter 2025 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $62 million decreased by $11 million, or 15% year-over-year, primarily from lower international activity, partly offset by higher fall through in North America. Sequentially, PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $16 million, or 21%, primarily from lower Artificial Lift activity, partly offset by higher fall through from Digital Solutions in North America.

    Revenue by Geography

        Three Months Ended   Variance  
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $ 250   $ 261   $ 267   (4 )%   (6) %
                           
    International   $ 943   $ 1,080   $ 1,091   (13 )%   (14 )%
    Latin America     241     312     370   (23 )%   (35 )%
    Middle East/North Africa/Asia     503     542     497   (7 )%   1 %
    Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia     199     226     224   (12 )%   (11 )%
    Total Revenue   $ 1,193   $ 1,341   $ 1,358   (11 )%   (12 )%


    North America

    First quarter 2025 North America revenue of $250 million decreased by $17 million, or 6% year-over-year, primarily from lower activity in DRE and WCC segments, partly offset by higher activity in PRI segment led by Pressure Pumping and Digital Solutions. Sequentially, North America decreased by $11 million, or 4%, primarily from lower US land and US offshore activity, partly offset by higher Wireline activity.

    International

    First quarter 2025 international revenue of $943 million decreased 14% year-over-year and decreased 13% sequentially.

    First quarter 2025 Latin America revenue of $241 million decreased by $129 million, or 35% year-over-year, primarily from lower activity in Mexico, partly offset by MPD and Pressure Pumping activity. Sequentially, Latin America revenue decreased by $71 million, or 23%, primarily from lower activity in Mexico, partly offset by higher MPD and Completions activity.

    First quarter 2025 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $503 million increased by $6 million, or 1% year-over-year, as higher activity from Completions and Drilling Services were partly offset by lower MPD and Integrated Services & Projects activity. Sequentially, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue decreased by $39 million, or 7%, primarily from lower activity in all the segments, partly offset by higher Integrated Services & Projects and MPD activity.

    First quarter 2025 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $199 million decreased by $25 million, or 11% year-over-year, primarily from lower activity across all the segments, partly offset by higher Well Services and MPD activity. Sequentially, Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue decreased by $27 million, or 12%, primarily from lower activity across all the segments, partly offset by higher activity in Drilling Services.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 18,000 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 320 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, April 23, 2025, to discuss the Company’s results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until May 7, 2025, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 6907941. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts
    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development & Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s quarterly adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, net leverage*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only estimates and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political, economic and market conditions, political disturbances, war or other global conflicts, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, tariffs and sanctions, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflicts, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations (including changes in the regulatory environment) imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions to our business, employees, customers, suppliers and other partners; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to remain competitive, and to address and participate in changes to the market demands, including for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts; our ability to effectively execute our capital allocation framework; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                 
        Three Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Revenues:            
    DRE Revenues   $ 350     $ 398     $ 422  
    WCC Revenues     441       505       458  
    PRI Revenues     334       364       348  
    All Other     68       74       130  
    Total Revenues     1,193       1,341       1,358  
                 
    Operating Income:            
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $ 74     $ 96     $ 130  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     128       148       120  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     62       78       73  
    All Other[2]     4       11       27  
    Corporate[2]     (15 )     (7 )     (14 )
    Depreciation and Amortization     (62 )     (83 )     (85 )
    Share-based Compensation     (7 )     (10 )     (13 )
    Restructuring Charges     (29 )     (34 )     (3 )
    Other Charges, Net     (13 )     (1 )     (2 )
    Operating Income     142       198       233  
                 
    Other Expense:            
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $11, $12, and $14     (26 )     (25 )     (29 )
    Other Expense, Net     (20 )     (4 )     (22 )
    Income Before Income Taxes     96       169       182  
    Income Tax Provision     (10 )     (45 )     (59 )
    Net Income     86       124       123  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     10       12       11  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 76     $ 112     $ 112  
                 
    Basic Income Per Share   $ 1.04     $ 1.54     $ 1.54  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.1       72.6       72.9  
                 
    Diluted Income Per Share   $ 1.03     $ 1.50     $ 1.50  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.4       74.5       74.7  
    [1] Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation, restructuring charges and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other includes results from non-core business activities (including integrated services and projects), and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facilities costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 873   $ 916
    Restricted Cash   57     59
    Accounts Receivable, Net   1,175     1,261
    Inventories, Net   889     880
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net   1,103     1,061
    Intangibles, Net   315     325
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable   714     792
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits   249     302
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   22     17
    Long-term Debt   1,583     1,617
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,360     1,283
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
                 
        Three Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:            
    Net Income   $ 86     $ 124     $ 123  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities:            
    Depreciation and Amortization     62       83       85  
    Foreign Exchange Losses (Gain)     13       (2 )     15  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets     (1 )     (2 )     (7 )
    Deferred Income Tax Provision     7             14  
    Share-Based Compensation     7       10       13  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits     (17 )     24       (152 )
    Other Changes, Net     (15 )     12       40  
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities     142       249       131  
                 
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:            
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (77 )     (100 )     (59 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets     1       13       10  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired                 (36 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments                 41  
    Other Investing Activities     (3 )     1       (10 )
    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities     (79 )     (86 )     (54 )
                 
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:            
    Repayments of Long-term Debt     (39 )     (23 )     (172 )
    Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests           (20 )      
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards     (20 )     (22 )     (8 )
    Share Repurchases     (53 )     (49 )      
    Dividends Paid     (18 )     (18 )      
    Other Financing Activities     (3 )     (1 )     (7 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $ (133 )   $ (133 )   $ (187 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)
     

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                 
        Three Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Revenues   $ 1,193     $ 1,341     $ 1,358  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 76     $ 112     $ 112  
    Net Income Margin     6.4 %     8.4 %     8.2 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 253     $ 326     $ 336  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     21.2 %     24.3 %     24.7 %
                 
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 76     $ 112     $ 112  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     10       12       11  
    Income Tax Provision     10       45       59  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $11, $12, and $14     26       25       29  
    Other Expense, Net     20       4       22  
    Operating Income     142       198       233  
    Depreciation and Amortization     62       83       85  
    Other Charges, Net[1]     13       1       2  
    Restructuring Charges     29       34       3  
    Share-Based Compensation     7       10       13  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 253     $ 326     $ 336  
                 
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $ 142     $ 249     $ 131  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (77 )     (100 )     (59 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets     1       13       10  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $ 66     $ 162     $ 82  
    [1] Other Charges, Net in the three months ended March 31, 2025 primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions related to collections of certain receivables from our largest customer in Mexico.
       

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 22   $ 17   $ 101  
    Long-term Debt     1,583     1,617     1,629  
    Total Debt   $ 1,605   $ 1,634   $ 1,730  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 873   $ 916   $ 824  
    Restricted Cash     57     59     113  
    Total Cash   $ 930   $ 975   $ 937  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 22   $ 17   $ 101  
    Long-term Debt     1,583     1,617     1,629  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents     873     916     824  
    Less: Restricted Cash     57     59     113  
    Net Debt*   $ 675   $ 659   $ 793  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $ 470   $ 506   $ 457  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $ 1,299   $ 1,382   $ 1,253  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)     0.52 x   0.48 x   0.63 x
                         

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports First Quarter Net Income of $8.0 Million or $1.01 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Ninth Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2025 first quarter net income of $8.0 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, compared to $8.4 million, or $1.06 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. 

    “Deposit growth exceeded expectations in the first quarter of 2025, enabling the Bank to be well positioned for our loan pipeline going into the second quarter,” stated Matthew Mullet, President/CFO.

    “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-ninth consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.28 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on May 22, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 8, 2025,” noted Joe Adams, CEO.

    2025 First Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $8.0 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $7.4 million for the previous quarter, and $8.4 million for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $275.7 million, or 11.8%, to $2.62 billion at March 31, 2025, primarily due to an increase of $226.9 million in brokered deposits, compared to $2.34 billion at December 31, 2024, and increased $149.9 million, or 6.1%, from $2.47 billion at March 31, 2024.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $676.7 million at March 31, 2025, $638.2 million at December 31, 2024, and $646.9 million at March 31, 2024, reflecting growth in core deposits; 
    • Borrowings decreased $239.0 million, or 77.6% to $68.8 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $307.8 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $61.1 million, or 47.0%, from $129.9 million at March 31, 2024, and were primarily repositioned into wholesale brokered CDs noted above; 
    • Loans receivable, net was virtually unchanged at $2.50 billion at both March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, and increased $85.7 million, or 3.5%, from $2.42 billion at March 31, 2024;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.4% are home improvement loans, decreased $11.3 million, or 1.8%, to $608.9 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $620.2 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $37.2 million, or 5.8%, from $646.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, consumer loan originations included 79.9% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720;
    • Repurchased 98,317 shares of the Company’s common stock in the first quarter of 2025 at an average price of $39.06 per share with $873,000 remaining for future purchases under the existing share repurchase plan. On April 4, 2025, the Board authorized an additional share repurchase program of up to $5.0 million of the Company’s common stock;
    • Book value per share increased $0.86 to $39.12 at March 31, 2025, compared to $38.26 at December 31, 2024, and increased $3.06 from $36.06 at March 31, 2024.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.94 to $36.96 at March 31, 2025, compared to $36.02 at December 31, 2024, and increased $3.49 from $33.47 at March 31, 2024. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the first quarter of 2025 reflected net income of $7.8 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $241,000 for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $7.4 million and net loss of $39,000 in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.2 million and $246,000 in the first quarter of 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.4% for total risk-based capital and 11.3% for Tier 1 leverage capital at March 31, 2025, compared to 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at December 31, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports on two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for managing the Bank’s investment portfolio and other assets. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and
    Consumer Banking
        Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,407     $ 2,575     $ 30,982  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,321 )     (271 )     (1,592 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,246       2,880       5,126  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,176 )     (4,879 )     (25,055 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     9,156       305       9,461  
    Provision for income taxes     (1,376 )     (64 )     (1,440 )
    Net income   $ 7,780     $ 241     $ 8,021  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,414,100     $ 618,412     $ 3,032,512  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     454       113       567  
                             
        At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and
    Consumer Banking
      Home Lending   Total
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,086     $ 2,260     $ 30,346  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,251 )     (148 )     (1,399 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,393       2,718       5,111  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (19,008 )     (4,521 )     (23,529 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     10,220       309       10,529  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,069 )     (63 )     (2,132 )
    Net income   $ 8,151     $ 246     $ 8,397  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,401,864     $ 556,683     $ 2,958,547  
    FTEs     440       130       570  
                             

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2 ) Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a net increase in fair value of $263,000, compared to a net increase in fair value of $2,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, there were $14.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3 ) Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.   
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $36.9 million, or 1.2%, to $3.07 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $3.03 billion at December 31, 2024, and increased $96.4 million, or 3.2%, from $2.97 billion at March 31, 2024.  The increase in total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, included increases of $31.1 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $10.0 million in securities available-for-sale, $3.4 million in other assets, $3.2 million in loans held for sale (“HFS”) and $2.0 million in securities held-to-maturity, partially offset by decreases in FHLB stock of $10.4 million, loans receivable, net of $834,000 and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $831,000. The increase compared to March 31, 2024, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $85.7 million, other assets of $21.1 million, total cash and cash equivalents of $17.3 million, and securities available-for-sale of $11.5 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $22.0 million, loans HFS of $18.9 million, and CDI, net of $3.5 million.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024     March 31, 2024                  
    COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (“CRE”) LOANS   Amount       %   Amount       %   Amount       %   Linked Quarter $ Change     Prior Year Quarter $ Change  
    CRE owner occupied   $ 164,911       6.5 %   $ 170,396       6.7 %   $ 174,946       7.2 %   $ (5,485 )   $ (10,035 )
    CRE non-owner occupied     174,188       6.9       174,921       6.9       184,109       7.5       (733 )     (9,921 )
    Commercial and speculative construction and development     288,978       11.4       280,798       11.1       244,217       10.0       8,180       44,761  
    Multi-family     244,940       9.7       245,222       9.7       222,410       9.1       (282 )     22,530  
    Total CRE loans     873,017       34.5       871,337       34.4       825,682       33.8       1,680       47,335  
                                                                     
    RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                                
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     637,299       25.2       617,322       24.4       580,050       23.7       19,977       57,249  
    Home equity     73,846       2.9       75,147       3.0       73,323       3.0       (1,301 )     523  
    Residential custom construction     48,810       1.9       49,902       2.0       57,129       2.3       (1,092 )     (8,319 )
    Total residential real estate loans     759,955       30.0       742,371       29.4       710,502       29.0       17,584       49,453  
                                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                                
    Indirect home improvement     532,038       21.0       541,946       21.4       568,802       23.2       (9,908 )     (36,764 )
    Marine     73,737       2.9       74,931       3.0       73,921       3.0       (1,194 )     (184 )
    Other consumer     3,118       0.1       3,304       0.1       3,409       0.1       (186 )     (291 )
    Total consumer loans     608,893       24.0       620,181       24.5       646,132       26.3       (11,288 )     (37,239 )
                                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     274,956       10.9       287,014       11.3       256,429       10.6       (12,058 )     18,527  
    Warehouse lending     15,949       0.6       12,918       0.4       8,113       0.3       3,031       7,836  
    Total commercial business loans     290,905       11.5       299,932       11.7       264,542       10.9       (9,027 )     26,363  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,532,770       100.0 %     2,533,821       100.0 %     2,446,858       100.0 %     (1,051 )     85,912  
                                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,653 )             (31,870 )             (31,479 )             217       (174 )
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,501,117             $ 2,501,951             $ 2,415,379             $ (834 )   $ 85,738  
                                                                     

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   Mar 31, 2025     Dec 31, 2024     Mar 31, 2024  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    CRE non-owner occupied:                  
    Office   $ 39,406     $ 39,697     $ 41,625  
    Retail     35,520       36,568       38,712  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,377       27,562       24,751  
    Self-storage     19,092       19,111       21,383  
    Mixed use     18,868       17,721       19,186  
    Industrial     15,033       15,125       17,475  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,506       7,565       8,446  
    Other (1)     6,579       6,631       6,785  
    Land     2,314       2,421       3,151  
    Education/worship     2,493       2,520       2,595  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     174,188       174,921       184,109  
    CRE owner occupied:                  
    Agriculture     3,990       3,834       3,744  
    Industrial     66,618       67,064       63,683  
    Office     40,447       42,223       41,652  
    Retail     20,535       20,718       21,836  
    Hospitality/restaurant     7,306       10,396       10,933  
    Other (2)     8,529       8,612       8,438  
    Car wash                 7,713  
    Automobile related     7,266       7,325       7,479  
    Education/worship     4,641       4,608       4,604  
    Mixed use     5,579       5,616       4,864  
    Total CRE owner occupied     164,911       170,396       174,946  
    Total     339,099       345,317       359,055  

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $758,000, $766,000, and $789,000, RV parks totaling $681,000, $685,000, and $696,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $584,000, $589,000, and $604,000, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.6 million, and $4.7 million at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2 ) Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $1.4 million, $1.5 million and $915,000, and other collateral totaling $5.6 million, $5.6 million and $5.8 million at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
         

    The following table includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended          
    CRE by type:   Jun 30, 2025   Sep 30, 2025   Dec 31, 2025   Mar 31, 2026   Jun 30, 2026   Sep 30, 2026   Dec 31, 2026   Mar 31, 2027   Total   Current Weighted
    Average Rate
    Agriculture   $ 723   $   $ 312   $ 175   $   $ 292   $   $   $ 1,502   6.14 %
    Apartment     4,510     1,701     18,573     1,268     13,868     9,763     8,241     27,900     85,824   5.65  
    Auto related     790                                 790   4.15  
    Hotel / hospitality     1,760     1,315         115     1,265                 4,455   4.75  
    Industrial         161     10,122     981     590     1,594         13,481     26,929   5.13  
    Mixed use     3,469     244     313     2,119             382         6,527   5.74  
    Office     11,077     4,127     966     519     1,641     559     7,749     2,878     29,516   4.96  
    Other     1,309     1,147     241     890         2,493     1,497     283     7,860   5.05  
    Retail     1,738     63         436     3,474         3,423     3,059     12,193   4.11  
    Senior housing and assisted living                 2,157                     2,157   4.75 %
    Total   $ 25,376   $ 8,758   $ 30,527   $ 8,660   $ 20,838   $ 14,701   $ 21,292   $ 47,601   $ 177,753    
                                                               

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction – retail   $ 8,157       2.4 %   $ 8,079       2.4 %
    Commercial construction – office     6,487       1.9       4,979       1.5  
    Commercial construction – self storage     16,012       4.7       13,480       4.1  
    Commercial construction – hotel     402       0.1              
    Multi-family     31,275       9.3       30,945       9.4  
    Custom construction – single family residential and single family manufactured residential     41,143       12.2       42,040       12.7  
    Custom construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     7,667       2.3       7,862       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction – vertical     186,042       55.1       180,381       54.5  
    Speculative residential construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     40,603       12.0       42,934       13.0  
    Total   $ 337,788       100.0 %   $ 330,700       100.0 %
                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     March 31, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction – retail   $ 8,157       2.4 %   $ 8,290       2.8 %
    Commercial construction – office     6,487       1.9       4,737       1.6  
    Commercial construction – self storage     16,012       4.7       10,000       3.3  
    Commercial construction – hotel     402       0.1       7,807       2.6  
    Multi-family     31,275       9.3       53,288       17.7  
    Custom construction – single family residential and single family manufactured residential     41,143       12.2       50,674       16.8  
    Custom construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     7,667       2.3       6,455       2.1  
    Speculative residential construction – vertical     186,042       55.1       134,047       44.5  
    Speculative residential construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     40,603       12.0       26,048       8.6  
    Total   $ 337,788       100.0 %   $ 301,346       100.0 %
                                     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended                  
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 120,719       83.0 %   $ 129,232       83.2 %   $ (8,513 )     (6.6 )%
    Refinance     24,677       17.0       26,116       16.8       (1,439 )     (5.5 )%
    Total   $ 145,396       100.0 %   $ 155,348       100.0 %   $ (9,952 )     (6.4 )%
                                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended March 31,                  
        2025     2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 120,719       83.0 %   $ 135,577       88.1 %   $ (14,858 )     (11.0 )%
    Refinance     24,677       17.0       18,371       11.9       6,306       34.3 %
    Total   $ 145,396       100.0 %   $ 153,948       100.0 %   $ (8,552 )     (5.6 )%
                                                     

    During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Company sold $91.9 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $138.9 million during the previous quarter and $93.9 million during the same quarter one year ago. The decrease in the volume of loans sold during the current quarter compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to seasonal factors combined with economic volatility. Gross margins on home loan sales increased to 3.26% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 3.14% in the previous quarter and decreased from 3.43% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 659,417       25.2 %   $ 627,679       26.8 %   $ 31,738       5.1 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     201,469       7.7       176,561       7.5       24,908       14.1  
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     17,289       0.7       10,479       0.5       6,810       65.0  
    Subtotal     878,175       33.6       814,719       34.8       63,456       7.8  
    Savings     160,332       6.1       154,188       6.6       6,144       4.0  
    Money market (3)     343,349       13.1       341,615       14.6       1,734       0.5  
    Subtotal     503,681       19.2       495,803       21.2       7,878       1.6  
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     639,947       24.5       440,257       18.8       199,690       45.4  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     450,836       17.2       455,594       19.5       (4,758 )     (1.0 )
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     142,512       5.5       133,045       5.7       9,467       7.1  
    Subtotal     1,233,295       47.2       1,028,896       44.0       204,399       19.9  
    Total   $ 2,615,151       100.0 %   $ 2,339,418       100.0 %   $ 275,733       11.8 %
                                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        March 31, 2025     March 31, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 659,417       25.2 %   $ 618,526       25.1 %   $ 40,891       6.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     201,469       7.7       188,050       7.6       13,419       7.1  
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     17,289       0.7       28,373       1.2       (11,084 )     (39.1 )
    Subtotal     878,175       33.6       834,949       33.9       43,226       5.2  
    Savings     160,332       6.1       153,025       6.2       7,307       4.8  
    Money market (3)     343,349       13.1       364,944       14.8       (21,595 )     (5.9 )
    Subtotal     503,681       19.2       517,969       21.0       (14,288 )     (2.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     639,947       24.5       579,153       23.5       60,794       10.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     450,836       17.2       424,463       17.2       26,373       6.2  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     142,512       5.5       108,763       4.4       33,749       31.0  
    Subtotal     1,233,295       47.2       1,112,379       45.1       120,916       10.9  
    Total   $ 2,615,151       100.0 %   $ 2,465,297       100.0 %   $ 149,854       6.1 %
                                                     

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Includes $30.1 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, and no brokered deposits at December 31, 2024, and at March 31, 2024.                  
    (2 ) Primarily noninterest-bearing accounts based on applicable state law.
    (3 ) Includes $251,000, $279,000 and $8.0 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (4 ) Includes $339.9 million, $143.1 million, and $331.3 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
         

    At March 31, 2025, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.23 billion, compared to $1.03 billion at December 31, 2024 and $1.11 billion at March 31, 2024, with non-retail CDs representing 28.5%, 15.0% and 31.0% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At March 31, 2025, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, increased $196.9 million to $351.7 million, compared to $154.8 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase of $196.8 million in brokered CDs.  The increase in brokered CDs provided funds to pay down higher cost borrowings. Non-retail CDs totaled $351.7 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $344.5 million at March 31, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $679.4 million, compared to approximately $652.7 million at December 31, 2024, and $614.1 million at March 31, 2024.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At March 31, 2025, borrowings decreased $239.0 million to $68.8 million at March 31, 2025, from $307.8 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $61.1 million from $129.9 million at March 31, 2024. These borrowings were comprised solely of FHLB advances.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $3.1 million to $298.8 million at March 31, 2025, from $295.8 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $20.9 million, from $277.9 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to net income of $8.0 million and $513,000 in equity award compensation, partially offset by share repurchases of $3.8 million and cash dividends paid of $2.2 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $2.7 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $2.6 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $151,000 decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $39.12 at March 31, 2025, compared to $38.26 at December 31, 2024, and $36.06 at March 31, 2024.

    The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.3%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 13.2% at March 31, 2025.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.7%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.9%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.5% at March 31, 2025.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.7 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at March 31, 2025, compared to $31.9 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at December 31, 2024, and $31.5 million, or 1.29% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at March 31, 2024. The slight decrease in the ACLL at March 31, 2025, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease in the balance of higher risk consumer loans.  The increase of $174,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in CRE loans. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments increased $66,000 to $1.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $35,000 from $1.5 million at March 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in the volume of unfunded commitments on construction loans

    Nonperforming loans increased $870,000 to $14.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $13.6 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $2.4 million from $12.1 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to increases in nonperforming CRE construction and development loans of $1.5 million, nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $1.1 million, and nonperforming one-to-four-family loans of $970,000, partially offset by decreases in nonperforming CRE loans of $1.6 million and nonperforming commercial business loans of $1.5 million. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $1.8 million, nonperforming one-to-four-family loans of $961,000, and nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $626,000, partially offset by a decrease in nonperforming commercial business loans of $1.4 million.

    Loans classified as substandard increased $602,000 to $23.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $22.9 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $1.4 million from $24.9 million at March 31, 2024.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to an increase of $1.5 million in CRE construction and development loans, $1.1 million in indirect home improvement loans, and $953,000 in one-to-four-family loans, partially offset by decreases in commercial business loans of $1.8 million and CRE of $1.6 million.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to decreases of $3.1 million in C&I loans and $1.9 million in CRE loans, partially offset by increases of $1.8 million in CRE construction and development loans, $794,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $626,000 in indirect home improvement loans. 

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $636,000 to $31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $30.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in total interest income of $1.9 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $1.3 million. The $1.9 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of net loan growth and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $1.3 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates and a net increase in interest bearing liabilities.

    NIM (annualized) increased six basis points to 4.32% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 4.26% for the same period in the prior year. The increase in NIM for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, reflects the increased yields on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 17 basis points to 2.38% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 2.21% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for borrowings. 

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million, compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, net charge-offs increased $247,000 to $1.7 million, compared to $1.5 million for the same period last year. This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $487,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $25,000 in commercial business loans, partially offset by a net reduction of net charge-offs of $213,000 in marine loans and $46,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Total noninterest income was unchanged at $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Total noninterest expense was $25.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $23.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.  The $1.5 million increase was primarily due to a $976,000 increase in salaries and benefits and a $437,000 increase in operations expense.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, including repricing and competitors’ pricing initiatives, and their impact on our market position, loan, and deposit products; adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; the potential for new or increased tariffs, trade restrictions or geopolitical tensions that could affect economic activity or specific industry sectors; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. 

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
                                         
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2025     2024     2024     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 18,657     $ 19,280     $ 17,149       (3 )     9  
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     44,084       12,355       28,257       257       56  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     62,741       31,635       45,406       98       38  
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     1,234       1,727       23,222       (29 )     (95 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     291,133       281,175       279,643       4       4  
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     10,434       8,455       8,455       23       23  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     31,038       27,835       49,957       12       (38 )
    Loans receivable, net     2,501,117       2,501,951       2,415,379             4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,406       13,881       14,455       4        
    Premises and equipment, net     29,451       29,756       30,326       (1 )     (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     4,979       5,378       6,202       (7 )     (20 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     5,256       15,621       2,909       (66 )     81  
    Deferred tax asset, net     7,009       7,059       4,832       (1 )     45  
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,778       38,528       37,958       1       2  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,926       9,204       9,009       (3 )     (1 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592              
    Core deposit intangible, net     12,879       13,710       16,402       (6 )     (21 )
    Other assets     43,105       39,670       21,958       9       96  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705       1       3  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 676,706     $ 638,158     $ 646,899       6       5  
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,938,445       1,701,260       1,818,398       14       7  
    Total deposits     2,615,151       2,339,418       2,465,297       12       6  
    Borrowings     68,805       307,806       129,940       (78 )     (47 )
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000              
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (389 )     (406 )     (456 )     (4 )     (15 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,611       49,594       49,544              
    Operating lease liability     5,149       5,556       6,410       (7 )     (20 )
    Other liabilities     28,522       31,036       40,582       (8 )     (30 )
    Total liabilities     2,767,238       2,733,410       2,691,773       1       3  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding                              
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,742,907 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025, 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, and 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024     77       78       78       (1 )     (1 )
    Additional paid-in capital     52,806       55,716       57,552       (5 )     (8 )
    Retained earnings     262,945       257,113       236,720       2       11  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (16,988 )     (17,140 )     (16,418 )     (1 )     3  
    Total stockholders’ equity     298,840       295,767       277,932       1       8  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705       1       3  
                                             
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
                       
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Mar 31,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2025     2024     2024     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,303     $ 43,654     $ 40,997       (1 )     6  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,485       3,320       3,883       5       (10 )
    Total interest and dividend income     46,788       46,974       44,880             4  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,058       13,543       12,882       (4 )     1  
    Borrowings     2,263       1,831       1,167       24       94  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485              
    Total interest expense     15,806       15,860       14,534             9  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     30,982       31,114       30,346             2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,592       1,522       1,399       5       14  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,390       29,592       28,947       (1 )     2  
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,244       2,513       2,552       (11 )     (12 )
    Gain on sale of loans     1,700       1,733       1,838       (2 )     (8 )
    Gain on sale of MSRs                 8,215             NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net                 (7,998 )           NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     250       256       240       (2 )     4  
    Other noninterest income     932       108       264       763       253  
    Total noninterest income     5,126       4,610       5,111       11        
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     14,533       14,172       13,557       3       7  
    Operations     3,445       3,175       3,008       9       15  
    Occupancy     1,717       1,821       1,705       (6 )     1  
    Data processing     2,045       2,252       1,958       (9 )     4  
    Loan costs     548       781       585       (30 )     (6 )
    Professional and board fees     1,186       1,038       923       14       28  
    FDIC insurance     538       490       532       10       1  
    Marketing and advertising     221       329       227       (33 )     (3 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     831       876       941       (5 )     (12 )
    (Recovery) impairment of servicing rights     (9 )     (583 )     93       (98 )     (110 )
    Total noninterest expense     25,055       24,351       23,529       3       6  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,461       9,851       10,529       (4 )     (10 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     1,440       2,469       2,132       (42 )     (32 )
    NET INCOME   $ 8,021     $ 7,382     $ 8,397       9       (4 )
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.02     $ 0.94     $ 1.07       9       (5 )
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.01     $ 0.92     $ 1.06       10       (5 )
                                             

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:   2025     2024     2024  
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.07 %     0.98 %     1.14 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average total stockholders’ equity) (1)     10.80       9.88       12.29  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.53       6.51       6.30  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.38       2.38       2.21  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.15       4.13       4.09  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.32       4.31       4.26  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.35       3.24       3.20  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     142.94       143.27       144.51  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.39       68.16       66.36  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.75       9.76       9.36  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.26       9.25       8.74  
                             
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:   2025     2024     2024  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.47 %     0.45 %     0.41 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.57       0.54       0.49  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     219.08       234.55       260.24  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.29  
                             
        At or For the Three Months Ended    
        March 31,       December 31,       March 31,    
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:   2025       2024       2024    
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.02       $ 0.94       $ 1.07    
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.01       $ 0.92       $ 1.06    
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,695,320         7,723,250         7,703,789    
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,805,728         7,897,099         7,824,460    
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,639,844   (6)     7,729,951   (7)     7,707,651   (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 39.12       $ 38.26       $ 36.06    
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (9)   $ 36.96       $ 36.02       $ 33.47    
                                   

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Annualized.
    (2 ) Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3 ) Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4 ) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5 ) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,907 at March 31, 2025, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (9 ) Tangible book value per share using outstanding common shares excludes intangible assets. This ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
         
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended Mar 31,     Qtr. Over Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2025     2024     $ Change  
    Assets                        
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,559,944     $ 2,464,602     $ 95,342  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     310,417       331,413       (20,996 )
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,656       8,500       156  
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     16,161       59,514       (43,353 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     11,948       2,174       9,774  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,907,126       2,866,203       40,923  
    Noninterest-earning assets     125,386       92,344       33,042  
    Total assets   $ 3,032,512     $ 2,958,547     $ 73,965  
    Liabilities                        
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,765,605     $ 1,832,767     $ (67,162 )
    Borrowings     218,639       101,150       117,489  
    Subordinated notes     49,600       49,533       67  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,033,844       1,983,450       50,394  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     663,824       657,083       6,741  
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     33,739       43,246       (9,507 )
    Total liabilities   $ 2,731,407     $ 2,683,779     $ 47,628  
                             

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   March 31,   December 31,   March 31,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2025   2024   2024  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 298,840     $ 295,767     $ 277,932    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (16,471 )     (17,302 )     (19,994 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 282,369     $ 278,465     $ 257,938    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,639,844   (1)   7,729,951   (2)   7,707,651   (3)
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 39.12     $ 38.26     $ 36.06    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 36.96     $ 36.02     $ 33.47    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (16,471 )     (17,302 )     (19,994 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 3,049,607     $ 3,011,875     $ 2,949,711    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.75     9.76     9.36  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.26       9.25       8.74    
                               

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,907 at March 31, 2025, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer

    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer

    (425) 771-5299
    www.FSBWA.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Net income of $18.1 million, or $0.93 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to net income of $13.7 million, or $0.71 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024; the first quarter of 2025 included $1.6 million in expenses related to the merger compared to $3.9 million in expenses related to the merger and $0.5 million for a legal settlement for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Excluding the impact of the non-recurring charges referenced above, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $19.3 million(1) and $1.00(1), respectively, for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $16.7 million(1) and $0.87(1), respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 4.00% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 4.05% in the fourth quarter of 2024; the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks was $6.9 million of net interest income, which represents 51 basis points of net interest margin for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $7.2 million of net interest income, which represents 52 basis points of net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2024;
    • Return on average assets was 1.35% and return on average equity was 13.98% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 1.00% and 10.54% for the return on average assets and return on average equity, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024;
    • Excluding the impact of non-recurring charges referenced above, net of taxes, adjusted return on average assets was 1.45%(1) and adjusted return on average equity was 14.97%(1) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 1.22% and 12.86%, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024;
    • Commercial loans declined by $49.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2024 to March 31, 2025 due primarily to strategic actions to reduce risk in the portfolio in an uncertain economic environment, including reducing commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan concentrations;
    • Noninterest expense decreased by $4.7 million from $42.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $38.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025; salaries and benefits expense declined by $2.0 million from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025; merger-related expenses decreased by $2.3 million;
    • Recovery of $0.6 million was recorded for the provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to expense of $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024; the decrease in loans contributed to the negative provision for credit losses during the first quarter of 2025; during the fourth quarter of 2024, the provision was driven by charge-offs of $3.0 million;
    • Total risk-based capital ratio was 13.1% at March 31, 2025 compared to 12.4% at December 31, 2024; the Tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 compared to 8.3% at December 31, 2024; all capital ratios applicable to the Company were above relevant regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines;
    • Tangible common equity increased to 7.9% at March 31, 2025 compared to 7.5% at December 31, 2024;
    • Tangible book value per common share(1) increased to $21.99 per share at March 31, 2025 compared to $21.19 per share at December 31, 2024;
    • The Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.26 per common share, payable May 13, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 6, 2025.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    HARRISBURG, Pa., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: ORRF), the parent company of Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”), announced earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Net income totaled $18.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $13.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income of $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Diluted earnings per share was $0.93 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.71 for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and diluted earnings per share of $0.81 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. For the first quarter of 2025, excluding the impact of merger-related expenses, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $19.3 million(1) and $1.00(1), respectively. For the fourth quarter of 2024, excluding the impact of merger-related expenses and other non-recurring charges, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $16.7 million(1) and $0.87(1), respectively. For the first quarter of 2024, excluding the impact of the merger-related expenses, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $9.2 million(1) and $0.88(1), respectively.

    “While operating results continued to be impacted by merger-related expenses, core earnings were solid and net interest margin remained strong,” said Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer. “We do not believe that merger-related expenses will be material going forward and expect operating results to normalize beginning later in the second quarter. A significant amount of our focus has been on completing a system conversion and creating a strong foundation for growth. The deliberate steps we have taken in the last few quarters to protect credit quality, build liquidity and enhance our capital ratios after the merger were intended to position the Company for growth, including the ability to accelerate commercial lending for strong credits and take advantage of strategic opportunities as they arise. We remain optimistic about the future, both in the short and long term.”

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

    Balance Sheet

    Loans

    Loans held for investment decreased by $55.2 million and totaled $3.9 billion at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2024 was primarily due to strategic actions to reduce risk in the portfolio, including reducing CRE loan concentrations.

    Investment Securities

    Investment securities, all of which are classified as available-for-sale, increased by $25.8 million to $855.5 million at March 31, 2025 from $829.7 million at December 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, the Bank purchased $39.6 million of investment securities and net unrealized gains were $3.8 million. These increases were partially offset by paydowns of $18.4 million. The overall duration of the Company’s investment securities portfolio was 4.3 years at March 31, 2025 compared to 4.1 years at December 31, 2024. See Appendix B for a summary of the Bank’s investment securities at March 31, 2025, highlighting their concentrations, credit ratings and credit enhancement levels.

    Deposits

    During the first quarter of 2025, deposits increased by $10.6 million and totaled $4.6 billion at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Interest-bearing demand deposits, non-interest bearing demand deposits and savings deposits increased by $52.5 million, $38.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, from December 31, 2024 to March 31, 2025. These increases were partially offset by decreases in time deposits of $47.5 million and money market deposits of $36.5 million during the first quarter of 2025. The Bank has experienced some reductions in higher yielding promotional balances, but has been successful in retaining or replacing those deposits through demand deposit accounts. The Bank’s loan-to-deposit ratio decreased slightly to 84% at March 31, 2025 from 85% at December 31, 2024.

    Borrowings

    The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through its various sources of funding to meet the needs of its clients. FHLB advances and other borrowings were $100.3 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $115.4 million at December 31, 2024 due to the maturity of a $15 million FHLB advance during the first quarter of 2025. The Bank seeks to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure client needs can be addressed in a timely basis. The Bank had available alternative funding sources, such as FHLB advances and other wholesale options, of approximately $1.8 billion at March 31, 2025.

    Income Statement

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income was $48.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $50.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased to 4.00% in the first quarter of 2025 from 4.05% in the fourth quarter of 2024, which was impacted by the Federal Funds rate cuts in the fourth quarter of 2024. Overall, the yield on loans declined by 23 basis points and the cost of deposits declined by 15 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025.

    The net interest margin was positively impacted by the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks on loans, securities, deposits and borrowings of $6.9 million, which represented 51 basis points of net interest margin during the first quarter of 2025. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks was $7.2 million, which represented 52 basis points of net interest margin. Funding costs continue to decline as market rates have been reduced.

    Interest income on loans, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased by $4.7 million to $63.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $68.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Average loans decreased by $51.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. There were also two fewer days in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The accretion of purchase accounting marks on loans totaled $6.6 million during the first quarter of 2025 compared to $7.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. This decrease reduced net interest margin by six basis points during the first quarter of 2025.

    Interest income on investment securities, on a tax equivalent basis, was $10.1 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $9.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Average investment securities increased by $15.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to the aforementioned purchases.

    Interest expense, on a tax equivalent basis, decreased by $2.6 million to $26.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $29.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits decreased by $77.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The cost of interest-bearing deposits declined by 16 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2024 to the first quarter of 2025. In addition, interest expense includes $0.6 million and $0.9 million of amortization of purchase accounting marks for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans decreased to $47.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $48.7 million at December 31, 2024. The ACL to total loans was 1.23% at March 31, 2025 compared to 1.24% at December 31, 2024. The Company recorded a recovery in the provision for credit losses on loans of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to provision expense of $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Net charge-offs were $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $3.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Bank sold $6.0 million of loans, most of which were C&I loans, which resulted in a charge-off totaling $0.6 million. There was a corresponding $0.6 million of purchase accounting accretion associated with these loans during the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Classified loans decreased by $12.4 million to $76.2 million at March 31, 2025 from $88.6 million at December 31, 2024 primarily due to repayments. Non-accrual loans decreased by $1.4 million to $22.7 million at March 31, 2025 from $24.1 million at December 31, 2024. Nonaccrual loans to total loans decreased to 0.59% at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.61% at December 31, 2024. Management believes the ACL to be adequate based on current asset quality metrics and economic forecasts. Substantial efforts have been made in the last few quarters to reduce risk in the loan portfolio and properly position the Bank for future growth

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income increased by $0.4 million to $11.6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024 from $11.2 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Wealth management income increased by $0.5 million to $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $4.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. While current market conditions are expected to negatively impact wealth management fees in the near term, the team continues to focus on alternative revenue sources and seeks to continuously grow the business.

    Income from service charges was $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. There were reduced service charges in the fourth quarter due to fee waivers provided to clients in the post-conversion period from November through the end of the year.

    Income from mortgage banking activities decreased from $0.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $0.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, which was driven by interest rate movements in the first quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest Expenses

    Noninterest expenses decreased by $4.7 million to $38.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $42.9 million in the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, merger-related expenses totaled $1.6 million, a decrease of $2.3 million, compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The merger costs incurred during the first quarter of 2025 included software conversion costs and professional fees associated with the conversion and the external audit. While the Company expects to incur some residual merger-related expenses in the second quarter of 2025, they are not expected to be significant.

    Salaries and benefits expense decreased by $2.0 million to $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to $22.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The decrease during the first quarter of 2025 is reflective of the continued synergies being achieved as a result of the merger. The generated savings are being partially offset by investments in talent designed to prepare the Company for additional growth and further enhance operational efficiency. In addition, salaries and benefits expense is typically elevated during the first quarter of the year due to employee benefit costs, including social security and unemployment taxes.

    Professional services expense increased by $0.2 million from the three months ended December 31, 2024 to the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company continued to utilize an elevated level of third-party assistance to enhance daily functions and operational processes throughout the organization. It is anticipated that the reliance on these services will decline in the second quarter of 2025.

    Taxes other than income increased by $1.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. This increase reflects an increase in the estimated state shares tax expense and the impact of certain tax credits recognized during the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Income Taxes

    The Company’s effective tax rate was 20.7% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to 20.1% for the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2025 is less than the 21% federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income, including interest earned on tax-exempt loans and securities and income from life insurance policies and tax credits partially offset by the disallowed portion of interest expense against earnings in association with the Bank’s tax-exempt investments under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) and the impact of nondeductible merger-related costs. The Company regularly analyzes its projected taxable income and makes adjustments to the provision for income taxes accordingly.

    Capital

    Shareholders’ equity totaled $532.9 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $516.7 million at December 31, 2024. The increase is due to net income of $18.1 million and other comprehensive income of $4.7 million, primarily due to an increase in unrealized gains in the investment portfolio, partially offset by dividend payments of $5.0 million and share-based compensation activity of $1.6 million.

    Tangible book value per share(1) increased to $21.99 per share at March 31, 2025 from $21.19 per share at December 31, 2024.

    The Company’s tangible common equity ratio was 7.9% at March 31, 2025 compared to 7.5% at December 31, 2024. The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 13.1% at March 31, 2025 compared to 12.4% at December 31, 2024 driven by earnings and the effect of the decrease in loans on risk weighted assets. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 compared to 8.3% at December 31, 2024 driven by earnings during the first quarter of 2025.

    At March 31, 2025, all four capital ratios applicable to the Company were above regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines. The Company continues to believe that capital is adequate to support the risks inherent in the balance sheet, as well as growth requirements.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Neelesh Kalani
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone (717) 510-7097
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)        
             
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024  
             
    Profitability for the period:        
    Net interest income   $ 48,761     $ 26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses     (554 )     298  
    Noninterest income     11,624       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses     38,176       22,469  
    Income before income tax expense     22,763       10,744  
    Income tax expense     4,712       2,213  
    Net income available to common shareholders   $ 18,051     $ 8,531  
             
    Financial ratios:        
    Return on average assets (1)     1.35 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (1) (2) (3)     1.45 %     1.19 %
    Return on average equity (1)     13.98 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (1) (2) (3)     14.97 %     13.79 %
    Net interest margin (1)     4.00 %     3.77 %
    Efficiency ratio     63.2 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (2) (3)     60.5 %     65.0 %
    Income per common share:        
    Basic   $ 0.94     $ 0.82  
    Basic, adjusted (2) (3)   $ 1.01     $ 0.89  
    Diluted   $ 0.93     $ 0.81  
    Diluted, adjusted (2) (3)   $ 1.00     $ 0.88  
             
    Average equity to average assets     9.65 %     8.66 %
             
    (1) Annualized for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
    (2) Ratio has been adjusted for the non-recurring charges for all periods presented.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
     
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)      
    (continued)      
      March 31,   December 31,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2025       2024  
    At period-end:      
    Total assets $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses   3,828,181       3,882,525  
    Loans held-for-sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   855,456       829,711  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   123,480       141,227  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680  
    Shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682  
           
    Credit quality and capital ratios(1):      
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.24 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.59 %     0.61 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.42 %     0.45 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   210 %     202 %
    Total risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   13.1 %     12.4 %
    Orrstown Bank   13.0 %     12.4 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.8 %     10.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.6 %     10.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.6 %     8.3 %
    Orrstown Bank   9.5 %     9.1 %
           
    Book value per common share $ 27.32     $ 26.65  
           
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the CECL standard.
     
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)      
           
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 64,376     $ 51,026  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   222,744       197,848  
    Cash and cash equivalents   287,120       248,874  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   19,693       20,232  
    Securities available for sale (amortized cost of $886,782 and $864,920 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   855,456       829,711  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614  
    Loans   3,875,985       3,931,214  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (47,804 )     (48,689 )
    Net loans   3,828,181       3,882,525  
    Premises and equipment, net   51,729       50,217  
    Cash surrender value of life insurance   144,798       143,854  
    Goodwill   68,106       68,106  
    Other intangible assets, net   45,230       47,765  
    Accrued interest receivable   19,893       21,058  
    Deferred tax assets, net   36,206       42,647  
    Other assets   79,913       79,986  
    Total assets $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
           
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing $ 932,152     $ 894,176  
    Interest-bearing   3,701,564       3,728,920  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   23,131       25,863  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   100,349       115,364  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680  
    Other liabilities   82,604       91,904  
    Total liabilities   4,908,650       4,924,907  
           
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding          
    Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 19,721,340 shares issued and 19,509,642 outstanding at March 31, 2025; 19,722,640 shares issued and 19,389,967 outstanding at December 31, 2024   1,026       1027  
    Additional paid—in capital   421,445       423,274  
    Retained earnings   139,547       126,540  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (24,024 )     (26,316 )
    Treasury stock— 211,698 and 332,673 shares, at cost at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   (5,058 )     (7,843 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 5,441,586     $ 5,441,589  
                   
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)     2025       2024  
    Interest income        
    Loans   $ 63,432     $ 36,233  
    Investment securities – taxable     8,944       4,584  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt     875       877  
    Short-term investments     2,268       956  
    Total interest income     75,519       42,650  
    Interest expense        
    Deposits     24,260       13,516  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased     84       25  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings     1,118       1,474  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt     1,296       754  
    Total interest expense     26,758       15,769  
    Net interest income     48,761       26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses     (554 )     298  
    Net interest income after (recovery of) provision for credit losses     49,315       26,583  
    Noninterest income        
    Service charges     2,395       1,200  
    Interchange income     1,427       911  
    Swap fee income     394       199  
    Wealth management income     5,415       3,102  
    Mortgage banking activities     302       458  
    Investment securities gains (losses)     13       (5 )
    Other income     1,678       765  
    Total noninterest income     11,624       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses        
    Salaries and employee benefits     20,388       13,752  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment     4,675       2,639  
    Data processing     924       1,265  
    Advertising and bank promotions     499       398  
    FDIC insurance     824       441  
    Professional services     1,826       631  
    Taxes other than income     942       494  
    Intangible asset amortization     2,535       225  
    Merger-related expenses     1,649       672  
    Restructuring expenses     91        
    Other operating expenses     3,823       1,952  
    Total noninterest expenses     38,176       22,469  
    Income before income tax expense     22,763       10,744  
    Income tax expense     4,712       2,213  
    Net income   $ 18,051     $ 8,531  
     
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
        2025   2024
    Share information:        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 0.94   $ 0.82
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.93   $ 0.81
    Dividends paid per share   $ 0.26   $ 0.20
    Weighted average shares – basic     19,157     10,349
    Weighted average shares – diluted     19,328     10,482
                 
    ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME        
    Average Balances and Interest Rates, Taxable-Equivalent Basis (Unaudited)    
      Three Months Ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
          Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-
      Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent
    (In thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                                          
    Federal funds sold & interest-bearing bank balances $ 203,347   $ 2,268     4.52 %   $ 199,236   $ 2,492     4.96 %   $ 184,465   $ 2,452     5.29 %   $ 142,868   $ 1,864     5.25 %   $ 74,523   $ 956     5.16 %
    Investment securities (1)(2)   865,126     10,052     4.65       849,389     9,887     4.66       849,700     10,123     4.77       538,451     6,114     4.54       519,851     5,694     4.39  
    Loans (1)(3)(4)(5)(6)   3,909,694     63,641     6.59       3,961,269     68,073     6.82       3,989,259     70,849     7.07       2,324,942     35,690     6.17       2,308,103     36,382     6.34  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,978,167     75,961     6.17       5,009,894     80,452     6.38       5,023,424     83,424     6.61       3,006,261     43,668     5.84       2,902,477     43,032     5.96  
    Other assets   447,530             454,271             491,719             204,863             196,295        
    Total assets $ 5,425,697           $ 5,464,165           $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772        
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                
    Interest-bearing demand deposits(7) $ 2,473,543     14,156     2.32     $ 2,522,885     15,575     2.45     $ 2,554,743     16,165     2.52     $ 1,649,753     10,118     2.47     $ 1,570,622     9,192     2.35  
    Savings deposits(7)   273,313     165     0.25       272,718     166     0.24       283,337     148     0.21       165,467     140     0.34       170,005     144     0.34  
    Time deposits   970,588     9,939     4.15       998,963     11,109     4.41       1,014,628     12,290     4.82       481,721     5,007     4.18       428,443     4,180     3.92  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,717,444     24,260     2.65       3,794,566     26,850     2.81       3,852,708     28,603     2.95       2,296,941     15,265     2.67       2,169,070     13,516     2.51  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   26,163     84     1.30       21,572     67     1.23       23,075     96     1.66       13,412     27     0.81       12,010     25     0.85  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   112,859     1,118     4.02       115,373     1,165     4.01       115,388     1,154     3.98       115,000     1,152     4.03       137,505     1,474     4.31  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,739     1,296     7.65       68,571     1,360     7.88       68,399     1,437     8.36       32,118     734     9.19       32,100     754     9.45  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,925,205     26,758     2.76       4,000,082     29,442     2.92       4,059,570     31,290     3.07       2,457,471     17,178     2.81       2,350,685     15,769     2.70  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   887,726             849,999             807,886             423,037             417,469        
    Other liabilities   89,077             97,685             110,017             57,828             62,329        
    Total liabilities   4,902,008             4,947,766             4,977,473             2,938,336             2,830,483        
    Shareholders’ equity   523,689             516,399             537,670             272,788             268,289        
    Total $ 5,425,697           $ 5,464,165           $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772        
    Taxable-equivalent net interest income / net interest spread       49,203     3.41 %         51,010     3.46 %         52,134     3.55 %         26,490     3.02 %         27,263     3.26 %
    Taxable-equivalent net interest margin         4.00 %           4.05 %           4.14 %           3.54 %           3.77 %
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment       (442 )             (437 )             (437 )             (387 )             (382 )    
    Net interest income     $ 48,761             $ 50,573             $ 51,697             $ 26,103             $ 26,881      
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities         127 %           125 %           124 %           122 %           123 %
                                                               
                                                               
    NOTES:                                                          
    (1) Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% tax rate.
    (2) Average balance of investment securities is computed at fair value.
    (3) Average balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (4) Interest income on loans includes prepayment and late fees, where applicable.
    (5) Interest income on loans includes interest recovered of $1.6 million from the payoff of a commercial real estate loan on nonaccrual status in the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    (6) Interest income on loans includes accretion on purchase accounting marks of $6.6 million, $7.6 million, $7.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
     
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.        
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
                       
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Profitability for the quarter:                  
    Net interest income $ 48,761     $ 50,573     $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881  
    (Recovery of) Provision for credit losses   (554 )     1,755       13,681       812       298  
    Noninterest income   11,624       11,247       12,386       7,172       6,630  
    Noninterest expenses   38,176       42,930       60,299       22,639       22,469  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   22,763       17,135       (9,897 )     9,824       10,744  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   4,712       3,451       (1,994 )     2,086       2,213  
    Net income (loss) $ 18,051     $ 13,684     $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531  
                       
    Financial ratios:                  
    Return on average assets(1)   1.35 %     1.00 %   (0.57)%     0.97 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted(1)(2)(3)   1.45 %     1.22 %     1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %
    Return on average equity(1)   13.98 %     10.54 %   (5.85)%     11.41 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted(1)(2)(3)   14.97 %     12.86 %     15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %
    Net interest margin(1)   4.00 %     4.05 %     4.14 %     3.54 %     3.77 %
    Efficiency ratio   63.2 %     69.4 %     94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted(2)(3)   60.5 %     62.3 %     60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %
                       
    Per share information:                  
    Income (loss) per common share:                  
      Basic $ 0.94     $ 0.72     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82  
      Basic, adjusted(2)(3)   1.01       0.87       1.12       0.84       0.89  
      Diluted   0.93       0.71       (0.41 )     0.73       0.81  
      Diluted, adjusted(2)(3)   1.00       0.87       1.11       0.83       0.88  
    Book value   27.32       26.65       26.65       25.97       25.38  
    Book value, adjusted(2) (3)   27.38       28.40       28.24       26.12       25.44  
    Tangible book value(3)   21.99       21.19       21.12       24.08       23.47  
    Tangible book value, adjusted(2) (3)   22.06       22.94       22.72       24.23       23.53  
    Cash dividends paid   0.26       0.23       0.23       0.20       0.20  
                       
    Average basic shares   19,157       19,118       19,088       10,393       10,349  
    Average diluted shares   19,328       19,300       19,226       10,553       10,482  
    (1)Annualized.
    (2) Ratio has been adjusted for non-recurring expenses for all periods presented.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
     
    ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.                
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest income:                  
    Service charges $ 2,395   $ 2,050     $ 2,360   $ 1,283     $ 1,200  
    Interchange income   1,427     1,608       1,779     961       911  
    Swap fee income   394     597       505     375       199  
    Wealth management income   5,415     4,902       5,037     3,312       3,102  
    Mortgage banking activities   302     517       491     369       458  
    Other income   1,678     1,578       1,943     884       765  
    Investment securities gains (losses)   13     (5 )     271     (12 )     (5 )
    Total noninterest income $ 11,624   $ 11,247     $ 12,386   $ 7,172     $ 6,630  
                       
    Noninterest expenses:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 20,388   $ 22,444     $ 27,190   $ 13,195     $ 13,752  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment   4,675     4,893       4,333     2,705       2,639  
    Data processing   924     1,540       2,046     1,237       1,265  
    Advertising and bank promotions   499     878       537     774       398  
    FDIC insurance   824     955       862     419       441  
    Professional services   1,826     1,591       1,119     801       631  
    Taxes other than income   942     (312 )     503     49       494  
    Intangible asset amortization   2,535     2,838       2,464     215       225  
    Provision for legal settlement       478                  
    Merger-related expenses   1,649     3,887       16,977     1,135       672  
    Restructuring expenses   91     39       257            
    Other operating expenses   3,823     3,699       4,011     2,109       1,952  
    Total noninterest expenses $ 38,176   $ 42,930     $ 60,299   $ 22,639     $ 22,469  
                       
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Balance Sheet at quarter end:                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 287,120     $ 248,874     $ 236,780     $ 132,509     $ 182,722  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   19,693       20,232       20,247       11,147       11,453  
    Securities available for sale   855,456       829,711       826,828       529,082       514,909  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   5,261       6,614       3,561       1,562       535  
    Loans:                  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Owner occupied   617,854       633,567       622,726       371,301       364,280  
    Non-owner occupied   1,157,383       1,160,238       1,164,501       710,477       707,871  
    Multi-family   257,724       274,135       276,296       151,542       147,773  
    Non-owner occupied residential   168,354       179,512       190,786       89,156       91,858  
    Agricultural   134,916       125,156       129,486       25,551       25,909  
    Commercial and industrial   455,494       451,384       471,983       349,425       339,615  
    Acquisition and development:                  
    1-4 family residential construction   40,621       47,432       56,383       32,439       22,277  
    Commercial and land development   227,434       241,424       262,317       129,883       118,010  
    Municipal   30,780       30,044       27,960       10,594       10,925  
    Total commercial loans   3,090,560       3,142,892       3,202,438       1,870,368       1,828,518  
    Residential mortgage:                  
    First lien   464,642       460,297       451,195       271,153       270,748  
    Home equity – term   9,224       5,988       6,508       4,633       4,966  
    Home equity – lines of credit   295,820       303,561       303,165       192,736       189,966  
    Installment and other loans   15,739       18,476       18,131       8,713       8,875  
    Total loans   3,875,985       3,931,214       3,981,437       2,347,603       2,303,073  
    Allowance for credit losses   (47,804 )     (48,689 )     (49,630 )     (29,864 )     (29,165 )
    Net loans held for investment   3,828,181       3,882,525       3,931,807       2,317,739       2,273,908  
    Goodwill   68,106       68,106       70,655       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets, net   45,230       47,765       46,144       1,974       2,189  
    Total assets   5,441,586       5,441,589       5,470,589       3,198,782       3,183,331  
    Total deposits   4,633,716       4,623,096       4,650,853       2,702,884       2,695,951  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   123,480       141,227       137,310       129,625       127,099  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,850       68,680       68,510       32,128       32,111  
    Total shareholders’ equity   532,936       516,682       516,206       278,376       271,682  
                                           
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Capital and credit quality measures(1):                  
    Total risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   13.1 %     12.4 %     12.4 %     13.3 %     13.4 %
    Orrstown Bank   13.0 %     12.4 %     12.2 %     13.1 %     13.1 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.8 %     10.2 %     10.0 %     11.1 %     11.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %     11.0 %     12.0 %     11.9 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.6 %     10.0 %     9.8 %     11.1 %     11.2 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.9 %     11.2 %     11.0 %     12.0 %     11.9 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.6 %     8.3 %     8.0 %     8.9 %     9.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   9.5 %     9.1 %     8.8 %     9.5 %     9.6 %
                       
    Average equity to average assets   9.65 %     9.45 %     9.75 %     8.50 %     8.66 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.24 %     1.25 %     1.27 %     1.27 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.59 %     0.61 %     0.68 %     0.36 %     0.56 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.42 %     0.45 %     0.49 %     0.26 %     0.40 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   210 %     202 %     184 %     357 %     226 %
                       
    Other information:                  
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 331     $ 3,002     $ 269     $ 113     $ (42 )
    Classified loans   76,211       88,628       105,465       48,722       48,997  
    Nonperforming and other risk assets:                  
    Nonaccrual loans   22,727       24,111       26,927       8,363       12,886  
    Other real estate owned   138       138       138              
    Total nonperforming assets   22,865       24,249       27,065       8,363       12,886  
    Financial difficulty modifications still accruing   5,127       4,897       9,497              
    Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing   400       641       337       187       99  
    Total nonperforming and other risk assets $ 28,392     $ 29,787     $ 36,899     $ 8,550     $ 12,985  
     
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the new CECL standard.
     

    Appendix A- Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

    Management believes providing certain other “non-GAAP” financial information will assist investors in their understanding of the effect on recent financial results from non-recurring charges.

    As a result of acquisitions, the Company has intangible assets consisting of goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, which totaled $113.3 million and $115.9 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, the Company incurred $1.6 million, $3.9 million, $17.0 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million in in merger-related expenses, respectively. During the three months ended December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2024, the Company incurred other non-recurring charges totaling $0.5 million and $20.2 million, respectively.

    Tangible book value per common share and the impact of the non-recurring expenses on net income and associated ratios, as used by the Company in this earnings release, are determined by methods other than in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). While we believe this information is a useful supplement to GAAP based measures presented in this earnings release, readers are cautioned that this non-GAAP disclosure has limitations as an analytical tool, should not be viewed as a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results and financial condition as reported under GAAP, nor are such measures necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. This supplemental presentation should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by similar adjustments to be determined in accordance with GAAP.

    The following tables present the computation of each non-GAAP based measure:

    (In thousands)

    Tangible Book Value per Common Share   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Shareholders’ equity (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 532,936     $ 516,682     $ 516,206     $ 278,376     $ 271,682  
    Less: Goodwill     68,106       68,106       70,655       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets     45,230       47,765       46,144       1,974       2,189  
    Related tax effect     (9,498 )     (10,031 )     (9,690 )     (415 )     (460 )
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 429,098     $ 410,842     $ 409,097     $ 258,093     $ 251,229  
                         
    Common shares outstanding     19,510       19,390       19,373       10,720       10,705  
                         
    Book value per share (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 27.32     $ 26.65     $ 26.65     $ 25.97     $ 25.38  
    Intangible assets per share     5.33       5.46       5.53       1.89       1.91  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 21.99     $ 21.19     $ 21.12     $ 24.08     $ 23.47  
                         
    (In thousands) Three Months Ended
    Adjusted Ratios for Non-recurring Charges March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (A) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 18,051     $ 13,684     $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531  
    Plus: Merger-related expenses (B)   1,649       3,887       16,977       1,135       672  
    Plus: Executive retirement expenses (B)         35       4,758              
    Plus: Provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans (B)               15,504              
    Plus: Provision for legal settlement (B)         478                    
    Less: Related tax effect (C)   (368 )     (1,386 )     (7,915 )     (139 )     (1 )
    Adjusted net income (D=A+B-C) – Non-GAAP $ 19,332     $ 16,698     $ 21,421     $ 8,734     $ 9,202  
                       
    Average assets (E) $ 5,425,697     $ 5,464,165     $ 5,515,143     $ 3,211,124     $ 3,098,772  
    Return on average assets (= A / E) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure(1)   1.35 %     1.00 %   (0.57)        %     0.97 %     1.11 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (= D / E) – Non-GAAP(1)   1.45 %     1.22 %     1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %
                       
    Average equity (F) $ 523,689     $ 516,399     $ 537,670     $ 272,788     $ 268,289  
    Return on average equity (= A / F) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure(1)   13.98 %     10.54 %   (5.85)        %     11.41 %     12.79 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (= D / F) – Non-GAAP(1)   14.97 %     12.86 %     15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %
                       
    Weighted average shares – basic (G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,157       19,118       19,088       10,393       10,349  
    Basic earnings (loss) per share (= A / G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 0.94     $ 0.72     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82  
    Basic earnings per share, adjusted (= D / G) – Non-GAAP $ 1.01     $ 0.87     $ 1.12     $ 0.84     $ 0.89  
                       
    Weighted average shares – diluted (H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,328       19,300       19,226       10,553       10,482  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share (= A / H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 0.93     $ 0.71     $ (0.41 )   $ 0.73     $ 0.81  
    Diluted earnings per share, adjusted (= D / H) – Non-GAAP $ 1.00     $ 0.87     $ 1.11     $ 0.83     $ 0.88  
                       
    (1) Annualized                  
                       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest expense (I) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 38,176     $ 42,930     $ 60,299     $ 22,639     $ 22,469  
    Less: Merger-related expenses (B)   (1,649 )     (3,887 )     (16,977 )     (1,135 )     (672 )
    Less: Executive retirement expenses (B)         (35 )     (4,758 )            
    Less: Provision for legal settlement (B)         (478 )                  
    Adjusted noninterest expense (J = I – B) – Non-GAAP $ 36,527     $ 38,531     $ 38,564     $ 21,504     $ 21,797  
                       
    Net interest income (K) $ 48,761     $ 50,573     $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881  
    Noninterest income (L)   11,624       11,247       12,386       7,172       6,630  
    Total operating income (M = K + L) $ 60,385     $ 61,820     $ 64,083     $ 33,275     $ 33,511  
                       
    Efficiency ratio (= I / M) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   63.2 %     69.4 %     94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (= J / M) – Non-GAAP   60.5 %     62.3 %     60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %
                       
    (1) Annualized                  
                       

    Appendix B- Investment Portfolio Concentrations

    The following table summarizes the credit ratings and collateral associated with the Company’s investment security portfolio, excluding equity securities, at March 31, 2025:

    (In thousands)

    Sector Portfolio Mix   Amortized Book   Fair Value   Credit Enhancement   AAA   AA   A   BBB   BB   NR   Collateral / Guarantee Type
    Unsecured ABS %   $ 2,952   $ 2,768   27 %   %   %   %   %   %   100 %   Unsecured Consumer Debt
    Student Loan ABS       3,808     3,792   28                         100     Seasoned Student Loans
    Federal Family Education Loan ABS 9       78,231     77,955   11     1     47     33     7     12         Federal Family Education Loan (1)
    PACE Loan ABS       1,943     1,710   7     100                         PACE Loans (2)
    Non-Agency CMBS 2       13,966     14,022   30                         100      
    Non-Agency RMBS 2       16,323     14,726   16     100                         Reverse Mortgages (3)
    Municipal – General Obligation 11       99,248     89,952       17     76     7                  
    Municipal – Revenue 14       120,676     107,154           82     12             6      
    SBA ReRemic (5)       2,095     2,087           100                     SBA Guarantee (4)
    Small Business Administration 1       5,511     5,629           100                     SBA Guarantee (4)
    Agency MBS 19       164,144     162,334           100                     Residential Mortgages (4)
    Agency CMO 40       355,699     352,729           100                      
    U.S. Treasury securities 2       20,040     18,417           100                     U.S. Government Guarantee (4)
    Corporate bonds       1,939     1,974               52     48              
      100 %   $ 886,575   $ 855,249       4 %   87 %   5 %   1 %   %   3 %    
                                               
    (1) 97% guaranteed by U.S. government
    (2) PACE acronym represents Property Assessed Clean Energy loans
    (3) Non-agency reverse mortgages with current structural credit enhancements
    (4) Guaranteed by U.S. government or U.S. government agencies
    (5) SBA ReRemic acronym represents Re-Securitization of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
                                               
    Note: Ratings in table are the lowest of the six rating agencies (Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch, Morningstar, DBRS and Kroll Bond Rating Agency). Standard & Poor’s rates U.S. government obligations at AA+.
     

    About the Company

    With $5.4 billion in assets, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orrstown Bank, provide a wide range of consumer and business financial services in Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, Perry and York Counties, Pennsylvania and Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Harford, Howard, and Washington Counties, Maryland, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland. The Company’s lending area also includes counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia and West Virginia within a 75-mile radius of the Company’s executive and administrative offices as well as the District of Columbia. Orrstown Bank is an Equal Housing Lender and its deposits are insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq (ORRF). For more information about Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and Orrstown Bank, visit www.orrstown.com

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements reflect the current views of the Company’s management with respect to, among other things, future events and the Company’s financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “goal,” “target,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative variations of those words or other comparable words of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates, predictions or projections about events or the Company’s industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, the Company cautions you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and there can be no assurances that the Company will achieve the desired level of new business development and new loans, growth in the balance sheet and fee-based revenue lines of business, cost savings initiatives and continued reductions in risk assets or mitigation of losses in the future. Factors which could cause the actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: interest rate changes or volatility; general economic conditions (including inflation and concerns about liquidity) on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates; ineffectiveness of the Company’s strategic growth plan due to changes in current or future market conditions; the effects of competition and how it may impact our community banking model, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; changes in consumer behavior due to changing political, business and economic conditions, or legislative or regulatory initiatives; changes in, and evolving interpretations of, existing and future laws and regulations; changes in credit quality; inability to raise capital, if necessary, under favorable conditions; volatility in the securities markets; the demand for our products and services; deteriorating economic conditions; geopolitical tensions; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity incidents, fraud, natural disasters and future pandemics; expenses associated with litigation and legal proceedings; the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the merger with Codorus Valley Bancorp are not realized when expected or at all; and other risks and uncertainties, including those detailed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 under the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in subsequent filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materializes, or if the Company’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what the Company anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict those events or how they may affect it. In addition, the Company cannot assess the impact of each factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this press release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that the Company or persons acting on the Company’s behalf may issue.

    The review period for subsequent events extends up to and includes the filing date of a public company’s financial statements, when filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, the consolidated financial information presented in this announcement is subject to change. Annualized, pro forma, projected and estimated numbers in this document are used for illustrative purposes only and are not forecasts and may not reflect actual results.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Western New England Bancorp, Inc. Reports Results for Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WESTFIELD, Mass., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Western New England Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “WNEB”) (NasdaqGS: WNEB), the holding company for Westfield Bank (the “Bank”), announced today the unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company reported net income of $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $3.0 million, or $0.14 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, net income was $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, compared to net income of $3.3 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    The Company also announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share on the Company’s common stock. The dividend will be payable on or about May 21, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 7, 2025.

    In addition, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase plan (the “2025 Plan”), pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 4.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of today. The 2025 Plan will commence upon the completion of the Company’s existing share repurchase plan (the “2024 Plan”). The 2024 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on May 21, 2024, and as of March 31, 2025, there were 265,609 shares of common stock available for repurchase under the 2024 Plan.

    James C. Hagan, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I am pleased to report the results for the first quarter of 2025. Our strong, diversified core deposit base and our disciplined approach to managing our funding costs have resulted in an increase in net interest income for the third consecutive quarter. The net interest margin increased eight basis points to 2.49% compared to the preceding quarter. We will continue to proactively manage our funding costs and benefit from our liability sensitive balance sheet to support net interest margin growth. In the first quarter, core deposits increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, and represented 70.0% of total deposits while the loan-to-deposit ratio decreased to 89.3%. During the same period, average funding costs decreased four basis points.

    “We continue to focus on extending credit within our markets and servicing the needs of our existing customer base while ensuring new opportunities present the appropriate levels of risk and return. Consistent with our prudent credit culture, we continue to proactively identify and manage credit risk within the loan portfolio. Our asset quality remains strong, with nonaccrual loans at 0.29% of total loans as of March 31, 2025.

    “The Company is considered to be well-capitalized, as defined by regulators and internal Company targets, and we remain disciplined in our capital management strategies. We continue to believe that buying back shares represents a valuable use of the Company’s capital. Today, we announced the 2025 Plan, which will commence upon the completion of the 2024 Plan. Our stock repurchase programs are an integral element of our capital management strategies. As such, we believe that repurchasing common stock enhances shareholder value. We are pleased to be able to continue to return value to shareholders through share repurchases.”

    Hagan concluded, “Our commitment to strong capital and liquidity levels gives us a solid foundation to take advantage of opportunities in the markets we serve and to enhance shareholder value in the long term.”

    Key Highlights:

    Loans and Deposits

    Total gross loans increased $9.3 million, or 0.4%, from $2.1 billion, or 77.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024 to $2.1 billion, or 76.7% of total assets, at March 31, 2025. The increase in total gross loans was primarily driven by an increase in residential real estate loans, including home equity loans, of $8.1 million, or 1.0%, and an increase in commercial and industrial loans of $4.7 million, or 2.2%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commercial real estate loans of $3.0 million, or 0.3%, and a decrease in consumer loans of $526,000, or 12.0%.

    At March 31, 2025, total deposits of $2.3 billion increased $66.0 million, or 2.9%, from December 31, 2024. Core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, from $1.6 billion, or 68.9% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024, to $1.6 billion, or 70.0% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025. Time deposits decreased $4.3 million, or 0.6%, from $703.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $699.3 million at March 31, 2025. Brokered time deposits, which are included in time deposits, totaled $1.7 million at March 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. The loan-to-deposit ratio decreased from 91.5% at December 31, 2024 to 89.3% at March 31, 2025.

    Liquidity

    The Company’s liquidity position remains strong with solid core deposit relationships, cash, unencumbered securities, a diversified deposit base and access to diversified borrowing sources. At March 31, 2025, the Company had $1.1 billion in immediately available liquidity, compared to $665.6 million in uninsured deposits, or 28.6% of total deposits, representing a coverage ratio of 171.5%.

    Uninsured deposits of the Bank’s customers are eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance if the customer opens an IntraFi Insured Cash Sweep account or a reciprocal time deposit through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System. IntraFi allows for up to $250.0 million per customer of pass-through FDIC insurance, which would more than cover each of the Bank’s deposit customers if such customer desired to have such pass-through insurance.

    Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality

    At March 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $19.7 million, or 0.95% of total loans, compared to $19.5 million, or 0.94% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonaccrual loans, was 327.1% and 362.9% at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. At March 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans totaled $6.0 million, or 0.29% of total loans, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.26% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. Total delinquent loans decreased from $5.0 million, or 0.24% of total loans, at December 31, 2024 to $4.5 million, or 0.22% of total loans, at March 31, 2025. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any other real estate owned.

    Net Interest Margin

    The net interest margin increased eight basis points from 2.41% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased eight basis points from 2.43% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Stock Repurchase Program

    On May 21, 2024, the Board of Directors authorized the 2024 Plan under which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of its common stock, or approximately 4.6%, of the Company’s then-outstanding shares of common stock. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 206,709 shares of common stock under the 2024 Plan, with an average price per share of $9.12. As of March 31, 2025, there were 265,609 shares of common stock available for repurchase under the 2024 Plan.

    On April 22, 2025, the Board of Directors authorized the 2025 Plan, pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 1.0 million shares of common stock, or approximately 4.8% of the Company’s outstanding shares as of the date the 2025 Plan was announced. Repurchases under the 2025 Plan will commence upon the completion of the 2024 Plan.

    The repurchase of shares under the stock repurchase program is administered through an independent broker. The shares of common stock repurchased under both the 2024 Plan and the 2025 Plan have been and will continue to be, as applicable, purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, depending upon market conditions. There is no guarantee as to the exact number, or value, of shares that will be repurchased by the Company, and the Company may discontinue repurchases at any time that the Company’s management (“Management”) determines additional repurchases are not warranted. The timing and amount of additional share repurchases under both the 2024 Plan and the 2025 Plan will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s stock price performance, ongoing capital planning considerations, general market conditions, and applicable legal requirements.

    Book Value and Tangible Book Value

    At March 31, 2025, the Company’s book value per share was $11.44, compared to $11.30 at December 31, 2024, while tangible book value per share, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased $0.15, or 1.4%, from $10.63 at December 31, 2024 to $10.78 at March 31, 2025. See pages 16-17 for the related tangible book value calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Net Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 Compared to the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a decrease in net income of $985,000, or 30.0%, from $3.3 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share. Net interest income increased $261,000, or 1.7%, the provision for credit losses increased $904,000, non-interest income decreased $495,000, or 15.2%, and non-interest expense increased $258,000, or 1.7%. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.35% and 3.94%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 0.49% and 5.48%, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    On a sequential quarter basis, net interest income, our primary driver of revenues, increased $261,000, or 1.7%, to $15.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $15.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense of $410,000, or 3.1%, partially offset by a decrease in interest income of $149,000, or 0.5%.

    The net interest margin increased eight basis points from 2.41% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased eight basis points from 2.43% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    The average yield on interest-earning assets, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.56% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.52% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The average loan yield, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.86% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, average interest-earning assets increased $12.7 million, or 0.5% to $2.5 billion, primarily due to an increase in average loans of $10.7 million, or 0.5%, and an increase in average securities of $3.9 million, or 1.1%.

    The average cost of total funds, including non-interest bearing accounts and borrowings, decreased four basis points from 2.20% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 to 2.16% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased 10 basis points to 1.08% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 0.98% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The average cost of time deposits decreased 20 basis points from 4.31% for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to 4.11% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of borrowings, including subordinated debt, was 5.04% for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Average demand deposits, an interest-free source of funds, decreased $9.6 million, or 1.6%, from $579.2 million, or 25.6% of total average deposits, for the three months ended December 31, 2024, to $569.6 million, or 24.8% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Provision for (Reversal of) Credit Losses

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $142,000, compared to a reversal of credit losses of $762,000 during the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to changes in the most recent macroeconomic forecast. The provision for credit losses was also determined by a number of factors: the continued strong credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, changes in the loan portfolio mix and Management’s consideration of existing economic conditions. Management will continue to monitor macroeconomic variables related to the interest rate environment, changing tariff policies and concerns of an economic downturn. Management believes it is appropriately reserved for the current economic environment.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $29,000, compared to net recoveries of $128,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    On a sequential quarter basis, non-interest income decreased $495,000, or 15.2%, to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $3.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, service charges and fees on deposits decreased $17,000, or 0.7%, to $2.3 million from the three months ended December 31, 2024. Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) decreased $13,000, or 2.7%, from the three months ended December 31, 2024 to $473,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a gain of $7,000 from mortgage banking activities, compared to a loss of $11,000 during the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on marketable equity securities of $5,000, compared to unrealized losses of $9,000, during the three months ended December 31, 2024. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company reported gains on non-marketable equity investments of $300,000 and did not have comparable income during the three months ended March 31, 2025. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company reported $187,000 in other income from loan-level swap fees on commercial loans and did not have comparable income during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Non-Interest Expense

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, non-interest expense increased $258,000, or 1.7%, to $15.2 million from $14.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Occupancy expense increased $156,000, or 12.4%, primarily due to snow removal costs of $143,000. Advertising expense increased $119,000, or 38.4%, professional fees increased $75,000, or 15.9%, FDIC insurance expense increased $42,000, or 10.8%, and software related expenses increased $17,000, or 2.6%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in furniture and equipment expense of $18,000, or 3.6%, a decrease in data processing expense of $18,000, or 2.0%, a decrease in debit card processing and ATM network costs of $16,000, or 2.7%, a decrease in salaries and related benefits of $16,000, or 0.2%, and a decrease in other non-interest expense of $83,000, or 5.8%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the three months ended December 31, 2024, the efficiency ratio was 83.0% and 80.6%, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the adjusted efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 83.0% compared to 81.9% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increases in the efficiency ratio and the adjusted efficiency ratio were driven by higher expenses and lower non-interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s detailed reconciliation between the non-GAAP measure and the comparable GAAP amount are included at the end of this document. See pages 16-17 for the related adjusted efficiency ratio calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Income Tax Provision

    Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $664,000, with an effective tax rate of 22.4%, compared to $1.1 million, with an effective tax rate of 24.6%, for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024.

    The Company reported net income of $2.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to net income of $3.0 million, or $0.14 per diluted share, for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Net interest income increased $188,000, or 1.2%, provision for credit losses increased $692,000, non-interest income increased $85,000, or 3.2%, and non-interest expense increased $402,000, or 2.7%, during the same period. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 0.35% and 3.94%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 0.47% and 5.04%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    Net interest income increased $188,000, or 1.2%, to $15.5 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $15.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income was due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $1.8 million, or 6.9%, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $1.6 million, or 14.6%. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $156.1 million, or 9.9%, and an increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposit accounts of 29 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2024 to the three months ended March 31, 2025. As a result, the net interest margin decreased from 2.57% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 2.59% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The average yield on interest-earning assets, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, increased 11 basis points from 4.45% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 4.56% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average loan yield, without the impact of tax-equivalent adjustments, was 4.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.82% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, average interest-earning assets increased $126.6 million, or 5.3%, to $2.5 billion, primarily due to an increase in average loans of $51.8 million, or 2.6%, an increase in average short-term investments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, of $66.7 million, an increase in average securities of $5.9 million, or 1.6%, and an increase in average other investments of $2.3 million, or 18.6%.

    The average cost of total funds, including non-interest bearing accounts and borrowings, increased 19 basis points from 1.97% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to 2.16% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased 32 basis points from 0.76% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 1.08% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of time deposits decreased one basis point from 4.12% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 4.11% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average cost of borrowings, including subordinated debt, increased 13 basis points from 4.91% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 5.04% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Average demand deposits, an interest-free source of funds, increased $11.9 million, or 2.1%, from $557.7 million, or 26.1% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2024, to $569.6 million, or 24.8% of total average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Provision for (Reversal of) Credit Losses

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $142,000, compared to a reversal of credit losses of $550,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to changes in the most recent macroeconomic forecast. The provision for credit losses was also determined by a number of factors: the continued strong credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, changes in the loan portfolio mix and Management’s consideration of existing economic conditions. Management will continue to monitor macroeconomic variables related to the interest rate environment, the continued discussion on tariffs and the concerns of an economic downturn. Management believes it is appropriately reserved for the current economic environment.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $29,000, compared to net recoveries of $67,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income

    Non-interest income increased $85,000, or 3.2%, from $2.7 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to a $65,000, or 2.9%, increase in service charges and fees and an increase in income from BOLI of $20,000, or 4.4%.

    Non-Interest Expense

    Non-interest expense increased $402,000, or 2.7%, from $14.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Salaries and benefits increased $169,000, or 2.0%, advertising expense increased $80,000, or 22.9%, occupancy expense increased $49,000, or 3.6%, debit card processing and ATM network costs increased $25,000, or 4.5%, FDIC insurance expense increased $21,000, or 5.1%, data processing expense increased $20,000, or 2.3%, furniture and equipment expense increased $3,000, or 0.6%, and other non-interest expense increased $98,000, or 7.8%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in software related expenses of $40,000, or 5.7%, and a decrease in professional fees of $23,000, or 4.0%.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the three months ended March 31, 2024, the efficiency ratio was 83.0% and 82.0%, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the adjusted efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 83.0% compared to 82.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increases in the efficiency ratio and the adjusted efficiency ratio were driven by higher expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. See pages 16-17 for the efficiency ratio calculation and a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

    Income Tax Provision

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, income tax expense was $664,000, with an effective tax rate of 22.4%, compared to $827,000, with an effective tax rate of 21.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Balance Sheet

    At March 31, 2025, total assets were $2.7 billion, an increase of $56.2 million, or 2.1%, from December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily due to an increase in total gross loans of $9.3 million, or 0.4%, an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $44.1 million, or 66.4%, and an increase in investment securities of $3.6 million, or 1.0%.

    Investments

    At March 31, 2025, the investment securities portfolio totaled $369.8 million, or 13.6% of total assets, compared to $366.1 million, or 13.8% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio, recorded at fair market value, increased $7.1 million, or 4.4%, from $160.7 million at December 31, 2024 to $167.8 million. The held-to-maturity securities portfolio, recorded at amortized cost, decreased $3.4 million, or 1.7%, from $205.0 million at December 31, 2024 to $201.6 million at March 31, 2025.

    At March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on the available-for-sale securities portfolio of $27.8 million, or 14.2% of the amortized cost basis of the available-for-sale securities portfolio, compared to unrealized losses of $31.2 million, or 16.2% of the amortized cost basis of the available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the Company reported unrealized losses on the held-to-maturity securities portfolio of $35.8 million, or 17.8% of the amortized cost basis of the held-to-maturity securities portfolio, compared to $39.4 million, or 19.2% of the amortized cost basis of the held-to-maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2024.

    The securities in which the Company may invest are limited by regulation. Federally chartered savings banks have authority to invest in various types of assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, repurchase agreements, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, corporate debt instruments and marketable equity securities. The securities, with the exception of $8.7 million in corporate bonds, are issued by the United States government or government-sponsored enterprises and are therefore either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of contractual principal and interest. These positions are deemed to have no credit impairment, therefore, the disclosed unrealized losses with the securities portfolio relate primarily to changes in prevailing interest rates. In all cases, price improvement in future periods will be realized as the issuances approach maturity.

    Management regularly reviews the portfolio for securities in an unrealized loss position. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not record any credit impairment charges on its securities portfolio and attributed the unrealized losses primarily due to fluctuations in general interest rates or changes in expected prepayments and not due to credit quality. The primary objective of the Company’s investment portfolio is to provide liquidity and to secure municipal deposit accounts while preserving the safety of principal. The available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios are both eligible for pledging to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) as collateral for borrowings. The portfolios are comprised of high-credit quality investments and both portfolios generated cash flows monthly from interest, principal amortization and payoffs, which support’s the Bank’s objective to provide liquidity.

    Total Loans

    Total gross loans increased $9.3 million, or 0.4%, from $2.1 billion, or 77.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024 to $2.1 billion, or 76.7% of total assets, at March 31, 2025. The increase in total gross loans was primarily driven by an increase in residential real estate loans, including home equity loans, of $8.1 million, or 1.0%, and an increase in commercial and industrial loans of $4.7 million, or 2.2%. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commercial real estate loans of $3.0 million, or 0.3%, and a decrease in consumer loans of $526,000, or 12.0%.

    The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio by the major classification of loans at the periods indicated:

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Commercial real estate loans:      
    Non-owner occupied $ 881,105     $ 880,828  
    Owner-occupied   191,582       194,904  
    Total commercial real estate loans   1,072,687       1,075,732  
           
    Residential real estate loans:      
    Residential   659,984       653,802  
    Home equity   123,804       121,857  
    Total residential real estate loans   783,788       775,659  
           
    Commercial and industrial loans   216,368       211,656  
           
    Consumer loans   3,865       4,391  
    Total gross loans   2,076,708       2,067,438  
    Unamortized premiums and net deferred loans fees and costs   2,853       2,751  
    Total loans $ 2,079,561     $ 2,070,189  
                   

    Credit Quality

    Management continues to closely monitor the loan portfolio for any signs of deterioration in borrowers’ financial condition and also in light of speculation that commercial real estate values may deteriorate as the market continues to adjust to higher vacancies and interest rates. We continue to proactively take steps to mitigate risk in our loan portfolio.

    Total delinquency was $4.5 million, or 0.22% of total loans, at March 31, 2025, compared to $5.0 million, or 0.24% of total loans at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans totaled $6.0 million, or 0.29% of total loans, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.26% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no loans 90 or more days past due and still accruing interest. Total nonaccrual assets totaled $6.0 million, or 0.22% of total assets, at March 31, 2025, compared to $5.4 million, or 0.20% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any other real estate owned.

    At March 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $19.7 million, or 0.95% of total loans and 327.1% of nonaccrual loans, compared to $19.5 million, or 0.94% of total loans and 362.9% of nonaccrual loans, at December 31, 2024. Total criticized loans, defined as special mention and substandard loans, decreased $2.1 million, or 5.5%, from $38.4 million, or 1.9% of total loans, at December 31, 2024 to $36.3 million, or 1.7% of total loans, at March 31, 2025.

    Our commercial real estate portfolio is comprised of diversified property types and primarily within our geographic footprint. At March 31, 2025, the commercial real estate portfolio totaled $1.1 billion, and represented 51.7% of total loans. Of the $1.1 billion, $881.1 million, or 82.1%, was categorized as non-owner occupied commercial real estate and represented 325.8% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. More details on the diversification of the loan portfolio are available in the supplementary earnings presentation.

    Deposits

    At March 31, 2025, total deposits were $2.3 billion and increased $66.0 million, or 2.9%, from December 31, 2024. Core deposits, which the Company defines as all deposits except time deposits, increased $70.2 million, or 4.5%, from $1.6 billion, or 68.9% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024, to $1.6 billion, or 70.0% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025. Non-interest-bearing deposits increased $24.4 million, or 4.3%, to $590.0 million, and represent 25.3% of total deposits, money market accounts increased $45.7 million, or 6.9%, to $707.2 million, savings accounts increased $9.8 million, or 5.4%, to $191.4 million and interest-bearing checking accounts decreased $9.6 million, or 6.4%, to $140.8 million.

    Time deposits decreased $4.3 million, or 0.6%, from $703.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $699.3 million at March 31, 2025. Brokered time deposits, which are included in time deposits, totaled $1.7 million at March 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. The Company has experienced growth and movement in both money market accounts and non-interest-bearing deposits as a result of seasonal customer behaviors, relationship pricing, and the current interest rate environment, as opposed to time deposit specials or interest rate adjustments. We continue our disciplined and focused approach to core relationship management and customer outreach to meet funding requirements and liquidity needs, with an emphasis on retaining a long-term core customer relationship base by competing for and retaining deposits in our local market. At March 31, 2025, the Bank’s uninsured deposits totaled $665.6 million, or 28.6% of total deposits, compared to $643.6 million, or 28.4% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024.

    The table below is a summary of our deposit balances for the periods noted:

        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Core Deposits:            
    Demand accounts   $ 589,996     $ 565,620     $ 559,928  
    Interest-bearing accounts     140,769       150,348       125,377  
    Savings accounts     191,398       181,618       190,732  
    Money market accounts     707,153       661,478       624,474  
    Total Core Deposits   $ 1,629,316     $ 1,559,064     $ 1,500,511  
    Time Deposits:     699,277       703,583       643,236  
    Total Deposits:   $ 2,328,593     $ 2,262,647     $ 2,143,747  
                             

    FHLB and Subordinated Debt

    At March 31, 2025, total borrowings decreased $860,000, or 0.7%, from $123.1 million at December 31, 2024 to $122.3 million. At March 31, 2025, short-term borrowings decreased $870,000, or 16.1%, to $4.5 million, compared to $5.4 million at December 31, 2024. Long-term borrowings were $98.0 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, borrowings also consisted of $19.8 million in fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes.

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $447.5 million of additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB, $378.5 million of additional borrowing capacity under the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window and $25.0 million of other unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks.

    Capital

    At March 31, 2025, shareholders’ equity was $237.7 million, or 8.8% of total assets, compared to $235.9 million, or 8.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. The change was primarily attributable to a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2.6 million, cash dividends paid of $1.4 million, repurchase of shares at a cost of $2.0 million, partially offset by net income of $2.3 million. At March 31, 2025, total shares outstanding were 20,774,319. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios continue to be strong and in excess of regulatory minimum requirements to be considered well-capitalized as defined by regulators and internal Company targets.

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      Company   Bank   Company   Bank
    Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 14.28 %   13.56 %   14.38 %   13.65 %
    Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 12.27 %   12.55 %   12.37 %   12.64 %
    Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) 12.27 %   12.55 %   12.37 %   12.64 %
    Tier 1 Leverage Ratio (to Adjusted Average Assets) 9.06 %   9.26 %   9.14 %   9.34 %
                           

    Dividends

    Although the Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on its common stock and currently intends to continue to pay such dividends, the Company’s ability to pay such dividends depends on a number of factors, including restrictions under federal laws and regulations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and as a result, there can be no assurance that dividends will continue to be paid in the future.

    About Western New England Bancorp, Inc.

    Western New England Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts-chartered stock holding company and the parent company of Westfield Bank, CSB Colts, Inc., Elm Street Securities Corporation, WFD Securities, Inc. and WB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Western New England Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries are headquartered in Westfield, Massachusetts and operate 25 banking offices throughout western Massachusetts and northern Connecticut. To learn more, visit our website at www.westfieldbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of such words as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “planned,” “estimated,” and “potential.”  Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates.  These factors include, but are not limited to:

    • unpredictable changes in general economic or political conditions, financial markets, fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies, including actual or potential stress in the banking industry;
    • the duration and scope of potential pandemics, including the emergence of new variants and the response thereto;
    • unstable political and economic conditions, including changes in tariff policies, which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather deposits;
    • inflation and governmental responses to inflation, including recent sustained increases and potential future increases in interest rates that reduce margins;
    • the effect on our operations of governmental legislation and regulation, including changes in accounting regulation or standards, the nature and timing of the adoption and effectiveness of new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Basel guidelines, capital requirements and other applicable laws and regulations;
    • significant changes in accounting, tax or regulatory practices or requirements;
    • new legal obligations or liabilities or unfavorable resolutions of litigation;
    • disruptive technologies in payment systems and other services traditionally provided by banks;
    • the highly competitive industry and market area in which we operate;
    • operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation with respect to data processing, information systems, cybersecurity, technological changes, vendor issues, business interruption, and fraud risks;
    • failure or circumvention of our internal controls or procedures;
    • changes in the securities markets which affect investment management revenues;
    • increases in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premiums and assessments;
    • the soundness of other financial services institutions which may adversely affect our credit risk;
    • certain of our intangible assets may become impaired in the future;
    • new lines of business or new products and services, which may subject us to additional risks;
    • changes in key management personnel which may adversely impact our operations;
    • severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events which could significantly impact our business; and
    • other risk factors detailed from time to time in our SEC filings.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake any obligation to republish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by law.

    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Net Income and Other Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:          
    Loans $ 24,984     $ 25,183     $ 25,134     $ 24,340     $ 24,241  
    Securities   2,422       2,273       2,121       2,141       2,114  
    Other investments   191       214       189       148       136  
    Short-term investments   840       916       396       173       113  
    Total interest and dividend income   28,437       28,586       27,840       26,802       26,604  
               
    INTEREST EXPENSE:          
    Deposits   11,376       11,443       11,165       10,335       9,293  
    Short-term borrowings   54       60       71       186       283  
    Long-term debt   1,219       1,557       1,622       1,557       1,428  
    Subordinated debt   254       253       254       254       254  
    Total interest expense   12,903       13,313       13,112       12,332       11,258  
               
    Net interest and dividend income   15,534       15,273       14,728       14,470       15,346  
               
    PROVISION FOR (REVERSAL OF) CREDIT LOSSES   142       (762 )     941       (294 )     (550 )
               
    Net interest and dividend income after provision for (reversal of) credit losses   15,392       16,035       13,787       14,764       15,896  
               
    NON-INTEREST INCOME:          
    Service charges and fees on deposits   2,284       2,301       2,341       2,341       2,219  
    Income from bank-owned life insurance   473       486       470       502       453  
    Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable equity securities   (5 )     (9 )     10       4       8  
    Gain (loss) on sale of mortgages   7       (11 )     246              
    Gain on non-marketable equity investments         300             987        
    Loss on disposal of premises and equipment                           (6 )
    Other income         187       74              
    Total non-interest income   2,759       3,254       3,141       3,834       2,674  
               
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:          
    Salaries and employees’ benefits   8,413       8,429       8,112       7,901       8,244  
    Occupancy   1,412       1,256       1,217       1,218       1,363  
    Furniture and equipment   487       505       483       483       484  
    Data processing   882       900       869       846       862  
    Software   659       642       612       566       699  
    Debit/ATM card processing expense   577       593       649       643       552  
    Professional fees   546       471       540       581       569  
    FDIC insurance   431       389       338       323       410  
    Advertising   429       310       271       339       349  
    Other   1,348       1,431       1,315       1,414       1,250  
    Total non-interest expense   15,184       14,926       14,406       14,314       14,782  
               
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES   2,967       4,363       2,522       4,284       3,788  
               
    INCOME TAX PROVISION   664       1,075       618       771       827  
    NET INCOME $ 2,303     $ 3,288     $ 1,904     $ 3,513     $ 2,961  
               
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Weighted average shares outstanding   20,385,481       20,561,749       20,804,162       21,056,173       21,180,968  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding   20,514,098       20,701,276       20,933,833       21,163,762       21,271,323  
               
    Other Data:          
    Return on average assets (1)   0.35 %     0.49 %     0.29 %     0.55 %     0.47 %
    Return on average equity (1)   3.94 %     5.48 %     3.19 %     6.03 %     5.04 %
    Efficiency ratio   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (2)   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
    Net interest margin   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
    (1) Annualized.      
    (2) The adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) represents the ratio of operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest and dividend income and non-interest income, excluding realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, gain on non-marketable equity investments, and loss on disposal of premises and equipment.
     
    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Dollars in thousands)
    (Unaudited)
                       
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 110,579     $ 66,450     $ 72,802     $ 53,458     $ 22,613  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   167,800       160,704       155,889       135,089       138,362  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost   201,557       205,036       213,266       217,632       221,242  
    Marketable equity securities, at fair value   414       397       252       233       222  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and other restricted stock – at cost   5,818       5,818       7,143       7,143       3,105  
                       
    Loans   2,079,561       2,070,189       2,049,002       2,026,226       2,025,566  
    Allowance for credit losses   (19,669 )     (19,529 )     (19,955 )     (19,444 )     (19,884 )
    Net loans   2,059,892       2,050,660       2,029,047       2,006,782       2,005,682  
                       
    Bank-owned life insurance   77,529       77,056       76,570       76,100       75,598  
    Goodwill   12,487       12,487       12,487       12,487       12,487  
    Core deposit intangible   1,344       1,438       1,531       1,625       1,719  
    Other assets   71,864       73,044       71,492       75,521       76,206  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 2,709,284     $ 2,653,090     $ 2,640,479     $ 2,586,070     $ 2,557,236  
                       
    Total deposits $ 2,328,593     $ 2,262,647     $ 2,224,206     $ 2,171,809     $ 2,143,747  
    Short-term borrowings   4,520       5,390       4,390       6,570       11,470  
    Long-term debt   98,000       98,000       128,277       128,277       120,646  
    Subordinated debt   19,761       19,751       19,741       19,731       19,722  
    Securities pending settlement   2,093       8,622       2,513       102        
    Other liabilities   18,641       22,770       20,697       23,104       25,855  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   2,471,608       2,417,180       2,399,824       2,349,593       2,321,440  
                       
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   237,676       235,910       240,655       236,477       235,796  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 2,709,284     $ 2,653,090     $ 2,640,479     $ 2,586,070     $ 2,557,236  
                       
    WESTERN NEW ENGLAND BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Other Data
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Shares outstanding at end of period   20,774,319       20,875,713       21,113,408       21,357,849       21,627,690  
                       
    Operating results:                  
    Net interest income $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
    Provision for (reversal of) credit losses   142       (762 )     941       (294 )     (550 )
    Non-interest income   2,759       3,254       3,141       3,834       2,674  
    Non-interest expense   15,184       14,926       14,406       14,314       14,782  
    Income before income provision for income taxes   2,967       4,363       2,522       4,284       3,788  
    Income tax provision   664       1,075       618       771       827  
    Net income   2,303       3,288       1,904       3,513       2,961  
                       
    Performance Ratios:                  
    Net interest margin   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
    Interest rate spread   1.74 %     1.63 %     1.60 %     1.66 %     1.85 %
    Interest rate spread, on a fully tax-equivalent basis   1.76 %     1.65 %     1.62 %     1.67 %     1.86 %
    Return on average assets   0.35 %     0.49 %     0.29 %     0.55 %     0.47 %
    Return on average equity   3.94 %     5.48 %     3.19 %     6.03 %     5.04 %
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)(1)   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
                       
    Per Common Share Data:                  
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.11     $ 0.16     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.14  
    Earnings per diluted share   0.11       0.16       0.09       0.17       0.14  
    Cash dividend declared   0.07       0.07       0.07       0.07       0.07  
    Book value per share   11.44       11.30       11.40       11.07       10.90  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(2)   10.78       10.63       10.73       10.41       10.25  
                       
    Asset Quality:                  
    30-89 day delinquent loans $ 2,459     $ 3,694     $ 3,059     $ 3,270     $ 3,000  
    90 days or more delinquent loans   2,027       1,301       1,253       2,280       1,716  
    Total delinquent loans   4,486       4,995       4,312       5,550       4,716  
    Total delinquent loans as a percentage of total loans   0.22 %     0.24 %     0.21 %     0.27 %     0.23 %
    Nonaccrual loans $ 6,014     $ 5,381     $ 4,873     $ 5,845     $ 5,837  
    Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans   0.29 %     0.26 %     0.24 %     0.29 %     0.29 %
    Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of total assets   0.22 %     0.20 %     0.18 %     0.23 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans   327.05 %     362.93 %     409.50 %     332.66 %     340.65 %
    Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans   0.95 %     0.94 %     0.97 %     0.96 %     0.98 %
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) $ 29     $ (128 )   $ 98     $ 10     $ (67 )
    Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans   0.00 %     (0.01 )%     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    (1) The adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) represents the ratio of operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest and dividend income and non-interest income, excluding realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, gains on non-marketable equity investments, and loss on disposal of premises and equipment.
    (2) Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) represents the value of the Company’s tangible assets divided by its current outstanding shares.
                                           

    The following table sets forth the information relating to our average balances and net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024 and reflects the average yield on interest-earning assets and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated.

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Average       Average Yield/   Average       Average Yield/   Average       Average Yield/
      Balance   Interest   Cost(8)   Balance   Interest   Cost(8)   Balance   Interest   Cost(8)
      (Dollars in thousands)
    ASSETS:                                              
    Interest-earning assets                                              
    Loans(1)(2) $ 2,073,486     $ 25,105       4.91 %   $ 2,062,822     $ 25,311       4.88 %   $ 2,021,713     $ 24,351       4.84 %
    Securities(2)   365,371       2,422       2.69       361,476       2,273       2.50       359,493       2,114       2.37  
    Other investments   14,819       191       5.23       15,924       214       5.35       12,494       136       4.38  
    Short-term investments(3)   76,039       840       4.48       76,795       916       4.75       9,386       113       4.84  
    Total interest-earning assets   2,529,715       28,558       4.58       2,517,017       28,714       4.54       2,403,086       26,714       4.47  
    Total non-interest-earning assets   156,733                   155,538                   154,410              
    Total assets $ 2,686,448                 $ 2,672,555                 $ 2,557,496              
                                                   
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY:                                              
    Interest-bearing liabilities                                              
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 140,960       250       0.72     $ 149,231       264       0.70     $ 135,559       234       0.69  
    Savings accounts   183,869       40       0.09       179,122       38       0.08       186,125       39       0.08  
    Money market accounts   704,215       3,968       2.29       654,965       3,553       2.16       626,267       2,587       1.66  
    Time deposit accounts   702,748       7,118       4.11       700,324       7,588       4.31       627,699       6,433       4.12  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,731,792       11,376       2.66       1,683,642       11,443       2.70       1,575,650       9,293       2.37  
    Short-term borrowings and long-term debt   122,786       1,527       5.04       147,748       1,870       5.04       160,802       1,965       4.91  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   1,854,578       12,903       2.82       1,831,390       13,313       2.89       1,736,452       11,258       2.61  
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   569,638                   579,168                   557,711              
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   25,464                   23,380                   27,078              
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   595,102                   602,548                   584,789              
    Total liabilities   2,449,680                   2,433,938                   2,321,241              
    Total equity   236,768                   238,617                   236,255              
    Total liabilities and equity $ 2,686,448                 $ 2,672,555                 $ 2,557,496              
    Less: Tax-equivalent adjustment(2)       (121 )                 (128 )                 (110 )        
    Net interest and dividend income     $ 15,534                 $ 15,273                 $ 15,346          
    Net interest rate spread(4)           1.74 %             1.63 %             1.85 %
    Net interest rate spread, on a tax-equivalent basis(5)           1.76 %             1.65 %             1.86 %
    Net interest margin(6)           2.49 %             2.41 %             2.57 %
    Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis(7)           2.51 %             2.43 %             2.59 %
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities           136.40 %             137.44 %             138.39 %
    (1) Loans, including nonaccrual loans, are net of deferred loan origination costs and unadvanced funds.
    (2) Loan and securities income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 21%. The tax-equivalent adjustment is deducted from tax-equivalent net interest and dividend income to agree to the amount reported on the consolidated statements of net income.
    (3) Short-term investments include federal funds sold.
    (4) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (5) Net interest rate spread, on a tax-equivalent basis, represents the difference between the tax-equivalent weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the tax-equivalent weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest margin represents net interest and dividend income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
    (7) Net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, represents tax-equivalent net interest and dividend income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
    (8) Annualized.
     
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP to GAAP Financial Measures
     

    The Company believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors that is useful in understanding its results of operations and financial condition.  Because not all companies use the same calculation, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies.  A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below.

      For the quarter ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Loan interest (no tax adjustment) $ 24,984     $ 25,183     $ 25,134     $ 24,340     $ 24,241  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment   121       128       119       114       110  
    Loan interest (tax-equivalent basis) $ 25,105     $ 25,311     $ 25,253     $ 24,454     $ 24,351  
                       
    Net interest income (no tax adjustment) $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
    Tax equivalent adjustment   121       128       119       114       110  
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) $ 15,655     $ 15,401     $ 14,847     $ 14,584     $ 15,456  
                       
    Average interest-earning assets $ 2,529,715     $ 2,517,017     $ 2,441,236     $ 2,400,633     $ 2,403,086  
    Net interest margin (no tax adjustment)   2.49 %     2.41 %     2.40 %     2.42 %     2.57 %
    Net interest margin, tax-equivalent   2.51 %     2.43 %     2.42 %     2.44 %     2.59 %
                       
    Book Value per Share (GAAP) $ 11.44     $ 11.30     $ 11.40     $ 11.07     $ 10.90  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
    Goodwill   (0.60 )     (0.60 )     (0.59 )     (0.58 )     (0.58 )
    Core deposit intangible   (0.06 )     (0.07 )     (0.08 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )
    Tangible Book Value per Share (non-GAAP) $ 10.78     $ 10.63     $ 10.73     $ 10.41     $ 10.25  
                       
      For the quarter ended
      3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Efficiency Ratio:                  
    Non-interest Expense (GAAP) $ 15,184     $ 14,926     $ 14,406     $ 14,314     $ 14,782  
                       
    Net Interest Income (GAAP) $ 15,534     $ 15,273     $ 14,728     $ 14,470     $ 15,346  
                       
    Non-interest Income (GAAP) $ 2,759     $ 3,254     $ 3,141     $ 3,834     $ 2,674  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
    Unrealized losses (gains) on marketable equity securities   5       9       (10 )     (4 )     (8 )
    Gain on non-marketable equity investments         (300 )           (987 )      
    Loss on disposal of premises and equipment                           6  
    Non-interest Income for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP) $ 2,764     $ 2,963     $ 3,131     $ 2,843     $ 2,672  
    Total Revenue for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP) $ 18,298     $ 18,236     $ 17,859     $ 17,313     $ 18,018  
                       
    Efficiency Ratio (GAAP)   83.00 %     80.56 %     80.62 %     78.20 %     82.03 %
                       
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (Non-interest Expense (GAAP)/Total Revenue for Adjusted Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP))   82.98 %     81.85 %     80.67 %     82.68 %     82.04 %
                       

    For further information contact:
    James C. Hagan, President and CEO
    Guida R. Sajdak, Executive Vice President and CFO
    Meghan Hibner, First Vice President and Investor Relations Officer
    413-568-1911

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: World Economic Outlook Press Briefing

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 22, 2025

    Speakers:

    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Deniz Igan, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF   

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start and we have a quorum. So good morning, everyone, and welcome. I want to welcome also those joining us online. I am Jose Luis de Haro with the Communications Department at the IMF and we are gathered here today for the presentation of our latest edition of the World Economic Outlook titled, “A Critical Juncture Amid Policy Shifts.” I hope by this time you all have had access to the document. If not, I am going to encourage you, as always, to go to IMF.org. There, you are going to find the document, the World Economic Outlook, also Pierre‑Olivier’s blog and many other assets, including the underlying data for some of the charts that are published on the World Economic Outlook.

    I also want to plug in that we have a new database portal that I encourage you to use, and what’s best, that to discuss the new outlook that having here with us today, Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas. He is the Economic Counsellor, the chief economist, and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks, she is the Deputy Director of the Research Department and last, but not least, we also have Deniz Igan, she is the division chief also with the Research Department.

    Pierre‑Olivier, as usual is going to start with some opening remarks, and then we are going to open the floor to your questions. I just want to remind everyone that this press briefing, it’s on the record and that we also have simultaneous translation.

    So let me stop here. Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose. And good morning, everyone. The landscape has changed since our last World Economic Outlook update in January. We are entering a new era as the global economic system that has operated for the last 80 years is being reset. Since late January, many tariff announcements have been made, culminating on April 2, with near universal levies from the United States and counterresponses from some trading partners. The U.S. effective tariff rate has surged past levels reached more than 100 years ago, while tariff rates on the U.S. have also increased.

    Beyond the abrupt increase in tariffs, the surge in policy uncertainty is a major driver of the economic outlook. If sustained, the increasing trade tensions and uncertainty will slow global growth significantly. Reflecting this complexity, our report presents a reference forecast which incorporates policy announcements up to April 4 by the U.S. and trading partners. Under these reference forecasts, global growth will reach 2.8 percent this year and 3 percent next year, a cumulative downgrade of about 0.8 percentage points relative to our January 2025 WEO update. Our report also offers a range of forecasts under different policy assumptions.

    Under an alternative path that excludes the April tariff announcements, global growth would have seen only a modest downgrade to 3.2 percent this year. We will also use a model‑based forecast to incorporate the temporary suspension of most tariffs announced on April 9, together with the increase in bilateral tariffs between China and the U.S. to prohibitive levels. This pause, even if extended permanently, delivers a similar growth outlook as a reference forecast, 2.8 percent, even if some highly tariffed countries could benefit.

    Now, while global growth remains well above recession levels, all regions are negatively impacted this year and next. And the global disinflation process continues, but at a slower pace with inflation revised up by 0.1 percentage point in both years. These trade tensions will greatly impact global trade. We project that global trade growth will be more than cut in half from 3.8 percent last year to 1.7 percent this year. The tariffs will play out differently in different countries. For the United States, the tariffs represent a supply shock that reduces productivity and output permanently and increases price pressures temporarily. This adds to an already weakening outlook and leads us to revise growth down by 0.9 percentage points to 1.8 percent, with a 0.4 percentage point downgrade from the tariffs only. While inflation is revised upwards.

    For trading partners, tariffs act mostly as a negative external demand shock. Weakening activity and prices, even if some countries could benefit from trade diversion. This is why we have lowered our China growth forecast this year to 4 percent, while inflation is revised down by 0.8 percentage points, increasing deflationary pressures. All countries are negatively affected by the surge in trade policy uncertainty, as businesses cut purchases and investment, while financial institutions reassess their borrowers’ exposure. Uncertainty also increases because of the complex sectoral disruptions that tariffs could cause up and down supply chains, as we saw during the pandemic.

    The effect of these shocks on exchange rates is complex. The tariffs could appreciate the US dollar, as in previous episodes. However, greater policy uncertainty, lower U.S. growth prospects, and an adjustment in the global demand for dollar assets are weighing down on the dollar.

    Risks to the global economic have increased and are firmly to the downside.

    First, while we are not projecting a global downturn, the risks it may happen this year have increased substantially, from 17 percent projected back in October to 30 percent now. An escalation of trade tensions would further depress growth. Financial conditions could also tighten, as markets react negatively to diminished growth prospects and increased uncertainty. On the flip side, growth prospects could immediately improve if countries ease from their current trade policy stance and promote a new, clear, and stable trade environment.

    Addressing domestic imbalances can also help raise growth while contributing significantly to closing external imbalances. For Europe, this means spending more on public infrastructure to accelerate productivity growth. For China, it means boosting support for domestic demand. While for the U.S., it means stepping up fiscal consolidation.

    Turning to policies. Our recommendations call for prudence and improved collaboration. Let me outline some key ones. First, an obvious priority is to restore trade policy stability. The global economy needs a clear, stable, and predictable trading environment, one that addresses some of the longstanding gaps in international trading rules. Monetary policy will need to remain agile and respond by tightening where inflation pressures re‑emerge, while easing where weak demand dominates. Monetary policy credibility will be key, especially where inflation expectations might de‑anchor. And central bank independence remains a cornerstone.

    Many fiscal authorities will face new spending needs to bolster defense spending or to offset the trade dislocations, likely to come. Some of the poorest countries also hit with reduced official aid could experience debt distress. Yet debt levels are still elevated and most countries still need to rebuild fiscal space, including by implementing structural reforms. Support, where needed, should remain narrowly targeted and temporary. It is easier to turn on the fiscal tap than to turn it off. Where new spending needs are permanent, as for defense spending in some countries, planning for offsetting cuts elsewhere or new revenues should be made.

    Finally, even if some of the grievances against our trading system have merit, we should all work toward fixing the system so that it can deliver better opportunities to all. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor to your questions, some ground rules. First of all, if you want to ask a question, raise your hand. If I call on you, please identify yourself and the media outlet you represent. Try to be succinct. Stick to one question. We want to answer as many questions as possible.

    And also, a reminder. We are here to discuss the World Economic Outlook. Those questions regarding country programs, institutional issues are going to be better placed for the regional press briefings that are happening later this week and also the Managing Director’s press briefing this Thursday.

    With that said, I want hands up. OK. So I am going to start here in the center. Then I am going to move the room to my left. Then to my right. I am going to start with the lady with the green jacket there.

    QUESTION: Thank you.. Thanks so much for doing this.

    Pierre‑Olivier, I wonder if you can speak a little bit to the fact that you haven’t called out a recession. And you know, we are hearing lots of economists in the United States and other places‑‑most recently yesterday, the IIF is now also forecasting a small recession in the second half of the year. What we see in the WEO is that the percentage of risk of a recession has increased pretty dramatically. Can you walk us through why you are not at this point calling a recession, for instance, likely in the United States and what it would take to tip it that way? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Andrea.

    So for the United States, we are projecting a significant slowdown. We are projecting growth will be at 1.8 percent in 2025. And that’s a 0.9 percentage‑point slowdown‑‑revision in our projections from January. But 1.9 percent is obviously not a recession. And the reason for this is is that we have a U.S. economy that, in our view, is coming from a position of strength. We had an economy that was growing very rapidly. We have a labor market that is still very robust. We have seen some signs of weakening and slowdown in the U.S. economy, even before the tariff announcements. So, in fact, the 0.9 percentage point downward revision that I just mentioned, only a part of this‑‑maybe 0.4 percentage points‑‑is coming from the tariffs. Some of that is also coming from weakening momentum. This was an economy that was doing very, very well but was self‑correcting and cooling off a bit on its own. And we were seeing already consumption numbers coming down. We are seeing consumer confidence coming down. So all of that was already factored in. But we are not seeing a recession in our reference forecast.

    As you mentioned, Andrea, we are‑‑when we do our risk assessment, if you want, we are seeing the probability of a recession increasing, from about 25 percent back in October to around 40 percent when we assess it now.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to move to this side. The lady here in red.

    QUESTION: Good morning.

    Pierre, I wanted to ask you about the downward pressure on the dollar now. To what extent you believe it can provide some relief from the pressure on highly indebted emerging economies with a large share of dollar‑denominated debt? And has this downward pressure on the dollar changed your outlook on all of those emerging economies that are still, you know, under the impact of the high debt‑‑as mentioned by the MD in previous meetings, where this high debt is really one of the impediments to growth? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So we are seeing a weakening of the dollar that is fairly broad‑based over the last few weeks, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, some of that is coming from the weaker growth prospects in the U.S. Some it is coming from the increased uncertainty. And it’s leading to a reassessment of the global demand for dollar assets. When we step back, we also have to realize we are coming from a position where, over the last few years, there have been tremendous capital inflows into U.S. markets, in particular, risk markets. That’s something that, of course, my colleague Tobias Adrian will talk about in the GFSR press conference. So we are seeing some adjustment, some contradiction. The markets are handling it. We don’t see signs of stress, even in currency markets.

    Now, the interesting development is, what does it mean for emerging markets? And you are right to point out that, in the past, when the dollar would strengthen, that would not necessarily be good news for emerging markets because they have dollar‑denominated debts, so that increases their liabilities and the pressure on them to service their debts. And this can lead to some tightening of financial conditions. So we are not seeing that right now. And so that’s a plus. The flip side of this is, of course, the appreciation of some of these emerging markets’ currencies means that they are also losing a little bit on the competitiveness side, so there is maybe something that is a bit easier on the finance conditions, something that is not as easy on the trade side.

    Finally, this is an environment of enormous uncertainty, increased volatility. And that I think is something that will dominate for many of the emerging markets. So when we are looking at our assessment, we are actually downgrading the emerging market economies for 2025 and 2026, most of them. Some of them may, as I mentioned, benefit. But overall, as a group, they are downgraded. While because they are also very plugged into the global supply chains, the uncertainty is leading to a pause in investment and activity, and they are going to suffer from the decline in demand for their products coming from the tariffs.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to go with the gentleman here with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Thank you. I just have one question. Could you elaborate a little bit on what will happen with the trade flows in your models? I saw that in the basic assumption, the exports from the U.S. are [breaking quite heavily but not that much from China. Why is this so?

    And do I understand it right that this basic model does not yet integrate the additional hikes after ‑‑ happening after basically April 9, so above 100 percent on import tariffs by the U.S.? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So we are seeing a large impact on global trade coming from the tariffs and that’s going to be the case under any combination of tariffs where the effective tariff rates remains very elevated. And the reason why when we looked at the different scenarios that I mentioned, whether it’s a reference scenario or our April 9 scenario which includes lower tariffs on many countries but sharply increased tariffs between the U.S. and China. The overall impact on the global economy is not very different because the effective tariff rate is, if anything, even higher under that pause. So global trade is going to be significantly affected. The particular configuration of trade, which bilateral trade flows are going to be affected versus others that will depend on the final landscape in terms of tariffs so we can anticipate that there will be much lower bilateral trade under either the reference scenario or the April 9, between the U.S. and China. And that is weighing down on global trade growth. This is weighing down on global trade generally.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to turn here to the center. I am going to go to the first row. I am going to go with the lady with the yellow bottle.

    QUESTION: Thank you,

    You have downgraded the U.K.’s growth forecast quite sharply and given the range of explanations, from higher tariff barriers to more domestic issues, like cost‑of‑living pressures. Out of those, so the global challenges versus domestic challenges, which one is weighing more heavily on the U.K.’s growth forecasts?

    Mr. De Haro: OK we are going to open the round of U.K. questions so if you have questions on the U.K., raise your hand. And I will pass the mic to you. I see  two there. Yep.

    QUESTION: Hi.

    In a world where everyone is warning about the impact of tariffs on U.S. inflation and how much it will raise U.S. prices, why do you have the U.K. with the highest inflation rate in the G‑7 this year? And do you believe tariffs will be inflationary or disinflationary for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Joe here in the first row.

    QUESTION: Yeah. Thank you. Thank you very much. So Joel hills from ITV news. Obviously it’s impacting the tariffs are impacting the U.K. They are impacting most countries. I just wonder this, President Trump did say there would be some disruption. He suggested it would be sort of temporary. Is it possible that President Trump is actually a genius? That he knows something you do not?

    Mr. De Haro: And I think we have a last question on the U.K. and this is going to be the last question on the U.K. There on the back of the room.

    QUESTION: Yeah.

    The U.K. inflation forecast is, you know, much higher than we expected it to be, 0.7 percent higher. Is that going to impact on lowering interest rates in the U.K.? And does that affect the growth rate, which seems to be rather optimistic, compared with some of the other European countries?

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to be done with the U.K. questions and then we will move along. So Pierre‑Olivier.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. So many questions. Let me address them as best I can. First, on the revision for growth in the U.K. and inflation. So the tariffs are playing a role, as they are in most countries and uncertainty is also playing a role, as it is in all countries. And it’s weighing down on growth in the U.K. But there are some U.K.‑specific factors and I would say that in terms of the zero point 5 percentage point downward revision that we are saying for the U.K., the domestic factors are probably the biggest ones. And in particular, there is a lower carryover from weaker growth in the second half of last year. There is also some tightening of financial conditions, as interest rates have risen, longer‑term interest rates.

    On inflation, the revision in inflation in the U.K. is coming, again, from domestic factors, and in particular some change in regulated energy prices. So that’s expected to be temporary but it’s also very U.K.‑specific. The effect of the tariffs on countries like the U.K., like it is on the EU or China is like a negative demand shock. It’s weakening activity but it’s also lowering price pressures, not increasing them.

    Now, what is the impact of the tariffs in the medium and long term? Not just what’s going to happen this year and next but what’s going to happen longer term? Our assessment is it’s going to be negative. We have a box in our report that looks at the long‑term impact of the tariffs, if they are maintained. And it is negative for all regions, just like the short‑term impact. So we are seeing a negative impact in the short term, in the medium term, in the long term. Again, there are nuances. Some countries might benefit, depending on the particular configuration of tariffs. It might benefit from some trade diversion; but the broad picture is it’s negative for the outlook.

    Now, our ‑‑ and I will end with that. Our forecast for 2025 is slightly higher than OBR’s forecast. Some of this has to do with some of the underlying monetary policy assumptions for the U.K. The bank‑‑

    Our assumption for this year is that there are going to be four cuts through the year. One cut already happened. We expect three more.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. I am not going to forget about the people that are on WebEx, and I am going to pass a question there. I see Anton from TAS.

    QUESTION: Good morning. Thank you for doing this.

    Given the projected slowdown of Russia’s GDP growth from 4.1 in 2024 to 1.5 in 2025, what are the primary factors driving this sharp decline? And how sustainable is Russia’s growth model going forward? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Go ahead.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Petya, would you like to answer?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. We are indeed expecting a slowdown in growth to 1.5 this year, and this, to a large extent is kind of the natural slowing of the economy after growing quite robustly in previous years. And also as a result of policy tightening that we have seen, both on the fiscal as well as on the monetary policy side. It is also due to the lower oil prices that have come about as a result of the‑‑as a response to the round of tariffs, as well as the uncertainty about global growth. So all these factors are behind that lower growth number, although I should point out that it is actually a slight upward revision, relative to what we had back in January. And the reason for that is that, again, we actually had seen upward surprises in 2024, which kind of carried into 2025.

    When it comes to the medium‑term growth outlook, we do expect that to be relatively weak. We are‑‑we have penciled in growth number of about 1.2, which is down from 1.7 which is what we had before the start of the war.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Let’s continue. I am going to go again in the center and then I am going to go to that side. The lady with the glasses there.

    QUESTION: Hi.

    In Latin America, we received almost every country 10 percent. So I want to know about the impact of the tariffs in Latin America and if the impact is going to be limited, versus other regions, and when we are going to start to feeling this impact. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: And before we answer the question, are there any questions on Mexico, Brazil, Argentina? OK. Argentina friends, go ahead.

    QUESTION: Hello.

    You’ve kept 5.5 growth projection that was decided in the latest program that Argentina signed with the IMF. I would like to know why you are not seeing so much impact yet about‑‑of this general context.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We can go ahead first with the Latin America overview and then we can go to Argentina.

    Mr. Gourinchas: I will just say something briefly and then ask my colleague Petya to come in. So for Latin America, as a whole, we are saying activity that is largely driven by consumption on the back of resilient labor markets while investment remains somewhat sluggish. And the slowdown in our projection reflects the impact of tariffs and the global growth slowdown, of course, which is also affecting countries in the region. Policy uncertainty. And the withdrawal of fiscal stimulus and in some countries monetary policy tightening.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: I don’t have a lot to add. Just to say that the disinflation process has also slowed a bit, and this is also‑‑also makes the policy trade‑offs a bit more complicated with slow‑‑with growth slowing down and at the same time, you know, having still challenges on the inflation side.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we are going to move on. I am going to ask the gentleman in the first row there because‑‑

    Oh, sorry. Sorry. I forgot about Argentina. Please go ahead.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: We cannot forget about Argentina.

    So the growth forecast for this year‑‑you are right‑‑we still have the upgrade of .5. And this is related to just the positive surprises that we had seen, in spite of a very strong fiscal adjustment, the recovery in confidence I think has definitely played a role in kind of driving us to have this forecast. That said, there are a number of risks related to tighter financial conditions, commodity prices, and a lot of others, which is true for many if not most other countries.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So now we can move on. I am going to go with the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. In the October 2024 outlook you saw a stable but slow growth for Africa. What’s new now? And what kind of initiatives like the African Continental Free Trade Area do for African economies amidst these trade tensions?

    Mr. De Haro: And before we answer, I think‑‑

    QUESTION: Hi. Good morning.

    One of the things that you mentioned in your report is the demographic shift and the rise in the silver economy. Africa, on the other hand, has the reverse of that. So what is your recommendation in the short and medium term on how to deal with some of these challenges pertaining to tariffs, monetary policy, and now currency exchange? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. Thank you. I will just say one word about the outlook in sub‑Saharan Africa and then I will ask my colleague Deniz to come in to add more color and answer also the question on the demographic trends.

    So regional growth in sub‑Saharan Africa improved significantly last year, to 4 percent. And it will ease in 2025. And this is in line with a softer global outlook. So we are seeing the same forces at play in the region, as we are seeing more globally. And a downturn‑‑and a downward revision in our projection that is of a similar magnitude at about 0.4 percentage point. Deniz?

    Ms. Igan: Thank you for the question. So on the demographic shifts, our Chapter 2 basically points out that countries’ age structures are evolving at different rates, as you pointed out as well. We have most western economies, some Asian economies that are aging fast. And you know in a health way some of them. And then we have many sub‑Saharan African countries that have a very young population. And what the chapter shows is actually, there are important medium‑term consequences of that, both for growth, as well as external balances of countries.

    In Africa’s case, basically, what we would see is a demographic dividend coming from having a young population. And the question then becomes how best to leverage that, how best to use that and channel it into growth. And the answer there, first and foremost, depends on the structural reforms, the investment that’s necessary on healthcare, on education, on human capital more generally and also international cooperation because our Chapter 3 looks more carefully into migration flows. And again, there, we see migration policy shifts in destination countries has spillovers for other countries. And this is especially true for emerging market economies and lower income economies. So, again, international cooperation there, making sure that growth dividends are utilized in the best way is what we delve into in the chapter.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to go to the gentleman with‑‑raise your hand. Yeah. You. No, I am going back. Then I will go‑‑there you go.

    QUESTION: OK. I have a question about China’s growth.

    In your World Economic Outlook, you say China’s growth forecast has been cut to 4 percent for this year, which is a 0.6 percentage drop from an earlier projection. But China’s National Bureau of Statistics a couple of days ago predicted China’s growth GDP growth in the first quarter was 5.4 percent. So my question is, how do you see the disparity in the forecast? Is China more optimistic than you are? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. So, yes, we are revising our growth projections for China down by 0.6 percentage points, as you have noted. I should flag that this number does not incorporate the latest release for Q1. That came after we closed our round of projections. So this is not reflected there. And we will have to see how it affects our projections when we have our next round of WEO updates.

    But let me give you a little bit of perspective on the rationale behind our revision for China. The tariff increase in tariffs especially since China is one of the countries that is facing the most elevated tariffs right now, is going to have a very significant impact in our projections on the Chinese economy. In fact, when we do a decomposition, which I showed during my opening remarks, the impact of the tariffs on the Chinese economy would be a negative 1.3 percentage point revision on growth.

    So why do we only have 0.6? Well, because there are other factors that are helping to support Chinese growth in 2025 and 2026. One of which‑‑which is quite important‑‑is the fiscal support that has been announced since the beginning of the year. And that is adding up, something of the amount of 0.5 percentage points. So the impact of the current trade tensions is very significant. It’s partly offset. We expect it to remain quite significant also in 2026 when we also have a downward revision by about 0.5 percentage points.

    The other side of this, where we are seeing the impact of the tariffs is on inflation, which is revised down. Our headline inflation projection for 2025 is actually at zero. So it’s down from 0.8 percent to zero. So China is facing stronger deflationary forces as a result of these trade tensions.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to move to this side. The gentleman with the glasses here.

    QUESTION: What impact did the oil price also have in exporting and importing countries in the Middle East? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Go ahead.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So we have seen oil prices declining since our last projections, and the decline in oil prices in our and our interpretation is coming mostly from weaker global demand, so it’s the weakening of global activity that is driving the decline in prices. There has been some increase in supply coming from OPEC Plus countries, but broadly speaking, the decline is mostly coming from weaker demand.

    So that is going to play out in ways you sort of would expect. The commodity exporters are going to face lower export revenues from the decline in oil prices. That’s going to weigh on their fiscal outlook, on their growth.

    For those countries that are oil importers, it’s going to lower inflation pressures because that‑‑lower oil prices is going to feed into lower headline inflation. It’s going to also provide some modest support to economic activity there.

    Deniz, anything to add on oil prices or‑‑or Petya?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: No, I don’t.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to move to the center. I am going to get the gentleman with the white shirt there.

    QUESTION: h I am not going to ask another question about the U.K., you will be pleased to know. Over the last week we have seen a number of attacks by the White House on the independence of the Federal Reserve. How destabilizing do you think this might be for financial markets?

    Mr. Gourinchas: So central banks are facing a delicate moment. As I have explained in many countries, the impact of the tariffs is going to be to increase recessionary forces and it is going to lower price pressures. And that will help central banks cut interest rates faster and provide some support to their economies. But in other countries ‑‑ and in our projections, the U.S. is in that category‑‑the tariffs are going to increase price pressures. Price pressures in the U.S. are increasing for other reasons as well. Service prices have been quite‑‑inflation of service prices have been quite strong. And that is something that we are seeing already. But the tariffs are likely to increase price pressures. We are projecting inflation to remain at 3 percent in the U.S. this year, the same level as last year, headline inflation.

    So in that context, if you also think about where we are coming from, we are coming from a period of very elevated inflation. We are just coming off the cost‑of‑living crisis, a surge in inflation rates to double digits that we haven’t seen in more than a generation. So the critical thing is to make sure that inflation expectations remain anchored, that everyone remains convinced that central banks will do what is necessary to bring inflation back to central bank targets in an orderly manner. And central banks have instruments to do this. They have their interest rate instruments. They have various instruments of monetary policy. But one critical aspect of what they do is coming from their credibility. So central banks need to remain credible. And part of that credibility is built upon their central bank independence. And so from that perspective, it’s very important to preserve that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to have time for two questions. One of them is going back to WebEx. I see Weier, please. Come in.

    QUESTION: Yes.I have a question.

    You mentioned that the global economic system is being reset. And I am not sure if one of the early signs in the financial markets, as we see that the markets moving from American exceptionalism to the sort of sell the U.S. narrative. So could you assess the implications for the financial markets and the world economy, as a whole?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yeah, well we have seen some volatility in the markets, of course, whenever there is going to be potentially a significant change in the economic structure of the global economy. I think we are bound to see some reassessment. And investors are going to try to figure out what’s happening, and that’s going to inject volatility. And we are seeing some of that.

    The good news is a lot of that volatility we have seen in the last few weeks has not led to significant market dislocations or market stress to levels that would, for instance, have necessitated the interventions by central banks around the world.

    So whether you are looking at equity markets, whether you are looking at bond markets, whether you are looking at currency markets, what we are saying is a reassessment of the world we are in now and that means that there is a reassessment of valuations of risk assets, of different currencies. But that is happening in an orderly manner. So from that perspective, we are seeing a system that is quite resilient, that remained resilient but, of course, we are watching carefully and there has been some tightening of financial conditions and that’s something to be looking out for. We want to make sure that it doesn’t get to a level where the stress in the financial system would become too extreme.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The lady here in the first row has been waiting patiently. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose. I want to ask about the trading tensions impact on low‑income countries. You mentioned there are like downgrading for emerging markets but how about like those small countries who have lower income as a group, have you assessed the particular impact on them in these ongoing trade tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. Well thanks. For low‑income countries as a group, we are also seeing a downgrade in which we report in our report of 0.4 percentage points. We are expecting growth of 4.2 percent in 2025. So the 0.4 is very similar to what we are seeing at the aggregate levels, 0.5. So from that perspective it looks quite the same. However, there are also a lot of differences across countries, and when we look more carefully, you might see some vulnerable countries, especially in sub‑Saharan Africa. But elsewhere as well‑‑who could face very challenging conditions as a result of the tariffs in an environment in which many of the countries, low‑income countries have been facing a funding squeeze for a number of years now, private capital flows to this region have been drying up or have been coming on very expensive terms. We are seeing a drying up also of some official aid flows. So some of these countries have very limited fiscal space. Near a situation where the situation could become more challenging.

    Now, on the flip side, the fact that we are seeing commodity prices coming down for many commodities will help some of them. The commodity importers in that group will hurt the ones who are commodity exporters. And there are a number of countries among the low-income group that are commodity exporters, so that is adding some additional pressure on them.

    Mr. De Haro: I am going to make an exception and just one last question. I am going to go with the gentleman in the white shirt there. He has been waiting patiently, too. And don’t get frustrated. There are going to be many opportunities for you to ask questions.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose. AFP.

    I had a quick question about Spain because that’s the only countries among advanced economies where you had an upward revision. It’s going to be way better than the eurozone and even better than other advanced economies. What are the underlying reasons for that? And you formally talked much about tourism but are there any other things that might be pointed out? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes, indeed. Spain is doing better than its peers. Petya, would you like to talk about it?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed. We are actually having an upgrade for Spain this year, which is a rare occurrence in the many, many downgrades that we have had for many other countries. This is partly because the Spanish economy just had such strong momentum in 2024, coming into 2025. And part of that was due to the very strong services exports as well as the very strong labor accumulation. Part of that related to immigration. But all of that being said, Spain is still being affected indirectly and directly by the tariffs and the uncertainty associated with that. It’s just that, as I said, that underlying [strength is kind of having a bigger impact in the near term. But then again, in 2026, we do project kind of a slowing of growth to about 1.8.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. And on that point, I want to thank you, everyone, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, Deniz, the Research Department, the Communications Department. Some reminders. Next press briefing is going to happen in this same room, Global Financial Stability Report, please stay tuned. Tomorrow you have the Fiscal Monitor, and then later in the week, you have the Managing Director’s press briefing and also all the regional press briefings that we have been talking about. Thank you very much for your time. If you have questions, comments, send them my way to media@imf.org and hopefully you have a great week. I am sure it’s going to be busy.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Jose De Haro

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/22/tr-04222025-weo-press-briefing

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: World Economic Outlook Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    April 22, 2025

    Speakers:

    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Deniz Igan, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF   

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start and we have a quorum. So good morning, everyone, and welcome. I want to welcome also those joining us online. I am Jose Luis de Haro with the Communications Department at the IMF and we are gathered here today for the presentation of our latest edition of the World Economic Outlook titled, “A Critical Juncture Amid Policy Shifts.” I hope by this time you all have had access to the document. If not, I am going to encourage you, as always, to go to IMF.org. There, you are going to find the document, the World Economic Outlook, also Pierre‑Olivier’s blog and many other assets, including the underlying data for some of the charts that are published on the World Economic Outlook.

    I also want to plug in that we have a new database portal that I encourage you to use, and what’s best, that to discuss the new outlook that having here with us today, Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas. He is the Economic Counsellor, the chief economist, and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks, she is the Deputy Director of the Research Department and last, but not least, we also have Deniz Igan, she is the division chief also with the Research Department.

    Pierre‑Olivier, as usual is going to start with some opening remarks, and then we are going to open the floor to your questions. I just want to remind everyone that this press briefing, it’s on the record and that we also have simultaneous translation.

    So let me stop here. Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose. And good morning, everyone. The landscape has changed since our last World Economic Outlook update in January. We are entering a new era as the global economic system that has operated for the last 80 years is being reset. Since late January, many tariff announcements have been made, culminating on April 2, with near universal levies from the United States and counterresponses from some trading partners. The U.S. effective tariff rate has surged past levels reached more than 100 years ago, while tariff rates on the U.S. have also increased.

    Beyond the abrupt increase in tariffs, the surge in policy uncertainty is a major driver of the economic outlook. If sustained, the increasing trade tensions and uncertainty will slow global growth significantly. Reflecting this complexity, our report presents a reference forecast which incorporates policy announcements up to April 4 by the U.S. and trading partners. Under these reference forecasts, global growth will reach 2.8 percent this year and 3 percent next year, a cumulative downgrade of about 0.8 percentage points relative to our January 2025 WEO update. Our report also offers a range of forecasts under different policy assumptions.

    Under an alternative path that excludes the April tariff announcements, global growth would have seen only a modest downgrade to 3.2 percent this year. We will also use a model‑based forecast to incorporate the temporary suspension of most tariffs announced on April 9, together with the increase in bilateral tariffs between China and the U.S. to prohibitive levels. This pause, even if extended permanently, delivers a similar growth outlook as a reference forecast, 2.8 percent, even if some highly tariffed countries could benefit.

    Now, while global growth remains well above recession levels, all regions are negatively impacted this year and next. And the global disinflation process continues, but at a slower pace with inflation revised up by 0.1 percentage point in both years. These trade tensions will greatly impact global trade. We project that global trade growth will be more than cut in half from 3.8 percent last year to 1.7 percent this year. The tariffs will play out differently in different countries. For the United States, the tariffs represent a supply shock that reduces productivity and output permanently and increases price pressures temporarily. This adds to an already weakening outlook and leads us to revise growth down by 0.9 percentage points to 1.8 percent, with a 0.4 percentage point downgrade from the tariffs only. While inflation is revised upwards.

    For trading partners, tariffs act mostly as a negative external demand shock. Weakening activity and prices, even if some countries could benefit from trade diversion. This is why we have lowered our China growth forecast this year to 4 percent, while inflation is revised down by 0.8 percentage points, increasing deflationary pressures. All countries are negatively affected by the surge in trade policy uncertainty, as businesses cut purchases and investment, while financial institutions reassess their borrowers’ exposure. Uncertainty also increases because of the complex sectoral disruptions that tariffs could cause up and down supply chains, as we saw during the pandemic.

    The effect of these shocks on exchange rates is complex. The tariffs could appreciate the US dollar, as in previous episodes. However, greater policy uncertainty, lower U.S. growth prospects, and an adjustment in the global demand for dollar assets are weighing down on the dollar.

    Risks to the global economic have increased and are firmly to the downside.

    First, while we are not projecting a global downturn, the risks it may happen this year have increased substantially, from 17 percent projected back in October to 30 percent now. An escalation of trade tensions would further depress growth. Financial conditions could also tighten, as markets react negatively to diminished growth prospects and increased uncertainty. On the flip side, growth prospects could immediately improve if countries ease from their current trade policy stance and promote a new, clear, and stable trade environment.

    Addressing domestic imbalances can also help raise growth while contributing significantly to closing external imbalances. For Europe, this means spending more on public infrastructure to accelerate productivity growth. For China, it means boosting support for domestic demand. While for the U.S., it means stepping up fiscal consolidation.

    Turning to policies. Our recommendations call for prudence and improved collaboration. Let me outline some key ones. First, an obvious priority is to restore trade policy stability. The global economy needs a clear, stable, and predictable trading environment, one that addresses some of the longstanding gaps in international trading rules. Monetary policy will need to remain agile and respond by tightening where inflation pressures re‑emerge, while easing where weak demand dominates. Monetary policy credibility will be key, especially where inflation expectations might de‑anchor. And central bank independence remains a cornerstone.

    Many fiscal authorities will face new spending needs to bolster defense spending or to offset the trade dislocations, likely to come. Some of the poorest countries also hit with reduced official aid could experience debt distress. Yet debt levels are still elevated and most countries still need to rebuild fiscal space, including by implementing structural reforms. Support, where needed, should remain narrowly targeted and temporary. It is easier to turn on the fiscal tap than to turn it off. Where new spending needs are permanent, as for defense spending in some countries, planning for offsetting cuts elsewhere or new revenues should be made.

    Finally, even if some of the grievances against our trading system have merit, we should all work toward fixing the system so that it can deliver better opportunities to all. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor to your questions, some ground rules. First of all, if you want to ask a question, raise your hand. If I call on you, please identify yourself and the media outlet you represent. Try to be succinct. Stick to one question. We want to answer as many questions as possible.

    And also, a reminder. We are here to discuss the World Economic Outlook. Those questions regarding country programs, institutional issues are going to be better placed for the regional press briefings that are happening later this week and also the Managing Director’s press briefing this Thursday.

    With that said, I want hands up. OK. So I am going to start here in the center. Then I am going to move the room to my left. Then to my right. I am going to start with the lady with the green jacket there.

    QUESTION: Thank you.. Thanks so much for doing this.

    Pierre‑Olivier, I wonder if you can speak a little bit to the fact that you haven’t called out a recession. And you know, we are hearing lots of economists in the United States and other places‑‑most recently yesterday, the IIF is now also forecasting a small recession in the second half of the year. What we see in the WEO is that the percentage of risk of a recession has increased pretty dramatically. Can you walk us through why you are not at this point calling a recession, for instance, likely in the United States and what it would take to tip it that way? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Andrea.

    So for the United States, we are projecting a significant slowdown. We are projecting growth will be at 1.8 percent in 2025. And that’s a 0.9 percentage‑point slowdown‑‑revision in our projections from January. But 1.9 percent is obviously not a recession. And the reason for this is is that we have a U.S. economy that, in our view, is coming from a position of strength. We had an economy that was growing very rapidly. We have a labor market that is still very robust. We have seen some signs of weakening and slowdown in the U.S. economy, even before the tariff announcements. So, in fact, the 0.9 percentage point downward revision that I just mentioned, only a part of this‑‑maybe 0.4 percentage points‑‑is coming from the tariffs. Some of that is also coming from weakening momentum. This was an economy that was doing very, very well but was self‑correcting and cooling off a bit on its own. And we were seeing already consumption numbers coming down. We are seeing consumer confidence coming down. So all of that was already factored in. But we are not seeing a recession in our reference forecast.

    As you mentioned, Andrea, we are‑‑when we do our risk assessment, if you want, we are seeing the probability of a recession increasing, from about 25 percent back in October to around 40 percent when we assess it now.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to move to this side. The lady here in red.

    QUESTION: Good morning.

    Pierre, I wanted to ask you about the downward pressure on the dollar now. To what extent you believe it can provide some relief from the pressure on highly indebted emerging economies with a large share of dollar‑denominated debt? And has this downward pressure on the dollar changed your outlook on all of those emerging economies that are still, you know, under the impact of the high debt‑‑as mentioned by the MD in previous meetings, where this high debt is really one of the impediments to growth? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So we are seeing a weakening of the dollar that is fairly broad‑based over the last few weeks, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, some of that is coming from the weaker growth prospects in the U.S. Some it is coming from the increased uncertainty. And it’s leading to a reassessment of the global demand for dollar assets. When we step back, we also have to realize we are coming from a position where, over the last few years, there have been tremendous capital inflows into U.S. markets, in particular, risk markets. That’s something that, of course, my colleague Tobias Adrian will talk about in the GFSR press conference. So we are seeing some adjustment, some contradiction. The markets are handling it. We don’t see signs of stress, even in currency markets.

    Now, the interesting development is, what does it mean for emerging markets? And you are right to point out that, in the past, when the dollar would strengthen, that would not necessarily be good news for emerging markets because they have dollar‑denominated debts, so that increases their liabilities and the pressure on them to service their debts. And this can lead to some tightening of financial conditions. So we are not seeing that right now. And so that’s a plus. The flip side of this is, of course, the appreciation of some of these emerging markets’ currencies means that they are also losing a little bit on the competitiveness side, so there is maybe something that is a bit easier on the finance conditions, something that is not as easy on the trade side.

    Finally, this is an environment of enormous uncertainty, increased volatility. And that I think is something that will dominate for many of the emerging markets. So when we are looking at our assessment, we are actually downgrading the emerging market economies for 2025 and 2026, most of them. Some of them may, as I mentioned, benefit. But overall, as a group, they are downgraded. While because they are also very plugged into the global supply chains, the uncertainty is leading to a pause in investment and activity, and they are going to suffer from the decline in demand for their products coming from the tariffs.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to go with the gentleman here with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Thank you. I just have one question. Could you elaborate a little bit on what will happen with the trade flows in your models? I saw that in the basic assumption, the exports from the U.S. are [breaking quite heavily but not that much from China. Why is this so?

    And do I understand it right that this basic model does not yet integrate the additional hikes after ‑‑ happening after basically April 9, so above 100 percent on import tariffs by the U.S.? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So we are seeing a large impact on global trade coming from the tariffs and that’s going to be the case under any combination of tariffs where the effective tariff rates remains very elevated. And the reason why when we looked at the different scenarios that I mentioned, whether it’s a reference scenario or our April 9 scenario which includes lower tariffs on many countries but sharply increased tariffs between the U.S. and China. The overall impact on the global economy is not very different because the effective tariff rate is, if anything, even higher under that pause. So global trade is going to be significantly affected. The particular configuration of trade, which bilateral trade flows are going to be affected versus others that will depend on the final landscape in terms of tariffs so we can anticipate that there will be much lower bilateral trade under either the reference scenario or the April 9, between the U.S. and China. And that is weighing down on global trade growth. This is weighing down on global trade generally.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to turn here to the center. I am going to go to the first row. I am going to go with the lady with the yellow bottle.

    QUESTION: Thank you,

    You have downgraded the U.K.’s growth forecast quite sharply and given the range of explanations, from higher tariff barriers to more domestic issues, like cost‑of‑living pressures. Out of those, so the global challenges versus domestic challenges, which one is weighing more heavily on the U.K.’s growth forecasts?

    Mr. De Haro: OK we are going to open the round of U.K. questions so if you have questions on the U.K., raise your hand. And I will pass the mic to you. I see  two there. Yep.

    QUESTION: Hi.

    In a world where everyone is warning about the impact of tariffs on U.S. inflation and how much it will raise U.S. prices, why do you have the U.K. with the highest inflation rate in the G‑7 this year? And do you believe tariffs will be inflationary or disinflationary for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Joe here in the first row.

    QUESTION: Yeah. Thank you. Thank you very much. So Joel hills from ITV news. Obviously it’s impacting the tariffs are impacting the U.K. They are impacting most countries. I just wonder this, President Trump did say there would be some disruption. He suggested it would be sort of temporary. Is it possible that President Trump is actually a genius? That he knows something you do not?

    Mr. De Haro: And I think we have a last question on the U.K. and this is going to be the last question on the U.K. There on the back of the room.

    QUESTION: Yeah.

    The U.K. inflation forecast is, you know, much higher than we expected it to be, 0.7 percent higher. Is that going to impact on lowering interest rates in the U.K.? And does that affect the growth rate, which seems to be rather optimistic, compared with some of the other European countries?

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to be done with the U.K. questions and then we will move along. So Pierre‑Olivier.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. So many questions. Let me address them as best I can. First, on the revision for growth in the U.K. and inflation. So the tariffs are playing a role, as they are in most countries and uncertainty is also playing a role, as it is in all countries. And it’s weighing down on growth in the U.K. But there are some U.K.‑specific factors and I would say that in terms of the zero point 5 percentage point downward revision that we are saying for the U.K., the domestic factors are probably the biggest ones. And in particular, there is a lower carryover from weaker growth in the second half of last year. There is also some tightening of financial conditions, as interest rates have risen, longer‑term interest rates.

    On inflation, the revision in inflation in the U.K. is coming, again, from domestic factors, and in particular some change in regulated energy prices. So that’s expected to be temporary but it’s also very U.K.‑specific. The effect of the tariffs on countries like the U.K., like it is on the EU or China is like a negative demand shock. It’s weakening activity but it’s also lowering price pressures, not increasing them.

    Now, what is the impact of the tariffs in the medium and long term? Not just what’s going to happen this year and next but what’s going to happen longer term? Our assessment is it’s going to be negative. We have a box in our report that looks at the long‑term impact of the tariffs, if they are maintained. And it is negative for all regions, just like the short‑term impact. So we are seeing a negative impact in the short term, in the medium term, in the long term. Again, there are nuances. Some countries might benefit, depending on the particular configuration of tariffs. It might benefit from some trade diversion; but the broad picture is it’s negative for the outlook.

    Now, our ‑‑ and I will end with that. Our forecast for 2025 is slightly higher than OBR’s forecast. Some of this has to do with some of the underlying monetary policy assumptions for the U.K. The bank‑‑

    Our assumption for this year is that there are going to be four cuts through the year. One cut already happened. We expect three more.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. I am not going to forget about the people that are on WebEx, and I am going to pass a question there. I see Anton from TAS.

    QUESTION: Good morning. Thank you for doing this.

    Given the projected slowdown of Russia’s GDP growth from 4.1 in 2024 to 1.5 in 2025, what are the primary factors driving this sharp decline? And how sustainable is Russia’s growth model going forward? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Go ahead.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Petya, would you like to answer?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. We are indeed expecting a slowdown in growth to 1.5 this year, and this, to a large extent is kind of the natural slowing of the economy after growing quite robustly in previous years. And also as a result of policy tightening that we have seen, both on the fiscal as well as on the monetary policy side. It is also due to the lower oil prices that have come about as a result of the‑‑as a response to the round of tariffs, as well as the uncertainty about global growth. So all these factors are behind that lower growth number, although I should point out that it is actually a slight upward revision, relative to what we had back in January. And the reason for that is that, again, we actually had seen upward surprises in 2024, which kind of carried into 2025.

    When it comes to the medium‑term growth outlook, we do expect that to be relatively weak. We are‑‑we have penciled in growth number of about 1.2, which is down from 1.7 which is what we had before the start of the war.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Let’s continue. I am going to go again in the center and then I am going to go to that side. The lady with the glasses there.

    QUESTION: Hi.

    In Latin America, we received almost every country 10 percent. So I want to know about the impact of the tariffs in Latin America and if the impact is going to be limited, versus other regions, and when we are going to start to feeling this impact. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: And before we answer the question, are there any questions on Mexico, Brazil, Argentina? OK. Argentina friends, go ahead.

    QUESTION: Hello.

    You’ve kept 5.5 growth projection that was decided in the latest program that Argentina signed with the IMF. I would like to know why you are not seeing so much impact yet about‑‑of this general context.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We can go ahead first with the Latin America overview and then we can go to Argentina.

    Mr. Gourinchas: I will just say something briefly and then ask my colleague Petya to come in. So for Latin America, as a whole, we are saying activity that is largely driven by consumption on the back of resilient labor markets while investment remains somewhat sluggish. And the slowdown in our projection reflects the impact of tariffs and the global growth slowdown, of course, which is also affecting countries in the region. Policy uncertainty. And the withdrawal of fiscal stimulus and in some countries monetary policy tightening.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: I don’t have a lot to add. Just to say that the disinflation process has also slowed a bit, and this is also‑‑also makes the policy trade‑offs a bit more complicated with slow‑‑with growth slowing down and at the same time, you know, having still challenges on the inflation side.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we are going to move on. I am going to ask the gentleman in the first row there because‑‑

    Oh, sorry. Sorry. I forgot about Argentina. Please go ahead.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: We cannot forget about Argentina.

    So the growth forecast for this year‑‑you are right‑‑we still have the upgrade of .5. And this is related to just the positive surprises that we had seen, in spite of a very strong fiscal adjustment, the recovery in confidence I think has definitely played a role in kind of driving us to have this forecast. That said, there are a number of risks related to tighter financial conditions, commodity prices, and a lot of others, which is true for many if not most other countries.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So now we can move on. I am going to go with the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. In the October 2024 outlook you saw a stable but slow growth for Africa. What’s new now? And what kind of initiatives like the African Continental Free Trade Area do for African economies amidst these trade tensions?

    Mr. De Haro: And before we answer, I think‑‑

    QUESTION: Hi. Good morning.

    One of the things that you mentioned in your report is the demographic shift and the rise in the silver economy. Africa, on the other hand, has the reverse of that. So what is your recommendation in the short and medium term on how to deal with some of these challenges pertaining to tariffs, monetary policy, and now currency exchange? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. Thank you. I will just say one word about the outlook in sub‑Saharan Africa and then I will ask my colleague Deniz to come in to add more color and answer also the question on the demographic trends.

    So regional growth in sub‑Saharan Africa improved significantly last year, to 4 percent. And it will ease in 2025. And this is in line with a softer global outlook. So we are seeing the same forces at play in the region, as we are seeing more globally. And a downturn‑‑and a downward revision in our projection that is of a similar magnitude at about 0.4 percentage point. Deniz?

    Ms. Igan: Thank you for the question. So on the demographic shifts, our Chapter 2 basically points out that countries’ age structures are evolving at different rates, as you pointed out as well. We have most western economies, some Asian economies that are aging fast. And you know in a health way some of them. And then we have many sub‑Saharan African countries that have a very young population. And what the chapter shows is actually, there are important medium‑term consequences of that, both for growth, as well as external balances of countries.

    In Africa’s case, basically, what we would see is a demographic dividend coming from having a young population. And the question then becomes how best to leverage that, how best to use that and channel it into growth. And the answer there, first and foremost, depends on the structural reforms, the investment that’s necessary on healthcare, on education, on human capital more generally and also international cooperation because our Chapter 3 looks more carefully into migration flows. And again, there, we see migration policy shifts in destination countries has spillovers for other countries. And this is especially true for emerging market economies and lower income economies. So, again, international cooperation there, making sure that growth dividends are utilized in the best way is what we delve into in the chapter.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to go to the gentleman with‑‑raise your hand. Yeah. You. No, I am going back. Then I will go‑‑there you go.

    QUESTION: OK. I have a question about China’s growth.

    In your World Economic Outlook, you say China’s growth forecast has been cut to 4 percent for this year, which is a 0.6 percentage drop from an earlier projection. But China’s National Bureau of Statistics a couple of days ago predicted China’s growth GDP growth in the first quarter was 5.4 percent. So my question is, how do you see the disparity in the forecast? Is China more optimistic than you are? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. So, yes, we are revising our growth projections for China down by 0.6 percentage points, as you have noted. I should flag that this number does not incorporate the latest release for Q1. That came after we closed our round of projections. So this is not reflected there. And we will have to see how it affects our projections when we have our next round of WEO updates.

    But let me give you a little bit of perspective on the rationale behind our revision for China. The tariff increase in tariffs especially since China is one of the countries that is facing the most elevated tariffs right now, is going to have a very significant impact in our projections on the Chinese economy. In fact, when we do a decomposition, which I showed during my opening remarks, the impact of the tariffs on the Chinese economy would be a negative 1.3 percentage point revision on growth.

    So why do we only have 0.6? Well, because there are other factors that are helping to support Chinese growth in 2025 and 2026. One of which‑‑which is quite important‑‑is the fiscal support that has been announced since the beginning of the year. And that is adding up, something of the amount of 0.5 percentage points. So the impact of the current trade tensions is very significant. It’s partly offset. We expect it to remain quite significant also in 2026 when we also have a downward revision by about 0.5 percentage points.

    The other side of this, where we are seeing the impact of the tariffs is on inflation, which is revised down. Our headline inflation projection for 2025 is actually at zero. So it’s down from 0.8 percent to zero. So China is facing stronger deflationary forces as a result of these trade tensions.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am going to move to this side. The gentleman with the glasses here.

    QUESTION: What impact did the oil price also have in exporting and importing countries in the Middle East? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Go ahead.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So we have seen oil prices declining since our last projections, and the decline in oil prices in our and our interpretation is coming mostly from weaker global demand, so it’s the weakening of global activity that is driving the decline in prices. There has been some increase in supply coming from OPEC Plus countries, but broadly speaking, the decline is mostly coming from weaker demand.

    So that is going to play out in ways you sort of would expect. The commodity exporters are going to face lower export revenues from the decline in oil prices. That’s going to weigh on their fiscal outlook, on their growth.

    For those countries that are oil importers, it’s going to lower inflation pressures because that‑‑lower oil prices is going to feed into lower headline inflation. It’s going to also provide some modest support to economic activity there.

    Deniz, anything to add on oil prices or‑‑or Petya?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: No, I don’t.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to move to the center. I am going to get the gentleman with the white shirt there.

    QUESTION: h I am not going to ask another question about the U.K., you will be pleased to know. Over the last week we have seen a number of attacks by the White House on the independence of the Federal Reserve. How destabilizing do you think this might be for financial markets?

    Mr. Gourinchas: So central banks are facing a delicate moment. As I have explained in many countries, the impact of the tariffs is going to be to increase recessionary forces and it is going to lower price pressures. And that will help central banks cut interest rates faster and provide some support to their economies. But in other countries ‑‑ and in our projections, the U.S. is in that category‑‑the tariffs are going to increase price pressures. Price pressures in the U.S. are increasing for other reasons as well. Service prices have been quite‑‑inflation of service prices have been quite strong. And that is something that we are seeing already. But the tariffs are likely to increase price pressures. We are projecting inflation to remain at 3 percent in the U.S. this year, the same level as last year, headline inflation.

    So in that context, if you also think about where we are coming from, we are coming from a period of very elevated inflation. We are just coming off the cost‑of‑living crisis, a surge in inflation rates to double digits that we haven’t seen in more than a generation. So the critical thing is to make sure that inflation expectations remain anchored, that everyone remains convinced that central banks will do what is necessary to bring inflation back to central bank targets in an orderly manner. And central banks have instruments to do this. They have their interest rate instruments. They have various instruments of monetary policy. But one critical aspect of what they do is coming from their credibility. So central banks need to remain credible. And part of that credibility is built upon their central bank independence. And so from that perspective, it’s very important to preserve that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are going to have time for two questions. One of them is going back to WebEx. I see Weier, please. Come in.

    QUESTION: Yes.I have a question.

    You mentioned that the global economic system is being reset. And I am not sure if one of the early signs in the financial markets, as we see that the markets moving from American exceptionalism to the sort of sell the U.S. narrative. So could you assess the implications for the financial markets and the world economy, as a whole?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yeah, well we have seen some volatility in the markets, of course, whenever there is going to be potentially a significant change in the economic structure of the global economy. I think we are bound to see some reassessment. And investors are going to try to figure out what’s happening, and that’s going to inject volatility. And we are seeing some of that.

    The good news is a lot of that volatility we have seen in the last few weeks has not led to significant market dislocations or market stress to levels that would, for instance, have necessitated the interventions by central banks around the world.

    So whether you are looking at equity markets, whether you are looking at bond markets, whether you are looking at currency markets, what we are saying is a reassessment of the world we are in now and that means that there is a reassessment of valuations of risk assets, of different currencies. But that is happening in an orderly manner. So from that perspective, we are seeing a system that is quite resilient, that remained resilient but, of course, we are watching carefully and there has been some tightening of financial conditions and that’s something to be looking out for. We want to make sure that it doesn’t get to a level where the stress in the financial system would become too extreme.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The lady here in the first row has been waiting patiently. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose. I want to ask about the trading tensions impact on low‑income countries. You mentioned there are like downgrading for emerging markets but how about like those small countries who have lower income as a group, have you assessed the particular impact on them in these ongoing trade tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. Well thanks. For low‑income countries as a group, we are also seeing a downgrade in which we report in our report of 0.4 percentage points. We are expecting growth of 4.2 percent in 2025. So the 0.4 is very similar to what we are seeing at the aggregate levels, 0.5. So from that perspective it looks quite the same. However, there are also a lot of differences across countries, and when we look more carefully, you might see some vulnerable countries, especially in sub‑Saharan Africa. But elsewhere as well‑‑who could face very challenging conditions as a result of the tariffs in an environment in which many of the countries, low‑income countries have been facing a funding squeeze for a number of years now, private capital flows to this region have been drying up or have been coming on very expensive terms. We are seeing a drying up also of some official aid flows. So some of these countries have very limited fiscal space. Near a situation where the situation could become more challenging.

    Now, on the flip side, the fact that we are seeing commodity prices coming down for many commodities will help some of them. The commodity importers in that group will hurt the ones who are commodity exporters. And there are a number of countries among the low-income group that are commodity exporters, so that is adding some additional pressure on them.

    Mr. De Haro: I am going to make an exception and just one last question. I am going to go with the gentleman in the white shirt there. He has been waiting patiently, too. And don’t get frustrated. There are going to be many opportunities for you to ask questions.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose. AFP.

    I had a quick question about Spain because that’s the only countries among advanced economies where you had an upward revision. It’s going to be way better than the eurozone and even better than other advanced economies. What are the underlying reasons for that? And you formally talked much about tourism but are there any other things that might be pointed out? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes, indeed. Spain is doing better than its peers. Petya, would you like to talk about it?

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed. We are actually having an upgrade for Spain this year, which is a rare occurrence in the many, many downgrades that we have had for many other countries. This is partly because the Spanish economy just had such strong momentum in 2024, coming into 2025. And part of that was due to the very strong services exports as well as the very strong labor accumulation. Part of that related to immigration. But all of that being said, Spain is still being affected indirectly and directly by the tariffs and the uncertainty associated with that. It’s just that, as I said, that underlying [strength is kind of having a bigger impact in the near term. But then again, in 2026, we do project kind of a slowing of growth to about 1.8.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. And on that point, I want to thank you, everyone, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, Deniz, the Research Department, the Communications Department. Some reminders. Next press briefing is going to happen in this same room, Global Financial Stability Report, please stay tuned. Tomorrow you have the Fiscal Monitor, and then later in the week, you have the Managing Director’s press briefing and also all the regional press briefings that we have been talking about. Thank you very much for your time. If you have questions, comments, send them my way to media@imf.org and hopefully you have a great week. I am sure it’s going to be busy.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Jose De Haro

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Written question – Definition and declaration of an international health emergency – E-001491/2025

    Source: European Parliament

    Question for written answer  E-001491/2025
    to the Commission
    Rule 144
    Gerald Hauser (PfE)

    The Heritage Foundation’s ‘Project 2025’ analyses the disastrous COVID-19 policies of the WHO and governments worldwide and formulates the goal of ensuring a sensible preparation for the next health emergency. The COVID-19 pandemic has shown how disastrous the misguided and centralised COVID-19 policies were. Fundamental human rights, freedom of medical choice and the doctor-patient relationship were trampled underfoot in defiance of the facts. The number of deaths not attributable to COVID-19 rose sharply – and remains vastly higher than before. The public health system has lost the trust of the population.

    Before the next international health emergency, the health system needs to be fundamentally restructured to ensure a transparent, science-based and efficient response. Each of the excessive and factually unfounded measures taken during the pandemic – from lockdowns and school closures to mask mandates and vaccination requirements – was justified by the supposed ‘health emergency’ that had been declared. Significantly, however, no threshold has ever been defined to determine when a health emergency exists.

    • 1.What definition of ‘health emergency’ is used in the EU and internationally, and what criteria must definitely be met for it to be declared?
    • 2.Can the EU declare an international health emergency on its own, without the WHO, or is that something only the WHO can do?
    • 3.What does the Commission consider to be the prerequisites for a health emergency to be declared in the EU?

    Submitted: 10.4.2025

    Last updated: 22 April 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Answer to a written question – Outbreak of a mysterious infectious disease in the Democratic Republic of the Congo – E-002832/2024(ASW)

    Source: European Parliament

    The Commission and the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) have been monitoring the disease outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) via epidemic intelligence and regular contacts with the World Health Organisation (WHO) and the African CDC (Af-CDC).

    The Health Security Committee held an ad-hoc meeting on the topic on 12 December 2024[1]. The WHO Regional Office for Africa provided an overview of the epidemiological situation and informed on mortality, severity, and etiological agents. The ECDC explained that the risk posed to EU/European Economic Area countries is low.

    On 27 December 2024, the WHO informed that the undiagnosed disease reported in the DRC’s Kwango province is due to the combination of malaria and common respiratory infections in groups facing food insecurity[2].

    The Af-CDC receives support via the EU4Health and the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument — Global Europe (NDICI-GE)[3] Programmes to strengthen its prevention, preparedness and response capacities (PPRC) for emerging epidemics.

    The Commission works to strengthen third countries’ health systems, including in the DRC, to support their PPRC through Global, regional and bilateral programmes[4].

    The Commission acts against serious cross-border threats to health (SCBTH) with a variety of tools and mechanisms defined in Regulations 851/2004[5], 2022/2371[6] and 2022/2372[7] and Decision No 1313/2013/EU[8].

    It is developing a Union PPR plan to promote a coordinated response to SCBTH. It will consider provisions on joint arrangements for governance, capacities and resources, and cross-border interregional preparedness elements[9].

    • [1] https://health.ec.europa.eu/document/download/5c977252-7aa8-4219-a57b-b853bb2531d1_en?filename=security_20241212_sr_en.pdf
    • [2] As published in WHO’s Disease Outbreak News Item https://www.who.int/emergencies/disease-outbreak-news/item/2024-DON547
    • [3] https://enlargement.ec.europa.eu/funding-technical-assistance/neighbourhood-development-and-international-cooperation-instrument-global-europe-ndici-global-europe_en
    • [4] E.g.: the Pandemic Fund, Global Fund, Gavi Alliance, etc.
    • [5] https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02004R0851-20221226
    • [6] http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2371/oj
    • [7] https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=OJ:L:2022:314:FULL&from=EN
    • [8] https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02013D1313-20231218
    • [9] As included in Regulation (EU) 2022/2371 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 November 2022 on serious cross-border threats to health and repealing Decision No 1082/2013/EU http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2371/oj
    Last updated: 22 April 2025

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Jefferson, Economic Mobility and the Dual Mandate

    Source: US State of New York Federal Reserve

    Thank you, Dr. Singleton, for the kind introduction and for the opportunity to speak here today.1 It is great to be back in Philadelphia, and I look forward to today’s discussions on economic mobility.

    As monetary policymakers, my colleagues and I on the Federal Open Market Committee do not have direct control over economic mobility in the U.S. Our key monetary policy tools are not designed to address this issue, nor is economic mobility part of our mandate. However, our dual mandate of maximum employment and price stability has implications for a wide range of economic outcomes, including economic mobility. This leads to many important questions about the relationship between the dual mandate and economic mobility. In my remarks, I want to address two such questions. First, does meeting the dual mandate facilitate economic mobility? And second, does economic mobility matter for the conduct of monetary policy?
    In today’s talk, I will discuss my views on these questions, but I will not be able to provide definitive answers. Rather, I hope that posing these questions and relaying some of my own thoughts will lead to further discussions during this conference and beyond. Before turning to these questions, let me start with a brief overview of intergenerational mobility in the U.S.
    Taking Stock of Economic MobilityEconomic mobility, the ability to move up the economic ladder, is at the heart of the American dream. We tell our children that in the U.S., if you work hard and play by the rules, you can have a secure and successful financial future no matter where you start. We continue to believe strongly in this part of the American dream and remain optimistic that hard work is a primary determinant of later-life success. In a survey from 2019, when respondents were asked which factors are essential or very important to getting ahead in life, nearly 90 percent identified hard work, and only 30 percent indicated coming from a wealthy family.2
    Policymakers have long been aware of the importance of economic mobility. To illustrate that, let me share a quote from former Federal Reserve Chair Ben Bernanke: “Equality of economic opportunity appeals to our sense of fairness, certainly, but it also strengthens our economy. If each person is free to develop and apply his or her talents to the greatest extent possible, then both the individual and the economy benefit.”3
    With these sentiments of what Americans and policymakers think and feel about mobility in mind, let me turn to some evidence on economic mobility in the U.S. One common way to measure economic mobility is to relate an individual’s income in adulthood to their family income during childhood. The measure I am showing here—from Harvard economist Raj Chetty and coauthors—is likely familiar to many of you.4 It shows a relative intergenerational mobility measure, also known as the “rank–rank” relationship. This measure relates a child’s ranking in the income distribution as an adult, shown on the vertical axis, to the child’s family income rank during childhood, shown on the horizontal axis.
    The upward slope of the line implies that children born into lower-income families tend to be lower on the income distribution as adults. For example, a child born to the richest parents is, on average, 30 percentage points higher in the income distribution as an adult compared with a child born to the poorest parents. This difference in the relative standing in the income distribution as an adult translates into meaningful differences in earnings levels. To put this in perspective, consider two children who grow up to be 30 percentile points apart on the earnings distribution as adults, with one at the 80th percentile and the other at the 50th percentile. The child who grows up to be at the 80th percentile of the distribution as an adult will earn roughly twice as much compared with the child at the 50th percentile.5
    In addition to having lower earnings as adults, children born into lower-income families are more likely to experience outcomes that can negatively affect their success in the labor market later in life. Girls born into the bottom decile of the family income distribution are about 10 times more likely to become teenage mothers compared with those born to top-decile families.6 Boys born into bottom-decile families are roughly 20 times more likely to be incarcerated in their thirties compared with boys from families in the top decile.7 Teen pregnancy and incarceration are extreme examples of barriers to labor market success that differentially affect children from lower-income families. More generally, there are numerous reasons that any individual may struggle in the labor market, including skill mismatches and lack of proper training or education.
    Does Meeting the Dual Mandate Facilitate Economic Mobility?Now, let me turn to the Fed’s dual mandate and discuss how working toward maximum employment and price stability helps set the stage for broad-based success generally, and how this may provide favorable conditions for upward mobility.
    Consider my first question: Does meeting the dual mandate facilitate economic mobility? To help answer this question, I want to revisit remarks I delivered earlier this year about the implications of noninflationary expansions on shared prosperity.8 Specifically, I am reflecting on the economic expansion that followed the 2007–09 Global Financial Crisis (GFC). During that period, the economy expanded for 128 consecutive months, making it the longest economic expansion in U.S. history.
    As shown in figure 2, the aggregate unemployment rate fell steadily from a peak of 10 percent in October 2009 to 3.5 percent in September 2019, the lowest level recorded in nearly 50 years. The labor market in this period was remarkable in terms of broad-based gains seen across demographic groups, which contributed to a historic narrowing of employment differentials. To illustrate this point, let’s add in unemployment rates by levels of education, as shown in figure 3. In 2019, the unemployment rate gaps between workers with less than a high school education, the solid green line near the top of the chart, and those who had attained at least a bachelor’s degree, the solid orange line closer to the bottom, were near multidecade lows. Further, the strong pre-pandemic labor market drew many new participants into the labor force, including teens and younger workers whose employment prospects, and even long-term career trajectories, are especially sensitive to the cyclical state of the economy.9 These are the types of labor market conditions that the economist Arthur Okun speculated would increase upward mobility.10 In a tight labor market, when individuals move up the job ladder, they create openings for newer or less educated workers.
    Moving on to earnings, figure 4 shows that nominal wage growth increased steadily following the GFC. As with gains in employment, the strong labor market was especially beneficial for some groups. To demonstrate that, let’s turn to figure 5, which shows wage growth for different earnings levels. Wage growth for the bottom half of earners, the dashed red line, started to pick up about five years into the expansion, and by 2017, it was notably stronger compared with that for workers in the top half of the earnings distribution, the solid blue line.11 These differences in wage growth are important. As the bottom of the distribution catches up to higher earners, wage inequality declines. These are also dynamics that can facilitate upward economic mobility.
    Let me now turn to the second component of the dual mandate, price stability. While some long economic expansions have led to an unwelcome rise in prices, inflation remained low and stable during the economic expansion following the GFC. Indeed, Federal Reserve policymakers were grappling with inflation somewhat below, rather than above, the longer-run 2 percent target, as shown in figure 6.
    Low and stable inflation is important for individuals and businesses for a variety of reasons. It ensures that the nominal wage gains I just discussed are not eroded in real terms and that necessities remain affordable. In addition, it helps individuals and families plan for major purchases, such as a car or home, and for major expenses, including retirement and college.
    I want to highlight one of these major expenses—higher education—as attending college is an important pathway for upward mobility. Looking at figure 7, higher education inflation is shown by the red line. A variety of factors affect the cost of college generally, including student loan costs, state funding, and administrative overhead. Nonetheless, when inflation was low for an extended period during the economic expansion that followed the GFC, we also saw a moderation in the growth of higher education costs.12
    To illustrate the importance of college attendance for mobility, let me return to the rank–rank intergenerational mobility relationship I showed earlier. As before, the darkest dots show the national child-income-rank-to-parent-income-rank relationship. Now consider how this relationship looks across different types of higher education. The red line shows elite four-year colleges, the green line shows the remaining four-year institutions, and the lighter-blue line shows two-year schools. As you can see from the colored lines, the relationship between family income rank and later-life income rank is weaker—that is, the slope of the line is flatter—within each type of college than it is nationally.
    The flatter slope indicates that outcomes for children from lower-income families are more similar to outcomes for children from higher-income families within each college type than they are overall. In this way, higher education is an important source of upward mobility for many youths and a pathway to a more secure financial future. Of course, the relatively steeper national relationship holds because there are meaningful differences in college enrollment over the family income distribution.
    Going back to my initial question, I asked whether meeting the dual mandate facilitates economic mobility. I think that achieving the dual mandate sets the conditions for all individuals to succeed, including those moving up the economic ladder. The evidence suggests that long noninflationary expansions are associated with narrower gaps in employment and earnings, and that lower-wage and less-educated workers benefit disproportionately from sustained periods of strong economic growth. Further, achieving price stability allows individuals and households to plan for and make investments in human capital, such as attending college, that may allow individuals to move up the income distribution.13
    Does Economic Mobility Matter for the Conduct of Monetary Policy?Before I conclude, I want to return to my second question: Does economic mobility matter for the conduct of monetary policy? As I mentioned earlier, economic mobility is not part of the Federal Reserve’s mandate, and our monetary policy tools are blunt instruments for affecting economic mobility. For example, interest rates affect the entire economy, not targeted populations, and rate changes operate through financial markets rather than directly influencing labor market outcomes.
    One way that economic mobility could matter for the conduct of monetary policy is if the goals of monetary policy are easier to achieve in a high-mobility society compared with one with low mobility. I do not know if this is true, but let me offer some conjectures. I think that a society with relatively higher mobility may allow for more efficient transmission of monetary policy. In a dynamic economy with relatively more upward mobility, individuals may have greater incentives to be proactive in the job market. They may seek new and better job opportunities, which could allow for a quicker path to maximum employment following economic downturns. Further, individuals and households may hold additional savings for increased investments in human capital when mobility is relatively higher, allowing for more effective transmission of monetary policy. Stepping back, I pose this question not to offer a definitive answer, but rather to serve as one potential starting point for your discussions here today.
    ConclusionLet me conclude by pointing out that the patterns we observe in our economy, including those for economic mobility, are not predetermined. Outcomes can and will change as we learn more about effective strategies to improve and maintain economic mobility in the U.S. By joining in these conversations here today, and by continuing to research and describe the patterns of economic mobility, you are helping society understand the dynamics of our economy better and find new and innovative ways to help keep the American dream of economic mobility alive and well. Thank you.
    ReferencesAutor, David H. (2014). “Skills, Education, and the Rise of Earnings Inequality among the ‘Other 99 Percent,’ ” Science, vol. 344 (May), pp. 843–51.
    Bernanke, Ben S. (2007). “The Level and Distribution of Economic Well-Being,” speech delivered at the Greater Omaha Chamber of Commerce, Omaha, Neb., February 6.
    Bleemer, Zachary, and Basit Zafar (2018). “Intended College Attendance: Evidence from an Experiment on College Returns and Costs,” Journal of Public Economics, vol. 157 (January), pp. 184–211.
    Card, David (1999). “Chapter 30 – The Causal Effect of Education on Earnings,” in Orley C. Ashenfelter and David Card, eds., Handbook of Labor Economics, vol. 3A. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science, pp. 1801–63.
    Chetty, Raj, John N. Friedman, Emmanuel Saez, Nicholas Turner, and Danny Yagan (2020). “Income Segregation and Intergenerational Mobility across Colleges in the United States,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 135 (August), pp. 1567–1633.
    Chetty, Raj, Nathaniel Hendren, Patrick Kline, and Emmanuel Saez (2014). “Where Is the Land of Opportunity? The Geography of Intergenerational Mobility in the United States,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 129 (November), pp. 1553–1623.
    ISSP Research Group (2022). International Social Survey Programme: Social Inequality V – ISSP 2019. GESIS, Cologne. ZA7600 Data file Version 3.0.0.
    Jefferson, Philip N. (2025). “Do Non-inflationary Economic Expansions Promote Shared Prosperity? Evidence from the U.S. Labor Market,” speech delivered at Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa., February 5.
    Looney, Adam, and Nicholas Turner (2018). “Work and Opportunity before and after Incarceration (PDF),” Economic Studies at Brookings. Washington: Brookings Institution, March.
    Okun, Arthur M. (1973). “Upward Mobility in a High-Pressure Economy (PDF),” Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, no. 1, pp. 207–61.
    Oreopoulos, Philip, Till von Wachter, and Andrew Heisz (2012). “The Short- and Long-Term Career Effects of Graduating in a Recession,” American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, vol. 4 (January), pp. 1–29.
    Wolla, Scott A., Guillaume Vandenbroucke, and Cameron Tucker (2023). “Is College Still Worth the High Price? Weighing Costs and Benefits of Investing in Human Capital,” Page One Economics. St. Louis: Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, September 1.
    Zimmerman, Seth D. (2014). “The Returns to College Admission for Academically Marginal Students,” Journal of Labor Economics, vol. 32 (October), pp. 711–54.

    1. The views expressed here are my own and are not necessarily those of my colleagues on the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Open Market Committee. Return to text
    2. The data are Federal Reserve Board staff calculations for U.S. respondents in the International Social Survey Programme: Social Inequality V. See IISP Research Group (2022). Return to text
    3. See Bernanke (2007), quoted text in paragraph 1. Return to text
    4. In figure 1, parent and child linkages and incomes are based on population-level tax data. The sample includes children born between 1980 and 1982. Parent income for these children is the average of total pretax family income when the child is between the ages of 15 and 19. Later-life income for these children is measured in 2014 when the child is between the ages of 32 and 34 and is defined as total individual pretax income. See Chetty and others (2020). Return to text
    5. Earnings are, on average, just under $56,000 at the 80th percentile of the child earnings distribution, compared with just under $27,000 at the 50th percentile. See Chetty and others (2020). Return to text
    6. See Chetty and others (2014). Return to text
    7. See Looney and Turner (2018). Return to text
    8. See Jefferson (2025). Return to text
    9. See Oreopoulos, von Wachter, and Heisz (2012). Return to text
    10. See Okun (1973). Return to text
    11. Nominal wages in the figure are measured by the Atlanta Fed’s Wage Growth Tracker. Series show 12-month moving averages of the median percent change in the nominal hourly wage of individuals observed 12 months apart. Workers are assigned to wage quantiles based on the average of their wage reports in both the Current Population Survey and outgoing rotation group interviews. Workers in the lowest 50 percent of the average wage distribution are assigned to the bottom half, and those in the top 50 percent are assigned to the top half. Return to text
    12. There are limitations to this measure of higher education costs, as it is volatile and may not reflect the underlying net price that students pay. However, list tuition prices have been shown to be salient for many families when making college enrollment decisions. For example, see Bleemer and Zafar (2018). Return to text
    13. Despite the rising cost of college, research consistently shows a positive return to higher education for most students. See Wolla, Vandenbroucke, and Tucker (2023), Autor (2014), Zimmerman (2014), and Card (1999). Return to text

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Global: Is backing Welsh independence the same as being a nationalist? Not necessarily

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Robin Mann, Reader in Sociology, Bangor University

    Over the past few years, support for Welsh independence has grown in ways not seen before. A recent poll commissioned by YesCymru, a pro-independence campaign group, found that 41% of people who’ve made up their minds on the issue would now vote in favour of independence.

    The striking finding is that the number jumps to 72% among 25-to-34 year olds. Meanwhile older generations, particularly those aged 65 and up, remain firmly in the “no” camp, with 80% opposed.

    This does seem a big shift in public mood. But does it mean Wales is becoming more nationalist? Not exactly.

    The relationship between constitutional attitudes and nationalism is complicated, as research by myself and colleagues shows. Many people back independence for reasons that have less to do with feeling strongly Welsh or waving flags, and more to do with wanting better decision-making closer to home.

    During 2021, as part of a broader research project on Welsh people’s views on the COVID pandemic and vaccination, we spoke to people from different ages, backgrounds and locations. Some were vaccinated, others weren’t. Some had voted in elections while others hadn’t voted in years, if ever.

    Many people we talked to felt the Welsh government had done a better job than Westminster at handling the pandemic. They saw the decisions made in Wales – like keeping stricter rules in place when England relaxed theirs – as more sensible, more caring, and more in line with what they personally wanted from a government. And with that came a confidence that Wales could handle even more control over its own affairs.

    Historically, Welsh nationalism was tightly linked to the Welsh language and culture. Self-government was always a part of the conversation, but not necessarily the main driver. That started changing in the late 20th century.

    In 1979, Wales voted against devolution. In 1997, it narrowly voted in favour. After that, things slowly began to shift. And now, more than 25 years into devolution, support for some form of self-government is the mainstream view. Independence is no longer such a fringe idea.

    Interestingly, younger generations are far more open to it – and many of them aren’t what you’d typically think of as nationalists. They may not speak Welsh or see themselves as “political” in the traditional sense. Their support often comes from practical concerns about the economy, democracy and how decisions are made.

    External events like Brexit have clearly played a role. In fact, the YesCymru campaign was formed just before the EU referendum in 2016. Independence support surged afterwards, especially among Remain voters.

    Many saw the Brexit fallout, as well as austerity, as proof that Westminster didn’t reflect their values or priorities. This showed how disruptive events can reshape the way people see their place within the UK.

    Independence without nationalism?

    One of the more surprising findings in our research – echoed in the 2025 polling – is that support for independence doesn’t always come from people who are politically engaged or pro-devolution. In fact, some support came from people who hadn’t voted in years, or felt completely disillusioned with the political system.

    They expressed their support for independence through statements like: “They [the Welsh government] all need to go, but if I pay tax in Wales I want it to stay in Wales and be spent here.”

    We also found a lot of people sitting on the fence. They weren’t against independence, but they had big questions about it. Would it mean isolation? Would it lead to more division?

    One person told us: “I’m a little bit nationalistic, but I didn’t want the UK to leave the EU. So why would I want Wales to leave the UK?” Another said: “I don’t believe in borders, but I do think the Welsh government should run things.”

    These aren’t black-and-white views. People’s feelings about independence – and nationalism – are often full of contradictions. And this reflects the wider truth that ordinary political views are often messy. Most of us don’t live in the extremes, and this is a good thing.

    What’s also worth noting is that nationalism takes many forms. Some people who strongly oppose Welsh independence do so from a very rightwing populist-nationalist perspective, where calls to abolish the Senedd (Welsh parliament) sit alongside demands for hard borders and less immigration. So, the assumption that “independence equals nationalism” isn’t always true – and nor is the reverse.

    Could independence really happen?

    Wales isn’t alone in debating big questions about its future. In places such as Scotland, Catalonia and Flanders, political and economic crises can fuel movements for independence. In all these cases, trust in central government and a desire for more local fiscal control have played a major role.

    For Wales, the question often comes back to the economy. While faith in Wales’s ability to govern is growing, many still worry whether an independent Wales could stand on its own financially. And for a lot of undecided voters, that remains the sticking point. For this reason, granting Wales more powers through devolution might do more to stave off demands for independence than anything else.




    Read more:
    Devolving justice and policing to Wales would put it on par with Scotland and Northern Ireland – so what’s holding it back?


    But the conversation is shifting. Support for independence is no longer just about nationalist grievances. It’s about how people want to be governed, and about trust and responsiveness.

    So, does supporting Welsh independence make you a nationalist? Not necessarily. For many, it’s not about nationalism at all.

    Robin Mann receives funding from the Economic and Social Research Council and the British Academy. He is a Reader in Sociology at Bangor University and also Co-director of the Wales Institute of Social and Economic Research and Data (WISERD).

    ref. Is backing Welsh independence the same as being a nationalist? Not necessarily – https://theconversation.com/is-backing-welsh-independence-the-same-as-being-a-nationalist-not-necessarily-254354

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: Some politicians who share harmful information are rewarded with more clicks, study finds

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Yu-Ru Lin, Associate Professor of Computing and Information, University of Pittsburgh

    The likes pour in for some politicians who post misinformation. J Studios/DigitalVision via Getty Images

    What happens when politicians post false or toxic messages online? My team and I found evidence that suggests U.S. state legislators can increase or decrease their public visibility by sharing unverified claims or using uncivil language during times of high political tension. This raises questions about how social media platforms shape public opinion and, intentionally or not, reward certain behaviors.

    I’m a computational social scientist, and my team builds tools to study political communication on social media. In our latest study we looked at what types of messages made U.S. state legislators stand out online during 2020 and 2021 – a time marked by the pandemic, the 2020 election and the Jan. 6 Capitol riot. We focused on two types of harmful content: low-credibility information and uncivil language such as insults or extreme statements. We measured their impact based on how widely a post was liked, shared or commented on on Facebook and X, at the time Twitter.

    Our study found that this harmful content is linked to increased visibility for posters. However, the effects vary. For example, Republican legislators who posted low-credibility information were more likely to receive greater online attention, a pattern not observed among Democrats. In contrast, posting uncivil content generally reduced visibility, particularly for lawmakers at ideological extremes.

    Why it matters

    Social media platforms such as Facebook and X have become one of the main stages for political debate and persuasion. Politicians use them to reach voters, promote their agendas, rally supporters and attack rivals. But some of their posts get far more attention than others.

    Earlier research showed that false information spreads faster and reaches wider audiences than factual content. Platform algorithms often push content that makes people angry or emotional higher in feeds. At the same time, uncivil language can deepen divisions and make people lose trust in democratic processes.

    When platforms reward harmful content with increased visibility, politicians have an incentive to post such messages, because increased visibility can lead directly to greater media attention and potentially more voter support. Our findings raise concerns that platform algorithms may unintentionally reward divisive or misleading behavior.

    Political misinformation has burgeoned in recent years.

    When harmful content becomes a winning strategy for politicians to stand out, it can distort public debates, deepen polarization and make it harder for voters to find trustworthy information.

    How we did our work

    We gathered nearly 4 million tweets and half a million Facebook posts from over 6,500 U.S. state legislators during 2020 and 2021. We used machine learning techniques to determine causal relationships between content and visibility.

    The techniques allowed us to compare posts that were similar in almost every aspect except that one had harmful content and the other didn’t. By measuring the difference in how widely those posts were seen or shared, we could estimate how much visibility was gained or lost due solely to that harmful content.

    What other research is being done

    Most research on harmful content has focused on national figures or social media influencers. Our study instead examined state legislators, who significantly shape state-level laws on issues such as education, health and public safety but typically receive less media coverage and fact-checking.

    State legislators often escape broad scrutiny, which creates opportunities for misinformation and toxic content to spread unchecked. This makes their online activities especially important to understand.

    What’s next

    We plan on conducting ongoing analyses to determine whether the patterns we found during the intense years of 2020 and 2021 persist over time. Do platforms and audiences continue rewarding low-credibility information, or is that effect temporary?

    We also plan to examine how changes in moderation policies such as X’s shift to less oversight or Facebook’s end of human fact-checking affect what gets seen and shared. Finally, we want to better understand how people react to harmful posts: Are they liking them, sharing them in outrage, or trying to correct them?

    Building on our current findings, this line of research can help shape smarter platform design, more effective digital literacy efforts and stronger protections for healthy political conversation.

    The Research Brief is a short take on interesting academic work.

    Yu-Ru Lin receives funding from external funding agencies such as the National Science Foundation (NSF).

    ref. Some politicians who share harmful information are rewarded with more clicks, study finds – https://theconversation.com/some-politicians-who-share-harmful-information-are-rewarded-with-more-clicks-study-finds-252491

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: I study local government and Hurricane Helene forced me from my home − here’s how rural towns and counties in North Carolina and beyond cooperate to rebuild

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Jay Rickabaugh, Assistant Professor of Public Administration, North Carolina State University

    Last year was a record year for disasters in the United States. A new report from the British charity International Institute for Environment and Development finds that 90 disasters were declared nationwide in 2024, from wildfires in California to Hurricane Helene in North Carolina.

    The average number of annual disasters in the U.S. is about 55.

    The Federal Emergency Management Agency provides funding and recovery assistance to states after disasters. President Donald Trump criticized the agency in January 2025 when he visited hurricane-stricken western North Carolina. Though 41% of Americans lived in an area affected by disaster in 2024, according to the institute’s report, the Trump administration is reportedly working to abolish or dramatically diminish FEMA’s operations.

    “FEMA has been a very big disappointment. They cost a tremendous amount of money. It’s very bureaucratic, and it’s very slow,” Trump declared, saying he thought states were better positioned to “take care of problems” after a disaster.

    “A governor can handle something very quickly,” he said.

    Trump’s remarks have prompted a heated response, including proposals to fundamentally overhaul – but not abolish – federal disaster recovery.

    But I believe the current discussion about FEMA handling U.S. disasters puts the emphasis in the wrong place.

    As a scholar who researches how small and rural local governments cooperate, I believe this public debate demonstrates that many people fundamentally misunderstand how disaster recovery actually works, especially in rural areas, where locally directed efforts are particularly key to that recovery.

    I know this from personal experience, too: I am a resident of Watauga County, in western North Carolina, and I evacuated during Hurricane Helene after landslides severely impaired the roads around my home.

    When disaster strikes

    Here, in short, is what happens after a disaster.

    Federal legislation from 1988 called the Stafford Act gives governors the power to declare disasters. If the president agrees and also declares the region a disaster, that puts federal programs and activities in motion.

    Yet local officials are generally involved from the very start of this process. Governors usually seek input from state and local emergency managers and other municipal officials before making a disaster declaration, and it is local officials who begin the disaster response.

    That’s because small and rural local governments actually have the most local knowledge to lead recovery efforts in their area after a disaster.

    Local officials determine conditions on the ground, coordinate search and rescue, and help bring utilities and other infrastructure back online. They have relationships with community members that can inform decision-making. For example, a county senior center will know which residents receive Meals on Wheels and might need a wellness check after disaster.

    However, small towns cannot do all this alone. They need FEMA’s money and resources, and that can present a problem. The process of applying and complying with the requirements of the grants is incredibly complex and burdensome. According to FEMA’s website, there are eight phases in the disaster aid process, composed of 28 steps that range from “preliminary damage assesment” to “recovery scoping video” to “compliance reviews” and “reconciliation.” Getting through these eight phases takes years.

    If you think this FEMA graphic shows a simple, straightforward process, there might be a job for you in emergency managment.
    Public Assistance’s Consolidated Resource Centers’ 2022 New Hire Training, Federal Emergency Management Agency.

    Larger cities and counties frequently have dedicated staff that apply for disaster aid and ensure compliance with regulations. But smaller governments can struggle to apply for and administer state or federal grants on their own – especially after a disaster, when demands are so high.

    That’s where regional intergovernmental organizations come in. Every region has its own name for these entities. They’re often called councils of government, regional planning commissions or area development districts. My colleagues and I call them RIGOs, for their initials.

    What is a RIGO?

    No matter the name, RIGOs are collaborative bodies that allow local governments to cooperate for services and programs they might not otherwise be able to afford. Bringing together local elected officials from usually about three to five counties, RIGOs help local officials cooperate to address the shared needs of everyone in their area. They do this in normal times; they also do this when disasters strike.

    RIGOs operate throughout most of the U.S., in big cities and rural areas, in turbulent times and in calm. They serve different needs in different regions, but in all cases, RIGOs bring together local elected officials to solve common problems.

    One example of this in western North Carolina is the Digital Seniors project, launched during COVID-19. Here, the local RIGO is called the Southwestern Commission. In 2021, the RIGO area agency on aging coordinated with the Fontana Regional Library to help dozens of elders who had never been connected to the internet get online during the pandemic. The Southwestern Commission used its relationships with the local senior centers to identify people who needed the service, and the library had access to hot spots and laptops through a grant from the state of North Carolina.

    In rural areas, RIGOs work alongside regional business and nonprofits to allow local governments to offer regular services and programs they might not otherwise be able to afford, such as public transportation, senior citizen services or economic development.

    Part of that work is helping member governments navigate the maze of federal and state funding opportunities for the projects they hope to get done, often by employing a specialized grant administrator. Each small local government may not have enough work or revenue to justify such a staff member, but many together have the workload and funding to hire someone specially trained to abide by the rules of funding from states and the federal government.

    This system helps small local governments receive their fair share in federal grant money and report back on how the money was spent.

    Transparency, technical compliance and action

    Disasters rarely respect borders. That’s why governments generally work together to distribute grant money for rebuilding communities.

    In the summer of 2022, eastern Kentucky faced deadly flooding after receiving about 15 inches of rain over four days – 600% above normal. The North Fork of the Kentucky River crested at approximately 21 feet, killing over two dozen people and damaging 9,000 homes and more than 100 businesses.

    A volunteer helps to clear debris in Perry County, Ky., after the historic floods of August 2022.
    Michael Swensen/Getty Images

    The Kentucky River Area Development District, a RIGO representing eight counties, played a key role in the area’s recovery. It secured millions in FEMA aid and maintained critical services, including expanded food delivery and transportation for elderly residents.

    Similarly, after disastrous flooding hit Vermont in 2023 and 2024, another RIGO, the Central Vermont Regional Planning Commission, jumped into action. It quickly provided emergency communication to the 23 small villages and towns in its region and has since supported local governments applying for grants and reimbursements.

    Today, it continues to assist in Vermont’s disaster planning and flood mitigation. This is also part of the recovery process.

    Local control

    Rebuilding after a disaster is a long, arduous process. It begins after national journalists and politicians have left the area and continues for years. That would be true no matter how Trump restructures emergency aid: The damage is massive, and so is the repair.

    For example, here’s how western North Carolina looks six months after Helene: Most businesses have reopened, most folks have running water again, and people can drive in and out of the area.

    But many roads are still full of broken pavement. Mud from landslides presses up against the sides of the highway, and condemned housing teeters on the edge of ravaged creek beds.

    A storm-damaged apartment complex in Swannanoa, N.C., in March 2025.
    Sean Rayford/Getty Images

    It is, in other words, too soon to see the full impact of local government efforts to rebuild my region. But RIGOs across the region are hiring additional temporary staff to help local governments get federal money and comply with complex guidelines. Their support ensures that decisions affecting North Carolinians are voted on by the city and county leaders they elected – not decreed by governors or handed down from Washington, D.C.

    Locally led rebuilding is slow and difficult work, yes. But it is, in my opinion, the most community-responsive way to deal with disaster.

    Jaylen Peacox, a graduate student in public administration at North Carolina State University, contributed to this story.

    Jay Rickabaugh receives grant funding from the National Science Foundation. Any opinions, findings, conclusions, or recommendations expressed are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the National Science Foundation.

    ref. I study local government and Hurricane Helene forced me from my home − here’s how rural towns and counties in North Carolina and beyond cooperate to rebuild – https://theconversation.com/i-study-local-government-and-hurricane-helene-forced-me-from-my-home-heres-how-rural-towns-and-counties-in-north-carolina-and-beyond-cooperate-to-rebuild-248606

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI: MoneyHero Offers End-to-End Car Insurance Purchase Journey in Hong Kong through Strategic Partnership with bolttech

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HONG KONG, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MoneyHero Limited (NASDAQ: MNY) (“MoneyHero” or the “Company”), a leading personal finance aggregation and comparison platform, as well as a digital insurance brokerage provider in Greater Southeast Asia, today announced the launch of its end-to-end car insurance purchasing journey in Hong Kong. In collaboration with global insurtech bolttech, this innovative enhancement enables customers to compare and receive real-time insurance quotes while seamlessly completing their entire car insurance purchase directly on MoneyHero’s platform—an industry milestone in Hong Kong.

    Enhancing Car Insurance Experience with AI Capabilities

    The enhanced platform allows customers to:

    • Compare real-time quotes from leading insurers
    • Customize coverage options based on their needs
    • Purchase policies instantly without redirection to third-party sites
    • Receive immediate confirmation and policy issuance

    By integrating bolttech’s advanced insurance exchange technology, MoneyHero ensures accuracy, efficiency, and a fast, hassle-free experience for customers. This launch marks a major advancement for MoneyHero, building on its initial strategic partnership with bolttech previously announced on October 8, 2024, which introduced real-time car insurance pricing comparisons. With the introduction of a fully integrated purchasing experience, customers can now enjoy unparalleled convenience, a streamlined process, and expedited policy issuance.

    Hong Kong’s motor vehicle business recorded gross written premiums of over HK$5 billion1, with insurance penetration in Hong Kong reaching 17.2% in 20232 — offering a compelling opportunity for transformation through data-driven, embedded distribution. For insurers, this enhancement translates to a higher volume of policies sold and improved customer acquisition, solidifying MoneyHero’s position as a valuable digital distribution partner in the evolving insurance landscape.

    A Stronger Digital Insurance Offering

    The introduction of this fully integrated car insurance journey aligns with MoneyHero’s strategic pillars of leading the insurance brokerage and enhancing its conversion expertise. MoneyHero’s platform has already demonstrated impressive results with travel insurance, achieving conversion rates up to two times higher due to its seamless end-to-end purchasing model. MoneyHero anticipates similar success with car insurance, which will drive increased sales for insurers and contribute to robust revenue growth.

    Strong Insurance Growth and Market Expansion

    MoneyHero’s insurance business has emerged as a significant growth driver, with revenues from this vertical increasing by 54% year-over-year in the first nine months of 2024. The Company expects full-year 2024 growth in its insurance business surpassing its Q3 level of 9.5% of its group revenue, driven by the expansion of end-to-end purchasing journeys across multiple insurance categories.

    This enhancement builds on the success of MoneyHero’s travel insurance platform, which has experienced strong adoption and improved conversion rates due to its streamlined purchasing process. In the upcoming quarters, the Company plans to further enhance insurance purchasing experience across other markets and product lines, ensuring the Company remains at the forefront of innovation in the industry.

    Rohith Murthy, CEO of MoneyHero, said: “Customers increasingly seek a seamless experience where they can compare, select, and purchase insurance all in one place. With this launch in Hong Kong, we are not only streamlining the car insurance shopping process—we are fully embracing the entire purchasing journey. Our data indicates that end-to-end insurance transactions yield significantly higher conversion rates, and we anticipate strong adoption in Hong Kong. This initiative represents a natural evolution of our partnership with bolttech3, and we believe we have found the perfect partner to enhance our offerings. Together, we are taking a pivotal step toward positioning MoneyHero as the go-to destination for digital insurance in the region. With bolttech’s technological expertise and commitment to innovation, we are confident in our ability to significantly improve the purchase experience for our customers.”

    Philip Weiner, CEO for Asia and Middle East of bolttech added: “Following our partnership announcement late last year, we are excited to be heading into the next stage with MoneyHero. Our insurance exchange platform will enable them to deliver a more intuitive and transparent user experience, enhancing the overall car insurance purchasing journey for consumers in Hong Kong. Together with MoneyHero, we look forward to bringing more value-added services to consumers.”

    About MoneyHero Group

    MoneyHero Limited (NASDAQ: MNY) is a leading personal finance aggregation and comparison platform, as well as a digital insurance brokerage provider in Greater Southeast Asia. The Company operates in Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan and the Philippines.  Its brand portfolio includes B2C platforms MoneyHero, SingSaver, Money101, Moneymax and Seedly, as well as the B2B platform Creatory.  The Company also retains an equity stake in Malaysian fintech company, Jirnexu Pte. Ltd., parent company of Jirnexu Sdn. Bhd., the operator of RinggitPlus, Malaysia’s largest operating B2C platform. MoneyHero had over 270 commercial partner relationships as at September 30, 2024, and had approximately 7.4 million Monthly Unique Users across its platform for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company’s backers include Peter Thiel—co-founder of PayPal, Palantir Technologies, and the Founders Fund—and Hong Kong businessman, Richard Li, the founder and chairman of Pacific Century Group. To learn more about MoneyHero and how the innovative fintech company is driving Greater Southeast Asia’s digital economy, please visit www.MoneyHeroGroup.com.

    About bolttech

    bolttech is a global insurtech with a mission to build the world’s leading, technology-enabled ecosystem for protection and insurance. bolttech serves customers in more than 35 markets across Asia, Europe, North America, and Africa.

    With a full suite of digital and data-driven capabilities, bolttech powers connections between insurers, distributors, and customers to make it easier and more efficient to buy and sell insurance and protection products.

    For more information, please visit www.bolttech.io.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This document includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States federal securities laws and also contains certain financial forecasts and projections. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this communication, including, but not limited to, statements as to the Group’s growth strategies, future results of operations and financial position, market size, industry trends and growth opportunities, are forward-looking statements. Some of these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words, including “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “predicts,” “intends,” “trends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. All forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and forecasts and reflect the views, assumptions, expectations, and opinions of the Company, which are all subject to change due to various factors including, without limitation, changes in general economic conditions. Any such estimates, assumptions, expectations, forecasts, views or opinions, whether or not identified in this communication, should be regarded as indicative, preliminary and for illustrative purposes only and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results. The forward-looking statements and financial forecasts and projections contained in this communication are subject to a number of factors, risks and uncertainties. Potential risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, changes in business, market, financial, political and legal conditions; the Company’s ability to attract new and retain existing customers in a cost effective manner; competitive pressures in and any disruption to the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) operates; the Group’s ability to achieve profitability despite a history of losses; and the Group’s ability to implement its growth strategies and manage its growth; the Group’s ability to meet consumer expectations; the success of the Group’s new product or service offerings; the Group’s ability to attract traffic to its websites; the Group’s internal controls; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; the Group’s ability to raise capital; media coverage of the Group; the Group’s ability to obtain adequate insurance coverage; changes in the regulatory environments (such as anti-trust laws, foreign ownership restrictions and tax regimes) and general economic conditions in the countries in which the Group operates; the Group’s ability to attract and retain management and skilled employees; the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or any other pandemic on the business of the Group; the success of the Group’s strategic investments and acquisitions, changes in the Group’s relationship with its current customers, suppliers and service providers; disruptions to the Group’s information technology systems and networks; the Group’s ability to grow and protect its brand and the Group’s reputation; the Group’s ability to protect its intellectual property; changes in regulation and other contingencies; the Group’s ability to achieve tax efficiencies of its corporate structure and intercompany arrangements; potential and future litigation that the Group may be involved in; and unanticipated losses, write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges, taxes or other liabilities that may be incurred or required and technological advancements in the Group’s industry. The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of the Company’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2023 on Form 20-F (File No.: 001-41838), registration statement on Form F-1 (File No.: 333-275205), and other documents to be filed by the Company from time to time with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. In addition, there may be additional risks that the Company currently does not know, or that the Company currently believes are immaterial, that could also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect the Company’s expectations, plans, projections or forecasts of future events and view. If any of the risks materialize or the Company’s assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company anticipates that subsequent events and developments may cause their assessments to change. However, while the Company may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to do so, except as required by law. The inclusion of any statement in this document does not constitute an admission by the Company or any other person that the events or circumstances described in such statement are material. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s assessments as of any date subsequent to the date of this document. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed upon the forward-looking statements. In addition, the analyses of the Company contained herein are not, and do not purport to be, appraisals of the securities, assets, or business of the Company.

    For MoneyHero inquiries, please contact:

    Investor Relations:
    MoneyHero IR Team
    IR@MoneyHeroGroup.com

    Media Relations:
    MoneyHero PR Team
    Press@MoneyHeroGroup.com

    For bolttech inquiries, please contact:
    FTI Consulting on behalf of bolttech
    bolttech@fticonsulting.com

    _______________________________

    1 Insurance Authority, Market Overview, https://www.ia.org.hk/en/infocenter/statistics/files/GB_Market_Overview_2023_Eng_Final.pdf

    2 Financial Services and the Treasury Bureau, https://www.fstb.gov.hk/en/financial_ser/insurance-industry.htm

    3 An affiliate of the Company.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Old National Bancorp Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EVANSVILLE, Ind., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    Old National Bancorp (NASDAQ: ONB) reports 1Q25 net income applicable to common shares of $140.6 million, diluted EPS of $0.44; $145.5 million and $0.45 on an adjusted1basis, respectively.

    CEO COMMENTARY:

    “Old National reported better-than-expected first-quarter results driven by our peer-leading deposit franchise, solid loan growth and disciplined expense management,” said Chairman and CEO Jim Ryan. “These results demonstrate our ability to navigate a challenging and uncertain economic environment, setting us up favorably as we move into the second quarter and, importantly, as we prepare for our partnership with Bremer Bank which we anticipate closing on May 1, 2025.”


    FIRST
    QUARTER HIGHLIGHTS2:

    Net Income
    • Net income applicable to common shares of $140.6 million; adjusted net income applicable to common shares1 of $145.5 million
    • Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) of $0.44; adjusted EPS1 of $0.45
       
    Net Interest
    Income/NIM
    • Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 of $393.0 million
    • Net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 (“NIM”) of 3.27%, down 3 basis points (“bps”)
       
    Operating
    Performance
    • Pre-provision net revenue1 (“PPNR”) of $218.3 million; adjusted PPNR1 of $224.3 million
    • Noninterest expense of $268.5 million; adjusted noninterest expense1 of $262.6 million
    • Efficiency ratio1 of 53.7%; adjusted efficiency ratio1 of 51.8%
       
    Deposits and
    Funding
    • Period-end total deposits of $41.0 billion, up 2.1% annualized; core deposits up 1.7% annualized
    • Granular low-cost deposit franchise; total deposit costs of 191 bps, down 17 bps
       
    Loans and
    Credit
    Quality
    • End-of-period total loans3 of $36.5 billion, up 1.5% annualized
    • Provision for credit losses4 (“provision”) of $31.4 million
    • Net charge-offs of $21.6 million, or 24 bps of average loans; 21 bps excluding purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans that had an allowance at acquisition
    • 30+ day delinquencies of 0.22% and nonaccrual loans of 1.29% of total loans
     
    Return
    Profile &
    Capital
    • Return on average tangible common equity1 (“ROATCE”) of 15.0%; adjusted ROATCE1 of 15.5%
    • Preliminary regulatory Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of 11.62%, up 24 bps
       
    Notable
    Items
    • $5.9 million of pre-tax merger-related charges
       

    Non-GAAP financial measure that management believes is useful in evaluating the financial results of the Company – refer to the Non-GAAP reconciliations contained in this release Comparisons are on a linked-quarter basis, unless otherwise noted Includes loans held-for-sale Includes the provision for unfunded commitments

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS2
    Old National Bancorp (“Old National”) reported first quarter 2025 net income applicable to common shares of $140.6 million, or $0.44 per diluted common share.

    Included in first quarter results were pre-tax charges of $5.9 million for merger-related expenses. Excluding these charges and realized debt securities losses from the current quarter, adjusted net income1 was $145.5 million, or $0.45 per diluted common share.

    DEPOSITS AND FUNDING
    Growth in core deposits driven by normal seasonal patterns in business checking and public funds, along with growth in community deposits.

    • Period-end total deposits were $41.0 billion, up 2.1% annualized; core deposits up 1.7% annualized.
    • On average, total deposits for the first quarter were $40.5 billion, down 6.2% annualized.
    • Granular low-cost deposit franchise; total deposit costs of 191 bps, down 17 bps.
    • A loan to deposit ratio of 89%, combined with existing funding sources, provides strong liquidity.

    LOANS
    Balanced commercial loan production, growth and pipeline.

    • Period-end total loans3 were $36.5 billion, up 1.5% annualized; up 2.3% annualized excluding $71 million of commercial real estate loan sales.
    • Total commercial loan production in the first quarter was $1.5 billion; period-end commercial pipeline totaled $3.4 billion.
    • Average total loans in the first quarter were $36.3 billion, a decrease of $128.2 million, or down 1.4% annualized.

    CREDIT QUALITY
    Resilient credit quality continues to be a hallmark of Old National.

    • Provision4 expense was $31.4 million compared to $27.0 million.
    • Net charge-offs were $21.6 million, or 24 bps of average loans compared to 21 bps.
      • Excluding PCD loans that had an allowance for credit losses established at acquisition, net charge-offs to average loans were 21 bps compared to 17 bps.
    • 30+ day delinquencies as a percentage of loans were 0.22% compared to 0.27%.
    • Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans were 1.29% compared to 1.23%.
    • Loans acquired from previous acquisitions were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The remaining discount on these acquired loans was $119.2 million.
    • The allowance for credit losses, including the allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments, stood at $424.0 million, or 1.16% of total loans, compared to $414.2 million, or 1.14% of total loans.

    NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN
    Lower reflective of lower accretion and number of days.

    • Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 decreased to $393.0 million compared to $400.0 million, driven by lower accretion, fewer days in the quarter and earning asset mix, partly offset by lower funding costs.
    • Net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 decreased 3 bps to 3.27%.
    • Accretion income on loans and borrowings was $12.3 million, or 10 bps of net interest margin1, compared to $18.5 million, or 15 bps of net interest margin1.
    • Cost of total deposits was 1.91%, decreasing 17 bps and the cost of total interest-bearing deposits decreased 25 bps to 2.46%.

    NONINTEREST INCOME
    Impacted by seasonally lower bank fees and lower company-owned life insurance.

    • Total noninterest income was $93.8 million compared to $95.8 million.
    • Noninterest income decreased 2.1% driven by seasonally lower bank fees and lower company-owned life insurance.
      • Other income was impacted by $4.8 million of gains on the sale of $71 million of commercial real estate loans in the first quarter of 2025 and $8 million of equity investments recoveries in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST EXPENSE
    Disciplined expense management.

    • Noninterest expense was $268.5 million and included $5.9 million of merger-related charges.
      • Excluding merger-related charges, adjusted noninterest expense1 was $262.6 million, compared to $268.7 million; decrease driven by lower FDIC assessment expense and tax credit amortization.
    • The efficiency ratio1 was 53.7%, while the adjusted efficiency ratio1 was 51.8% compared to 54.4% and 51.8%, respectively.

    INCOME TAXES

    • Income tax expense was $36.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 20.3% compared to 17.3%. On an adjusted fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis, the effective tax rate was 22.6% compared to 19.8%.
      • The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2025 was impacted by $1.2 million for the vesting of employee stock compensation and the fourth quarter of 2024 was impacted by $5.9 million for the resolution of tax matters.
    • Income tax expense included $5.3 million of tax credit benefit compared to $5.2 million.

    CAPITAL
    Capital ratios remain strong.

    • Preliminary total risk-based capital up 31 bps to 13.68% and preliminary regulatory Tier 1 capital up 25 bps to 12.23%, as strong retained earnings drive capital.
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets was 7.76%, up 4.7%.

    CONFERENCE CALL AND WEBCAST
    Old National will host a conference call and live webcast at 9:00 a.m. Central Time on Tuesday, April 22, 2025, to review first quarter financial results. The live audio webcast link and corresponding presentation slides will be available on the Company’s Investor Relations website at oldnational.com and will be archived there for 12 months. To listen to the live conference call, dial U.S. (800) 715-9871 or International (646) 307-1963, access code 5176690. A replay of the call will also be available from approximately noon Central Time on April 22, 2025 through May 6, 2025. To access the replay, dial U.S. (800) 770-2030 or International (647) 362-9199; Access code 5176690.

    ABOUT OLD NATIONAL
    Old National Bancorp (NASDAQ: ONB) is the holding company of Old National Bank. As the sixth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Midwest, Old National proudly serves clients primarily in the Midwest and Southeast. With approximately $54 billion of assets and $29 billion of assets under management, Old National ranks among the top 30 banking companies headquartered in the United States. Tracing our roots to 1834, Old National focuses on building long-term, highly valued partnerships with clients while also strengthening and supporting the communities we serve. In addition to providing extensive services in consumer and commercial banking, Old National offers comprehensive wealth management and capital markets services. For more information and financial data, please visit Investor Relations at oldnational.com. In 2024, Points of Light named Old National one of “The Civic 50” – an honor reserved for the 50 most community-minded companies in the United States.

    USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    The Company’s accounting and reporting policies conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. As a supplement to GAAP, the Company provides non-GAAP performance results, which the Company believes are useful because they assist investors in assessing the Company’s operating performance. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found in the tables at the end of this release.

    The Company presents EPS, the efficiency ratio, return on average common equity, return on average tangible common equity, and net income applicable to common shares, all adjusted for certain notable items. These items include merger-related charges associated with completed and pending acquisitions, debt securities gains/losses, separation expense, CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense, distribution of excess pension assets expense, and FDIC special assessment expense. Management believes excluding these items from EPS, the efficiency ratio, return on average common equity, and return on average tangible common equity may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operational performance since these items do not pertain to its core business operations and their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods. Management believes that excluding merger-related charges from these metrics may be useful to the Company, as well as analysts and investors, since these expenses can vary significantly based on the size, type, and structure of each acquisition. Additionally, management believes excluding these items from these metrics may enhance comparability for peer comparison purposes.

    Income tax expense, provision for credit losses, and the certain notable items listed above are excluded from the calculation of pre-provision net revenues, adjusted due to the fluctuation in income before income tax and the level of provision for credit losses required. Management believes adjusted pre-provision net revenues may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operating performance and their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods and for peer comparison purposes.

    The Company presents adjusted noninterest expense, which excludes merger-related charges associated with completed and pending acquisitions, separation expense, distribution of excess pension assets expense, and FDIC special assessment expense, as well as adjusted noninterest income, which excludes debt securities gains/losses. Management believes that excluding these items from noninterest expense and noninterest income may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operational performance as these items either do not pertain to its core business operations or their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods and for peer comparison purposes.

    The tax-equivalent adjustment to net interest income and net interest margin recognizes the income tax savings when comparing taxable and tax-exempt assets. Interest income and yields on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented using the current federal income tax rate of 21%. Management believes that it is standard practice in the banking industry to present net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis and that it may enhance comparability for peer comparison purposes.

    In management’s view, tangible common equity measures are capital adequacy metrics that may be meaningful to the Company, as well as analysts and investors, in assessing the Company’s use of equity and in facilitating comparisons with peers. These non-GAAP measures are valuable indicators of a financial institution’s capital strength since they eliminate intangible assets from stockholders’ equity and retain the effect of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

    Although intended to enhance investors’ understanding of the Company’s business and performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from those used by other financial institutions to assess their business and performance. See the following reconciliations in the “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” section for details on the calculation of these measures to the extent presented herein.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
    This communication contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified as such. In addition, certain statements may be contained in our future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by us that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward‐looking statements within the meaning of the Act. These statements include, but are not limited to, descriptions of Old National’s financial condition, results of operations, asset and credit quality trends, profitability and business plans or opportunities. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would,” and “will,” and other words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements express management’s current expectations or forecasts of future events and, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those in such statements, including, but not limited to: competition; government legislation, regulations and policies, including trade and tariff policies; the ability of Old National to execute its business plan; unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to changes in our access to sources of liquidity and capital to address our liquidity needs; changes in economic conditions and economic and business uncertainty which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather deposits; inflation and governmental responses to inflation, including increasing interest rates; market, economic, operational, liquidity, credit, and interest rate risks associated with our business; our ability to successfully manage our credit risk and the sufficiency of our allowance for credit losses; the possibility that the merger (the “Merger”) between Old National and Bremer Financial Corporation (“Bremer”) does not close when expected; the expected cost savings, synergies and other financial benefits from the Merger not being realized within the expected time frames and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters being greater than expected; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the completion of the Merger; the impact of purchase accounting with respect to the Merger, or any change in the assumptions used regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to determine their fair value and credit marks; risks relating to the potential dilutive effect of shares of Old National’s common stock to be issued in the Merger; the potential impact of future business combinations on our performance and financial condition, including our ability to successfully integrate the businesses, the success of revenue-generating and cost reduction initiatives and the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; failure or circumvention of our internal controls; operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation with respect to data processing, information systems, cybersecurity, technological changes, vendor issues, business interruption, and fraud risks; significant changes in accounting, tax or regulatory practices or requirements; new legal obligations or liabilities; disruptive technologies in payment systems and other services traditionally provided by banks; failure or disruption of our information systems; computer hacking and other cybersecurity threats; the effects of climate change on Old National and its customers, borrowers, or service providers; the impacts of pandemics, epidemics and other infectious disease outbreaks; other matters discussed in this communication; and other factors identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other filings with the SEC. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this communication and are not guarantees of future results, performance or outcomes, and Old National does not undertake an obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or conditions after the date of this communication.

    CONTACTS:    
    Media: Rick Vach   Investors: Lynell Durchholz
    (904) 535-9489   (812) 464-1366
    Rick.Vach@oldnational.com   Lynell.Durchholz@oldnational.com
             
    Financial Highlights (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Income Statement          
    Net interest income $ 387,643   $ 394,180   $ 391,724   $ 388,421   $ 356,458  
    FTE adjustment1,3   5,360     5,777     6,144     6,340     6,253  
    Net interest income – tax equivalent basis3   393,003     399,957     397,868     394,761     362,711  
    Provision for credit losses   31,403     27,017     28,497     36,214     18,891  
    Noninterest income   93,794     95,766     94,138     87,271     77,522  
    Noninterest expense   268,471     276,824     272,283     282,999     262,317  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 140,625   $ 149,839   $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250  
    Per Common Share Data          
    Weighted average diluted shares   321,016     318,803     317,331     316,461     292,207  
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.47   $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40  
    Cash dividends   0.14     0.14     0.14     0.14     0.14  
    Dividend payout ratio2   32 %   30 %   32 %   38 %   35 %
    Book value $ 19.71   $ 19.11   $ 19.20   $ 18.28   $ 18.24  
    Stock price   21.19     21.71     18.66     17.19     17.41  
    Tangible book value3   12.54     11.91     11.97     11.05     11.10  
    Performance Ratios          
    ROAA   1.08 %   1.14 %   1.08 %   0.92 %   0.98 %
    ROAE   9.1 %   9.8 %   9.4 %   8.2 %   8.7 %
    ROATCE3   15.0 %   16.4 %   16.0 %   14.1 %   14.9 %
    NIM (FTE)3   3.27 %   3.30 %   3.32 %   3.33 %   3.28 %
    Efficiency ratio3   53.7 %   54.4 %   53.8 %   57.2 %   58.3 %
    NCOs to average loans   0.24 %   0.21 %   0.19 %   0.16 %   0.14 %
    ACL on loans to EOP loans   1.10 %   1.08 %   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.95 %
    ACL4 to EOP loans   1.16 %   1.14 %   1.12 %   1.08 %   1.03 %
    NPLs to EOP loans   1.29 %   1.23 %   1.22 %   0.94 %   0.98 %
    Balance Sheet (EOP)          
    Total loans $ 36,413,944   $ 36,285,887   $ 36,400,643   $ 36,150,513   $ 33,623,319  
    Total assets   53,877,944     53,552,272     53,602,293     53,119,645     49,534,918  
    Total deposits   41,034,572     40,823,560     40,845,746     39,999,228     37,699,418  
    Total borrowed funds   5,447,054     5,411,537     5,449,096     6,085,204     5,331,161  
    Total shareholders’ equity   6,534,654     6,340,350     6,367,298     6,075,072     5,595,408  
    Capital Ratios3          
    Risk-based capital ratios (EOP):          
    Tier 1 common equity   11.62 %   11.38 %   11.00 %   10.73 %   10.76 %
    Tier 1 capital   12.23 %   11.98 %   11.60 %   11.33 %   11.40 %
    Total capital   13.68 %   13.37 %   12.94 %   12.71 %   12.74 %
    Leverage ratio (average assets)   9.44 %   9.21 %   9.05 %   8.90 %   8.96 %
    Equity to assets (averages)   12.01 %   11.78 %   11.60 %   11.31 %   11.32 %
    TCE to TA   7.76 %   7.41 %   7.44 %   6.94 %   6.86 %
    Nonfinancial Data          
    Full-time equivalent employees   4,028     4,066     4,105     4,267     3,955  
    Banking centers   280     280     280     280     258  
    1 Calculated using the federal statutory tax rate in effect of 21% for all periods.    
    2 Cash dividends per common share divided by net income per common share (basic).    
    3 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” table for reconciliations to GAAP financial measures.
        March 31, 2025 capital ratios are preliminary.
    4 Includes the allowance for credit losses on loans and unfunded loan commitments.    
               
    FTE – Fully taxable equivalent basis ROAA – Return on average assets ROAE – Return on average equity ROATCE – Return on average tangible common equity NCOs – Net Charge-offs ACL – Allowance for Credit Losses EOP – End of period actual balances NPLs – Non-performing Loans TCE – Tangible common equity TA – Tangible assets
               
    Income Statement (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Interest income $ 630,399   $ 662,082   $ 679,925   $ 663,663   $ 595,981  
    Less: interest expense   242,756     267,902     288,201     275,242     239,523  
    Net interest income   387,643     394,180     391,724     388,421     356,458  
    Provision for credit losses   31,403     27,017     28,497     36,214     18,891  
    Net interest income
    after provision for credit losses
      356,240     367,163     363,227     352,207     337,567  
    Wealth and investment services fees   29,648     30,012     29,117     29,358     28,304  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   21,156     20,577     20,350     19,350     17,898  
    Debit card and ATM fees   9,991     10,991     11,362     10,993     10,054  
    Mortgage banking revenue   6,879     7,026     7,669     7,064     4,478  
    Capital markets income   4,506     5,244     7,426     4,729     2,900  
    Company-owned life insurance   5,381     6,499     5,315     5,739     3,434  
    Other income   16,309     15,539     12,975     10,036     10,470  
    Debt securities gains (losses), net   (76 )   (122 )   (76 )   2     (16 )
    Total noninterest income   93,794     95,766     94,138     87,271     77,522  
    Salaries and employee benefits   148,305     146,605     147,494     159,193     149,803  
    Occupancy   29,053     29,733     27,130     26,547     27,019  
    Equipment   8,901     9,325     9,888     8,704     8,671  
    Marketing   11,940     12,653     11,036     11,284     10,634  
    Technology   22,020     21,429     23,343     24,002     20,023  
    Communication   4,134     4,176     4,681     4,480     4,000  
    Professional fees   7,919     11,055     7,278     10,552     6,406  
    FDIC assessment   9,700     11,970     11,722     9,676     11,313  
    Amortization of intangibles   6,830     7,237     7,411     7,425     5,455  
    Amortization of tax credit investments   3,424     4,556     3,277     2,747     2,749  
    Other expense   16,245     18,085     19,023     18,389     16,244  
    Total noninterest expense   268,471     276,824     272,283     282,999     262,317  
    Income before income taxes   181,563     186,105     185,082     156,479     152,772  
    Income tax expense   36,904     32,232     41,280     35,250     32,488  
    Net income $ 144,659   $ 153,873   $ 143,802   $ 121,229   $ 120,284  
    Preferred dividends   (4,034 )   (4,034 )   (4,034 )   (4,033 )   (4,034 )
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 140,625   $ 149,839   $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250  
               
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.47   $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40  
    Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding          
    Basic   315,925     315,673     315,622     315,585     290,980  
    Diluted   321,016     318,803     317,331     316,461     292,207  
    Common shares outstanding (EOP)   319,236     318,980     318,955     318,969     293,330  
               
               
     
    End of Period Balance Sheet (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Assets          
    Cash and due from banks $ 486,061   $ 394,450   $ 498,120   $ 428,665   $ 350,990  
    Money market and other interest-earning investments   753,719     833,518     693,450     804,381     588,509  
    Investments:          
    Treasury and government-sponsored agencies   2,364,170     2,289,903     2,335,716     2,207,004     2,243,754  
    Mortgage-backed securities   6,458,023     6,175,103     6,085,826     5,890,371     5,566,881  
    States and political subdivisions   1,589,555     1,637,379     1,665,128     1,678,597     1,672,061  
    Other securities   755,348     781,656     783,079     775,623     760,847  
    Total investments   11,167,096     10,884,041     10,869,749     10,551,595     10,243,543  
    Loans held-for-sale, at fair value   40,424     34,483     62,376     66,126     19,418  
    Loans:          
    Commercial   10,650,615     10,288,560     10,408,095     10,332,631     9,648,269  
    Commercial and agriculture real estate   16,135,327     16,307,486     16,356,216     16,016,958     14,653,958  
    Residential real estate   6,771,694     6,797,586     6,757,896     6,894,957     6,661,379  
    Consumer   2,856,308     2,892,255     2,878,436     2,905,967     2,659,713  
    Total loans   36,413,944     36,285,887     36,400,643     36,150,513     33,623,319  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans   (401,932 )   (392,522 )   (380,840 )   (366,335 )   (319,713 )
    Premises and equipment, net   584,664     588,970     599,528     601,945     564,007  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,289,268     2,296,098     2,305,084     2,306,204     2,095,511  
    Company-owned life insurance   859,211     859,851     863,723     862,032     767,423  
    Accrued interest receivable and other assets   1,685,489     1,767,496     1,690,460     1,714,519     1,601,911  
    Total assets $ 53,877,944   $ 53,552,272   $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918  
               
    Liabilities and Equity          
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 9,186,314   $ 9,399,019   $ 9,429,285   $ 9,336,042   $ 9,257,709  
    Interest-bearing:          
    Checking and NOW accounts   7,736,014     7,538,987     7,314,245     7,680,865     7,236,667  
    Savings accounts   4,715,329     4,753,279     4,781,447     4,983,811     5,020,095  
    Money market accounts   11,638,653     11,807,228     11,601,461     10,485,491     10,234,113  
    Other time deposits   6,212,898     5,819,970     6,010,070     5,688,432     4,760,659  
    Total core deposits   39,489,208     39,318,483     39,136,508     38,174,641     36,509,243  
    Brokered deposits   1,545,364     1,505,077     1,709,238     1,824,587     1,190,175  
    Total deposits   41,034,572     40,823,560     40,845,746     39,999,228     37,699,418  
               
    Federal funds purchased and interbank borrowings   170     385     135,263     250,154     50,416  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   290,256     268,975     244,626     240,713     274,493  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   4,514,354     4,452,559     4,471,153     4,744,560     4,193,039  
    Other borrowings   642,274     689,618     598,054     849,777     813,213  
    Total borrowed funds   5,447,054     5,411,537     5,449,096     6,085,204     5,331,161  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   861,664     976,825     940,153     960,141     908,931  
    Total liabilities   47,343,290     47,211,922     47,234,995     47,044,573     43,939,510  
    Preferred stock, common stock, surplus, and retained earnings   7,183,163     7,086,393     6,971,054     6,866,480     6,375,036  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   (648,509 )   (746,043 )   (603,756 )   (791,408 )   (779,628 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   6,534,654     6,340,350     6,367,298     6,075,072     5,595,408  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 53,877,944   $ 53,552,272   $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918  
     
                             
    Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                             
                             
        Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended
        March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
        Average Income1/ Yield/   Average Income1/ Yield/   Average Income1/ Yield/
    Earning Assets:   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    Money market and other interest-earning investments   $ 791,067   $ 8,815 4.52 %   $ 1,072,509   $ 12,843 4.76 %   $ 757,244   $ 9,985 5.30 %
    Investments:                        
    Treasury and government-sponsored agencies     2,318,869     20,019 3.45 %     2,325,120     20,841 3.59 %     2,362,477     23,266 3.94 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     6,287,825     54,523 3.47 %     6,149,775     50,416 3.28 %     5,357,085     38,888 2.90 %
    States and political subdivisions     1,610,819     13,242 3.29 %     1,654,591     13,698 3.31 %     1,680,175     13,976 3.33 %
    Other securities     770,839     10,512 5.45 %     783,708     10,518 5.37 %     770,438     12,173 6.32 %
    Total investments     10,988,352     98,296 3.58 %     10,913,194     95,473 3.50 %     10,170,175     88,303 3.47 %
    Loans:2                        
    Commercial     10,397,991     165,595 6.37 %     10,401,056     176,996 6.81 %     9,540,385     167,263 7.01 %
    Commercial and agriculture real estate     16,213,606     245,935 6.07 %     16,326,802     263,062 6.44 %     14,368,370     230,086 6.41 %
    Residential real estate loans     6,815,091     67,648 3.97 %     6,814,829     68,346 4.01 %     6,693,814     63,003 3.76 %
    Consumer     2,871,213     49,470 6.99 %     2,883,413     51,139 7.06 %     2,645,091     43,594 6.63 %
    Total loans     36,297,901     528,648 5.83 %     36,426,100     559,543 6.14 %     33,247,660     503,946 6.07 %
                             
    Total earning assets   $ 48,077,320   $ 635,759 5.30 %   $ 48,411,803   $ 667,859 5.52 %   $ 44,175,079   $ 602,234 5.46 %
                             
    Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans     (398,765 )         (382,799 )         (313,470 )    
                             
    Non-earning Assets:                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 372,428         $ 370,932         $ 362,676      
    Other assets     5,394,600           5,402,359           4,961,595      
                             
    Total assets   $ 53,445,583         $ 53,802,295         $ 49,185,880      
                             
    Interest-Bearing Liabilities:                        
    Checking and NOW accounts   $ 7,526,294   $ 23,850 1.29 %   $ 7,338,532   $ 23,747 1.29 %   $ 7,141,201   $ 25,252 1.42 %
    Savings accounts     4,692,239     3,608 0.31 %     4,750,387     4,467 0.37 %     5,025,400     5,017 0.40 %
    Money market accounts     11,664,650     88,381 3.07 %     11,900,305     103,818 3.47 %     9,917,572     94,213 3.82 %
    Other time deposits     5,996,108     56,485 3.82 %     5,985,911     61,679 4.10 %     4,689,136     47,432 4.07 %
    Total interest-bearing core deposits     29,879,291     172,324 2.34 %     29,975,135     193,711 2.57 %     26,773,309     171,914 2.58 %
    Brokered deposits     1,546,756     18,171 4.76 %     1,662,698     21,579 5.16 %     1,047,140     13,525 5.19 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     31,426,047     190,495 2.46 %     31,637,833     215,290 2.71 %     27,820,449     185,439 2.68 %
                             
    Federal funds purchased and interbank borrowings     148,130     1,625 4.45 %     433     23 21.13 %     69,090     961 5.59 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     272,961     551 0.82 %     249,133     584 0.93 %     296,236     917 1.25 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     4,464,590     41,896 3.81 %     4,461,733     43,788 3.90 %     4,386,492     41,167 3.77 %
    Other borrowings     675,759     8,189 4.91 %     669,580     8,217 4.88 %     825,846     11,039 5.38 %
    Total borrowed funds     5,561,440     52,261 3.81 %     5,380,879     52,612 3.89 %     5,577,664     54,084 3.90 %
                             
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 36,987,487   $ 242,756 2.66 %   $ 37,018,712   $ 267,902 2.88 %   $ 33,398,113   $ 239,523 2.88 %
                             
    Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                      
    Demand deposits   $ 9,096,676         $ 9,509,446         $ 9,258,136      
    Other liabilities     944,935           935,184           964,089      
    Shareholders’ equity     6,416,485           6,338,953           5,565,542      
                             
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 53,445,583         $ 53,802,295         $ 49,185,880      
                             
    Net interest rate spread       2.64 %       2.64 %       2.58 %
                             
    Net interest margin (GAAP)       3.23 %       3.26 %       3.23 %
                             
    Net interest margin (FTE)3       3.27 %       3.30 %       3.28 %
                             
    FTE adjustment     $ 5,360       $ 5,777       $ 6,253  
                             
    1 Interest income is reflected on a FTE basis.  
    2 Includes loans held-for-sale.  
    3 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” table for reconciliations to GAAP financial measures.  
     
               
    Asset Quality (EOP) (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Allowance for credit losses:          
    Beginning allowance for credit losses on loans $ 392,522   $ 380,840   $ 366,335   $ 319,713   $ 307,610  
    Allowance established for acquired PCD loans           2,803     23,922      
    Provision for credit losses on loans   31,026     30,417     29,176     36,745     23,853  
    Gross charge-offs   (24,540 )   (21,278 )   (18,965 )   (17,041 )   (14,020 )
    Gross recoveries   2,924     2,543     1,491     2,996     2,270  
    NCOs   (21,616 )   (18,735 )   (17,474 )   (14,045 )   (11,750 )
    Ending allowance for credit losses on loans $ 401,932   $ 392,522   $ 380,840   $ 366,335   $ 319,713  
    Beginning allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments $ 21,654   $ 25,054   $ 25,733   $ 26,264   $ 31,226  
    Provision (release) for credit losses on unfunded commitments   377     (3,400 )   (679 )   (531 )   (4,962 )
    Ending allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments $ 22,031   $ 21,654   $ 25,054   $ 25,733   $ 26,264  
    Allowance for credit losses $ 423,963   $ 414,176   $ 405,894   $ 392,068   $ 345,977  
    Provision for credit losses on loans $ 31,026   $ 30,417   $ 29,176   $ 36,745   $ 23,853  
    Provision (release) for credit losses on unfunded commitments   377     (3,400 )   (679 )   (531 )   (4,962 )
    Provision for credit losses $ 31,403   $ 27,017   $ 28,497   $ 36,214   $ 18,891  
    NCOs / average loans1   0.24 %   0.21 %   0.19 %   0.16 %   0.14 %
    Average loans1 $ 36,284,059   $ 36,410,414   $ 36,299,544   $ 36,053,845   $ 33,242,739  
    EOP loans1   36,413,944     36,285,887     36,400,643     36,150,513     33,623,319  
    ACL on loans / EOP loans1   1.10 %   1.08 %   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.95 %
    ACL / EOP loans1   1.16 %   1.14 %   1.12 %   1.08 %   1.03 %
    Underperforming Assets:          
    Loans 90 days and over (still accruing) $ 6,757   $ 4,060   $ 1,177   $ 5,251   $ 2,172  
    Nonaccrual loans   469,211     447,979     443,597     340,181     328,645  
    Foreclosed assets   6,301     4,294     4,077     8,290     9,344  
    Total underperforming assets $ 482,269   $ 456,333   $ 448,851   $ 353,722   $ 340,161  
    Classified and Criticized Assets:          
    Nonaccrual loans $ 469,211   $ 447,979   $ 443,597   $ 340,181   $ 328,645  
    Substandard loans (still accruing)   1,479,630     1,073,413     1,074,243     841,087     626,157  
    Loans 90 days and over (still accruing)   6,757     4,060     1,177     5,251     2,172  
    Total classified loans – “problem loans”   1,955,598     1,525,452     1,519,017     1,186,519     956,974  
    Other classified assets   53,239     58,954     59,485     60,772     54,392  
    Special Mention   828,314     908,630     837,543     967,655     827,419  
    Total classified and criticized assets $ 2,837,151   $ 2,493,036   $ 2,416,045   $ 2,214,946   $ 1,838,785  
    Loans 30-89 days past due (still accruing) $ 72,517   $ 93,141   $ 91,750   $ 51,712   $ 53,112  
    Nonaccrual loans / EOP loans1   1.29 %   1.23 %   1.22 %   0.94 %   0.98 %
    ACL / nonaccrual loans   90 %   92 %   92 %   115 %   105 %
    Under-performing assets/EOP loans1   1.32 %   1.26 %   1.23 %   0.98 %   1.01 %
    Under-performing assets/EOP assets   0.90 %   0.85 %   0.84 %   0.67 %   0.69 %
    30+ day delinquencies/EOP loans1   0.22 %   0.27 %   0.26 %   0.16 %   0.16 %
               
    1 Excludes loans held-for-sale.      
               

            

            

               
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Earnings Per Share:          
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 140,625   $ 149,839   $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250  
    Adjustments:          
    Merger-related charges   5,856     8,117     6,860     19,440     2,908  
    Tax effect1   (1,089 )   (2,058 )   (1,528 )   (4,413 )   (710 )
    Merger-related charges, net   4,767     6,059     5,332     15,027     2,198  
    Debt securities (gains) losses   76     122     76     (2 )   16  
    Tax effect1   (14 )   (31 )   (17 )   1     (4 )
    Debt securities (gains) losses, net   62     91     59     (1 )   12  
    Separation expense           2,646          
    Tax effect1           (589 )        
    Separation expense, net           2,057          
    CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense               15,312      
    Tax effect1               (3,476 )    
    CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense, net               11,836      
    Distribution of excess pension assets                   13,318  
    Tax effect1                   (3,250 )
    Distribution excess pension assets, net                   10,068  
    FDIC special assessment                   2,994  
    Tax effect1                   (731 )
    FDIC special assessment, net                   2,263  
    Total adjustments, net   4,829     6,150     7,448     26,862     14,541  
    Net income applicable to common shares, adjusted $ 145,454   $ 155,989   $ 147,216   $ 144,058   $ 130,791  
    Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding   321,016     318,803     317,331     316,461     292,207  
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.47   $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40  
    Adjusted EPS, diluted $ 0.45   $ 0.49   $ 0.46   $ 0.46   $ 0.45  
    NIM:          
    Net interest income $ 387,643   $ 394,180   $ 391,724   $ 388,421   $ 356,458  
    Add: FTE adjustment2   5,360     5,777     6,144     6,340     6,253  
    Net interest income (FTE) $ 393,003   $ 399,957   $ 397,868   $ 394,761   $ 362,711  
    Average earning assets $ 48,077,320   $ 48,411,803   $ 47,905,463   $ 47,406,849   $ 44,175,079  
    NIM (GAAP)   3.23 %   3.26 %   3.27 %   3.28 %   3.23 %
    NIM (FTE)   3.27 %   3.30 %   3.32 %   3.33 %   3.28 %
               
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.      
               
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    PPNR:          
    Net interest income (FTE)2 $ 393,003   $ 399,957   $ 397,868   $ 394,761   $ 362,711  
    Add: Noninterest income   93,794     95,766     94,138     87,271     77,522  
    Total revenue (FTE)   486,797     495,723     492,006     482,032     440,233  
    Less: Noninterest expense   (268,471 )   (276,824 )   (272,283 )   (282,999 )   (262,317 )
    PPNR $ 218,326   $ 218,899   $ 219,723   $ 199,033   $ 177,916  
    Adjustments:          
    Debt securities (gains) losses $ 76   $ 122   $ 76   $ (2 ) $ 16  
    Noninterest income adjustments   76     122     76     (2 )   16  
    Adjusted noninterest income   93,870     95,888     94,214     87,269     77,538  
    Adjusted revenue $ 486,873   $ 495,845   $ 492,082   $ 482,030   $ 440,249  
    Adjustments:          
    Merger-related charges $ 5,856   $ 8,117   $ 6,860   $ 19,440   $ 2,908  
    Separation expense           2,646          
    Distribution of excess pension assets                   13,318  
    FDIC Special Assessment                   2,994  
    Noninterest expense adjustments   5,856     8,117     9,506     19,440     19,220  
    Adjusted total noninterest expense   (262,615 )   (268,707 )   (262,777 )   (263,559 )   (243,097 )
    Adjusted PPNR $ 224,258   $ 227,138   $ 229,305   $ 218,471   $ 197,152  
    Efficiency Ratio:          
    Noninterest expense $ 268,471   $ 276,824   $ 272,283   $ 282,999   $ 262,317  
    Less: Amortization of intangibles   (6,830 )   (7,237 )   (7,411 )   (7,425 )   (5,455 )
    Noninterest expense, excl. amortization of intangibles   261,641     269,587     264,872     275,574     256,862  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments   (3,424 )   (4,556 )   (3,277 )   (2,747 )   (2,749 )
    Less: Noninterest expense adjustments   (5,856 )   (8,117 )   (9,506 )   (19,440 )   (19,220 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense, excluding amortization $ 252,361   $ 256,914   $ 252,089   $ 253,387   $ 234,893  
    Total revenue (FTE)2 $ 486,797   $ 495,723   $ 492,006   $ 482,032   $ 440,233  
    Less: Debt securities (gains) losses   76     122     76     (2 )   16  
    Total adjusted revenue $ 486,873   $ 495,845   $ 492,082   $ 482,030   $ 440,249  
    Efficiency Ratio   53.7 %   54.4 %   53.8 %   57.2 %   58.3 %
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio   51.8 %   51.8 %   51.2 %   52.6 %   53.4 %
               
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.      
               
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
               
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    ROAE and ROATCE:          
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 140,625   $ 149,839   $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250  
    Amortization of intangibles   6,830     7,237     7,411     7,425     5,455  
    Tax effect1   (1,708 )   (1,809 )   (1,853 )   (1,856 )   (1,364 )
    Amortization of intangibles, net   5,122     5,428     5,558     5,569     4,091  
    Net income applicable to common shares, excluding intangibles amortization   145,747     155,267     145,326     122,765     120,341  
    Total adjustments, net (see pg.12)   4,829     6,150     7,448     26,862     14,541  
    Adjusted net income applicable to common shares, excluding intangibles amortization $ 150,576   $ 161,417   $ 152,774   $ 149,627   $ 134,882  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,416,485   $ 6,338,953   $ 6,190,071   $ 5,978,976   $ 5,565,542  
    Less: Average preferred equity   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )
    Average shareholders’ common equity $ 6,172,766   $ 6,095,234   $ 5,946,352   $ 5,735,257   $ 5,321,823  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,292,526 )   (2,301,177 )   (2,304,597 )   (2,245,405 )   (2,098,338 )
    Average tangible shareholder’s common equity $ 3,880,240   $ 3,794,057   $ 3,641,755   $ 3,489,852   $ 3,223,485  
    ROAE   9.1 %   9.8 %   9.4 %   8.2 %   8.7 %
    ROAE, adjusted   9.4 %   10.2 %   9.9 %   10.0 %   9.8 %
    ROATCE   15.0 %   16.4 %   16.0 %   14.1 %   14.9 %
    ROATCE, adjusted   15.5 %   17.0 %   16.8 %   17.1 %   16.7 %
               
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.      
               
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
               
      As of
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Tangible Common Equity:          
    Shareholders’ equity $ 6,534,654   $ 6,340,350   $ 6,367,298   $ 6,075,072   $ 5,595,408  
    Less: Preferred equity   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )
    Shareholders’ common equity $ 6,290,935   $ 6,096,631   $ 6,123,579   $ 5,831,353   $ 5,351,689  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,289,268 )   (2,296,098 )   (2,305,084 )   (2,306,204 )   (2,095,511 )
    Tangible shareholders’ common equity $ 4,001,667   $ 3,800,533   $ 3,818,495   $ 3,525,149   $ 3,256,178  
               
    Total assets $ 53,877,944   $ 53,552,272   $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,289,268 )   (2,296,098 )   (2,305,084 )   (2,306,204 )   (2,095,511 )
    Tangible assets $ 51,588,676   $ 51,256,174   $ 51,297,209   $ 50,813,441   $ 47,439,407  
               
    Risk-weighted assets3 $ 40,266,670   $ 40,314,805   $ 40,584,608   $ 40,627,117   $ 37,845,139  
               
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   7.76 %   7.41 %   7.44 %   6.94 %   6.86 %
    Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets3   9.94 %   9.43 %   9.41 %   8.68 %   8.60 %
    Tangible Common Book Value:          
    Common shares outstanding   319,236     318,980     318,955     318,969     293,330  
    Tangible common book value $ 12.54   $ 11.91   $ 11.97   $ 11.05   $ 11.10  
               
    1 Tax-effect calculations use management’s estimate of the full year FTE tax rates (federal + state).
    2 Calculated using the federal statutory tax rate in effect of 21% for all periods.
    3 March 31, 2025 figures are preliminary.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: ‘Stay home, save lives’: New research shows Covid restrictions had no effect on behaviour People did not alter their behaviour to follow enhanced local restrictions during the pandemic and they may have been more effective if based around factors other than just Covid-19 cases according to new research from the University of Aberdeen.

    Source: University of Aberdeen

    People did not alter their behaviour to follow enhanced local restrictions during the pandemic and they may have been more effective if based around factors other than just Covid-19 cases according to new research from the University of Aberdeen.
    People did not alter their behaviour to follow enhanced local restrictions during the pandemic and they may have been more effective if based around factors other than just Covid-19 cases according to new research from the University of Aberdeen.
    The study published in Translational Behavioral Medicine looked at people’s behaviour during the Covid-19 pandemic in Scotland.  
    The team examined adherence to restrictions introduced during the pandemic including social distancing, mask-wearing, staying at home and hand washing.  
    They compared people’s behaviours before and after local restrictions were implemented. They also compared behaviours of those living in areas with increased restrictions to those living in areas without.  
    Results showed that people did not change their behaviour when restrictions were tightened and that applied to all behaviours including social distancing and mask wearing. 
    They also found people in high or low restriction areas behaved no differently to each other.   
    Led by Dr Chantal den Daas, Senior Lecturer in Health Psychology, in collaboration with the Covid Health and Adherence Research in Scotland (CHARIS) project, the team interviewed individuals across Scotland at random from March to November 2020, to get a representative sample of the Scottish population.  
    The respondents answered questions about their behaviours from the past week, including if they had left their home, if they had adhered to the two-metre social distancing rule, if they had worn a mask in a shop or on public transport and if they washed their hands as soon as they got home.  
    Dr den Daas said: “When local restrictions were introduced in 2020 due to an increase in Covid-19 case numbers, we thought we would see a change in behaviour after they were implemented. But this was not what we found. 
    “It is really important to build an understanding of what could have been done differently and how we can effectively influence public behaviour in the future should we be faced with another public health crisis.  
    “This research provided insight on the type of information we should aim to collect in future pandemics, to see if we can find better measures to predict cases, examine the need for restrictions and the effect of any restrictions put in place.  
    “Future research in acute outbreaks should assess behaviour and beliefs about the virus, risk on an ongoing basis and identify the need for intervention even before cases rates start to go up.” 

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Government launches Financial Services Competitiveness Programme22 April 2025 The Government of Jersey has launched its Financial Services Competitiveness Programme, a major strategic initiative aimed at strengthening Jersey’s position as a globally attractive and forward-looking… Read more

    Source: Channel Islands – Jersey

    22 April 2025

    The Government of Jersey has launched its Financial Services Competitiveness Programme, a major strategic initiative aimed at strengthening Jersey’s position as a globally attractive and forward-looking International Finance Centre (IFC). 

    This comprehensive programme is designed to support and enhance Jersey’s financial and related professional services (FRPS) sector – the Island’s largest employer and the most significant contributor to tax revenues that fund public services. It brings together several government departments, the Jersey Financial Services Commission (JFSC), Jersey Finance, Digital Jersey, and representatives from across the financial and professional services industry.  

    The Financial Services Competitiveness Programme will deliver clear, actionable recommendations focused on improving Jersey’s regulatory and business environment, enhancing its global positioning, and preparing the sector for future opportunities and challenges.  

    The programme is governed by a Ministerial Working Group, chaired by the Minister for External Relations with responsibility for Financial Services, Depuy Ian Gorst, with the Chief Executive Officer, Dr Andrew McLaughlin, acting as the Senior Responsible Officer. They will be supported by a cross-government team of officials. 

    Deputy Ian Gorst said: “Jersey’s financial services industry is a key growth engine of our economy. It is central to Jersey’s prosperity and our ability to reinvest in and regenerate the Island. Through the Financial Services Competitiveness Programme, we are setting out a bold, coordinated plan to ensure Jersey remains an attractive, agile, and forward-looking International Finance Centre. 

    “This initiative shows that we are not content to stand still – we are proactively investing in the Island’s future, and working in partnership across government, industry, and the regulator to deliver sustainable, long-term success. 

    “Jersey has a proud 60-year history as a trusted, stable, and innovative IFC. However, global economic shifts, regulatory changes, tax policy evolution, Brexit, post-pandemic recovery, and rapid technological advancement mean that IFCs around the world – including Jersey – must continuously adapt to stay competitive. The Financial Services Competitiveness Programme is Jersey’s response: a future-focused, evidence-led strategy to sustain and expand the Island’s most vital economic sector.” 

    Programme structure and key workstreams 

    The programme is built around four core workstreams, which will be managed in a phased approach.  

    • International Tax Strategy – Led by Revenue Jersey, this will focus on maintaining Jersey’s strong position through a forward-looking tax policy. 
    • Business & Regulatory Environment – Led jointly by the Government and the JFSC, this aims to improve the ease of doing business, delivering quick-win reforms as well as medium- and long-term changes to enhance the Island’s appeal to global investors. 
    • External Growth Strategy – A global market analysis to inform Jersey’s external engagement strategy, identifying future value pools and Jersey’s competitive ​positioning, led by the Government with expert support from Jersey Finance Ltd. 
    • Future Competitiveness & Regulation – Bringing together insights from all workstreams, this phase will culminate in a report by an independent panel of global experts. 

    The first phase, which is underway already, will focus on improvements to Jersey’s business and regulatory environment. This will involve making positive changes to improve the ease of doing business and to help maintain and grow the Island’s FRPS sector as it competes in the market today. As recent global economic volatility has demonstrated, it is more important than ever that Jersey invests in optimising its business and regulatory environment to increase its competitive edge. 

    The Government will publish a report on progress in delivering the programme together with an action plan on next steps in spring 2026. 

    Industry engagement 

    The Government will engage regularly with stakeholders through: 

    • Industry events and “roundtable” discussions 
    • Updates at Financial Services Advisory Board meetings 
    • Briefings for States Members and Scrutiny Panels 
    • Ongoing consultation and feedback channels 

    Stakeholders are encouraged to engage with the programme team via growthfs@gov.je

     

    More information is available on the Government of Jersey website: Financial services competitiveness programme 

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Speech by SCST at welcoming lunch of Asia Cultural Co-operation Forum+ 2025 (English only)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    Speech by SCST at welcoming lunch of Asia Cultural Co-operation Forum+ 2025 (English only) 
    Honourable ministers, heads of delegations, Consul Generals, distinguished guests, ladies and gentlemen,
     
    Good afternoon! And welcome to Hong Kong! Welcome to the Asia Cultural Co-operation Forum+ 2025!
     
    The Asia Cultural Co-operation Forum (ACCF) was first initiated in Hong Kong in 2003. Having spanned over 20 years and entering its 13th edition this year, the ACCF has developed into a renowned G-to-G (government to government) platform for cultural exchange and co-operation at ministerial level in Asia. This year, we have added the plus (“+”) sign to the name of the Forum. This is because, riding on the success of previous editions of the ACCF, we have expanded the coverage of participating countries this year. Apart from inviting more participants from within Asia, we have also invited our friends from the Belt and Road countries as well as those beyond Asia to participate, in the hope of further enhancing cultural exchange and connection amongst participants.
     
    The result is that I have both the privilege and honour to welcome an unprecedentedly strong cast of over 100 representatives from 22 countries to the ACCF+ 2025, with delegations from 17 countries joining us, here in Hong Kong! I am also excited to know that five of these delegations are joining the ACCF for the very first time. Welcome again! 
     
    Equally important, we are very happy to welcome representatives from seven cultural units of various provinces and cities of China, our motherland, including the Macao Special Administration Region. Compared to the last edition of the ACCF held towards the end of 2022, which was affected by the pandemic, and some friends in the region could not make it to the Forum physically, we have now fully returned to normalcy, and it is the best time for us to get together, rekindle connections, create new collaborative opportunities, and engage in meaningful dialogues for the furtherance of cultural development in our community and in the region.
     
    With the above in mind, we set the theme of this year’s Forum as “Connect, Create, Engage: Bridging Cultures for All”, underlining the Forum’s significance in connecting diverse cultures in the region, inspiring creativity and empowering our cultural community. Over the past two years, we have all made tremendous efforts in reviving the arts and cultural sector in our respective community, which was hard hit by the pandemic. At the same time, the advancement in digital technology and its impacts on people interaction means that arts and cultural development ahead is now full of challenges and uncertainties. This week’s Forum provides excellent opportunity of face-to-face interaction to connect and collaborate to tackle the evolving challenges. As cultural administrators, our roles are of vital importance and a platform for us to meet and exchange is particularly meaningful at this juncture.
     
    Our fruitful journey of connection, creation and engagement begins with this welcoming lunch. In the coming two days, we are excited to present an array of fantastic programmes, including the ministerial panel this afternoon, tonight’s gala dinner, plenary sessions, and insightful visits to renowned facilities such as the Hong Kong Palace Museum and M+ in the West Kowloon Cultural District. I know some of you have already visited the Hong Kong Museum of Arts and our unique art space in North Point called Oi!. Through these carefully curated programmes, we hope to showcase to you Hong Kong’s latest cultural landscape, and I hope that you will be fully immersed in the cultural vibrancy of Hong Kong, which will further inspire ideas to cultivate the enrichment and growth of arts and culture for our respective community.
     
    Let us join hands and turn this Forum into a beacon of cultural enlightenment. Not only do I look forward to learning from the enriching discussions at the Forum, I hope to start our dialogues so that we will meet again soon in Hong Kong, or elsewhere in your country. I wish you all a pleasant and fruitful stay in Hong Kong. Meanwhile, please enjoy this welcoming lunch, as well as the performances with rich Cantonese characteristics from our local artists. Thank you and bon appétit!
    Issued at HKT 14:14

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senator Murray Visits YWCA Clark County After Securing $475K for Therapeutic Preschool Program, Hears How Trump’s Funding Cuts, EOs Threaten Care for Survivors

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Washington State Patty Murray

    ICYMI: Trump Admin Withholding Nearly $1 Billion in Funding for Head Start—Crunching Centers Nationwide and Forcing Devastating Closures

    ***PHOTOS and B-ROLL HERE***

    Vancouver, WA — Today, U.S. Senator Patty Murray (D-WA), Vice Chair of the Senate Appropriations Committee, visited the YWCA Clark County and toured renovated classroom and outdoor space for the YWCA’s therapeutic pre-school program, which caters to children who have experienced trauma like abuse, neglect, and homelessness already in their early lives, and who need extra support to be able to thrive. Senator Murray secured $475,000 in Congressionally Directed Spending (CDS) funding for the YWCA’s preschool program in the government funding bills she negotiated and passed last Congress as Chair of the Appropriations Committee. On her visit, Senator Murray also heard from YWCA staff about how the Trump administration’s funding freezes, cuts to federal funding, and Executive Order on DEI initiatives—as well as looming Republican cuts to Medicaid—are affecting their work helping domestic violence and sexual assault survivors.

    The Clark County YWCA is a multi-service organization that works with survivors of domestic violence, sexual assault, and child abuse; youth aging out of foster care; and preschool children who have experienced or are at risk for homelessness. Without adequate funding, critical services at the YWCA are at risk of being reduced or eliminated, and many survivors rely on Medicaid and would be seriously harmed by deep cuts to the program, which Republicans are trying to pass through Congress right now. Senator Murray was joined during her visit by YWCA CEO Brittini Lasseigne, Chief Operating Officer Vanessa Yarie, VP of Support & Prevention Programs Laurie Schacht, VP of Domestic Violence Programs Beth Landry, and VP of Communications and Marketing Chandra Chase.

    “Federal investments like the one I was able to secure for the therapeutic preschool program here at the YWCA Clark County can make a real difference for kids and families at risk,” said Senator Murray. “Unfortunately, Trump’s unprecedented funding freezes and lack of communication with partners on the ground has created real chaos and uncertainty for places like the YWCA, who do really important work helping some of the most vulnerable in our communities—and have now been left without guidance on whether and when critical grant programs they rely on will open at all. And the Medicaid cuts Republicans are trying to force through Congress right now would also be devastating for the kids and survivors they serve who overwhelmingly rely on Medicaid for their health care. You can be sure I will take these stories with me back to the other Washington and keep fighting with everything I’ve got to end this chaos.”

    “Thanks to Senator Murray, our community has a therapeutic preschool option for trauma informed care for our youngest survivors. The Occupational Therapy room symbolizes what’s possible when federal-local partnerships focus on uplifting entire communities.  We’re not just addressing trauma—we’re preventing it by equipping families with resources to build safer, stronger futures together,” said Brittini Lasseigne, Chief Executive Officer of YWCA Clark County. “Senator Murray’s visit to YWCA Clark County’s Y’s Care Therapeutic Preschool program and our new Occupational Therapy room—spaces her federal investment helped build—shows what’s possible when leaders prioritize people over profits. These rooms are more than facilities; they’re proof that trauma-informed care works. We’re grateful for allies like Senator Murray, who continue to fight to ensure no child is left behind as we face new federal funding challenges that are both devastating and far-reaching.”

    Senator Murray has long worked to support survivors of domestic and sexual violence, including authoring important provisions of the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) over the years. In the most recent reauthorization of VAWA, Senator Murray passed major provisions of her Survivors’ Access to Supportive Care Act (SASCA) to develop national standards of care for survivors of sexual assault, strengthen the sexual assault examiner workforce, and expand access to sexual assault examination services. Murray first introduced SASCA in 2016, after her constituent, Leah Griffin, shared her personal story of surviving a sexual assault and then getting turned away from a hospital when it was unable to administer a rape kit—ultimately contributing to prosecutors declining to file criminal charges. Senator Murray also leads the SAFE for Survivors Act, which would provide increased economic security for survivors of domestic violence. In the Fiscal Year 2024 government funding bill Senator Murray authored and passed into law as then-Chair of the Appropriations Committee, Murray secured $713 million—the highest funding level ever, for grants provided by the Office on Violence Against Women, a $13 million increase over the previous year support training for police officers and prosecutors, state domestic violence and sexual assault coalitions, rape prevention programs, lethality assessment and homicide reduction initiatives, domestic violence hotlines, women’s shelters, transitional housing, and rural support services.

    Senator Murray has led the fight to tackle the child care crisis in Congress. She was instrumental in ensuring Congress took action when the COVID pandemic forced the child care sector to the brink of collapse. She authored the stabilization provisions in the American Rescue Plan alongside Congresswoman Rosa DeLauro (D, CT-03) and helped secure a historic $24 billion in stabilization funds and an additional $15 billion for CCDBG in the legislation. One third of child care providers who received a stabilization grant said their child care program would have closed permanently without the grants. Senator Murray introduced legislation and pushed to extend the stabilization grants—and has continued to push to deliver supplemental funding to address the child care crisis. In the Fiscal Year 2024 funding bills Senator Murray authored and passed, she successfully secured $1 billion more for our nation’s primary child care program and for Head Start—in addition to a variety of other steps across government programs to help families find quality, affordable child care. Critically, Senator Murray has introduced and continues working to build the support needed to pass her Child Care for Working Families Act, comprehensive legislation to tackle the child care crisis and ensure families across America can find and afford the high-quality child care they need.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI China: Eight regions report population increases

    Source: China State Council Information Office 2

    A nurse works at a maternal and child health care hospital in Huai’an City, east China’s Jiangsu province, May 12, 2024. [Photo/Xinhua]
    At least eight provincial-level regions in China reported growth in their resident populations last year amid rapid urbanization, according to data released by local authorities and experts.
    The regions that reported population growth are the Xinjiang Uygur and Xizang autonomous regions, and Shaanxi province in western China; Zhejiang, Anhui and Fujian provinces in the east; and Guangdong and Hainan provinces in the south, according to statistics from regional authorities.
    Meanwhile, the populations of Jiangsu province and Tianjin remained stable from the previous year, while 19 provincial-level regions reported a decline. Heilongjiang province and the Ningxia Hui autonomous region have yet to release their demographic data for last year.
    China’s total population declined for the third consecutive year in 2024, falling by 1.39 million to 1.408 billion, largely due to lower birth rates and a shrinking number of women of childbearing age.
    Population changes at the regional level are shaped by natural shifts — defined as the difference between births and deaths — as well as internal migration.
    Wang Jinying, a professor at Hebei University’s School of Economics and a demography expert, said provinces that saw population increases last year follow three distinct growth models.
    “Thanks to their thriving economies and ample job opportunities, provinces such as Zhejiang and Guangdong witnessed significant influxes of migrants from other regions, leading to an increase in their resident populations,” he said.
    Official data show Guangdong’s population grew by 740,000 to reach 127.8 million, while Zhejiang’s increased by 430,000 to 66.7 million.
    Xinjiang also followed this pattern, Wang said. The frontier region bordering Central Asia has become a key hub of the Belt and Road Initiative in recent years, drawing residents with increased economic and trade opportunities.
    In addition, provinces such as Anhui, Shaanxi and Fujian — once beset by a high number of out-migrants due to underdeveloped economies — have seen accelerated economic growth in recent years, Wang said.
    “This has not only curbed outward migration but also spurred a return of residents, boosting their resident population figures,” he said.
    However, the population growth in these regions remains relatively modest. Shaanxi and Anhui each recorded a year-on-year increase of fewer than 20,000 people, while Fujian’s population rose by 100,000.
    The third growth model is exemplified by Xizang, Yunnan and Hainan, where population increases are largely due to natural growth, with birth rates exceeding death rates, Wang said.
    Among the regions experiencing population decline last year are Jilin and Liaoning provinces in Northeast China. The region has seen the steepest declines in recent years due to large-scale emigration and low fertility rates.
    Still, both provinces recorded a modest rebound in the number of newborns, with each reporting about 9,000 more births year-on-year.
    Nationwide, China also saw a slight uptick in the number of newborns last year, rising by 520,000 to reach 9.54 million.
    “The increase in these regions, as well as the national figure, can be attributed to a sizable number of people who had postponed marriage and childbearing deciding to tie the knot and have babies,” Wang said. “Other contributing factors include the end of the COVID-19 pandemic and the auspicious Year of the Dragon in 2024. But the overall scale of the increase remains modest.”
    Experts said China’s urban population has been steadily growing and is expected to continue expanding as more people move to cities. However, Northeast China’s population is likely to keep shrinking.
    A recent study by Liu Houlian, a researcher at the China Population and Development Research Center, projected that China’s urbanization rate will reach 75.4 percent by 2035, up from 67 percent in 2024.
    The study noted a significant population increase in cities along the Yangtze River and coastal areas, as well as in provincial capitals. Meanwhile, the trend of population decline has spread from northeastern provinces to some central and western regions.
    “Driven by high-quality economic development, scientific innovation and improved public services, it is expected that the populations of economically vibrant cities in the Yangtze River Delta, Pearl River Delta and Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei regions will continue to grow,” the study said. “Conversely, less developed small and medium-sized cities are likely to face continued population shrinkage.”
    Wang said China’s total population will likely continue to decline, intensifying competition among regions for labor and widening the divergence in regional development.
    To address the trend, he suggested promoting high-quality, balanced regional development, with a focus on cultivating more central cities and urban clusters.
    “Hefei in Anhui province serves as a prime illustration of how an emerging economic hub can draw in population. An increasing number of people, previously concentrated in urban giants such as Shanghai, have opted to settle down in the city instead,” he said.
    Wang added that expanding public services, such as fertility support policies, healthcare and education, is essential to accommodate the influx of people into urban areas.

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Thank you forever, Pope Francis

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    VaticanMedia

    by Gianni ValenteRome ( Fides Agency) – “Remember your leaders, who preached the word of God to you, and as you reflect on the outcome of their lives, imitate their faith.”This passage from the Letter to the Hebrews was very dear to Father Bergoglio. He often quoted it when he wanted to show how beautiful and important it is to remember the people and friends who brought us Christ’s liberation and who have already left this world. Those men and women who “brought us closer to sources of life and hope from which those who follow us will also be able to drink.”Pope Francis also left this world today, April 21, Easter Monday, due to complications from a seasonal illness. As is the case with many elderly people in the Villas Miseria of Buenos Aires, who in the heart of the Argentine winter ask San Pantaleo, doctor and martyr, for protection from atching the “flu” and falling ill with pneumonia. Thus, the offering of his mortal body, of his never-spared physicality, of the increasingly fragile reality of his human condition, that he never shied away from until the last of the days of work, hardships, inclement weather, and contagious diseases to which his vocation and ministry exposed him, was fulfilled to the very end. Even his death, which coincided with Holy Week, when the Church celebrates the mysteries of salvation brought to fulfillment by Christ, is also part of the mystery of offering and self-giving that marked his life.Now, for his children and for all those who loved him from near and far, the time has come to remember him. To give thanks with hearts filled with peace and gratitude for the things that he remembered, repeated, and showed to the Church and to the world during his mortal life. Small things and great things. Old things and new ones.Even during his years as Pope, Bergoglio repeatedly told us that faith does not come from man. Faith is a gift from Jesus. And no one can go to Jesus unless Jesus himself draws them to himself, unless he wins and captivates hearts “by attraction,” as he always said, quoting Pope Ratzinger, by “delectatio,” as St. Augustine said.That is why he said that “Each of us is chosen, no one chooses to be Christian among all the possibilities offered by the religious ‘marketplace’, we are chosen. We are Christians because we have been chosen” (Homily of April 2, 2020, at the beginning of the pandemic). He also said that faith is not “a spiritual path to perfection,” but “a gift of the Holy Spirit, a gift that goes beyond all preparation.” And when it weakens, it can become “only a culture or a gnosis, a knowledge” (homily, January 26, 2015).This is why he said that “It is not enough for us to know that God exists: a risen but distant God does not fill our lives; a distant God, however just and holy, does not attract us. We too need to ‘see God,’ to touch with our hands that he is risen, and risen for us, like the disciples: through his wounds.”Pope Francis repeated that the Church is the work of Christ and His Spirit. That the Church is His, that it is not “built” by itself, it is not self-sufficient.He repeated that only Christ, by forgiving it, can free/bring the Church itself from its inertial self-referentiality, from its withdrawal into itself.Pope Francis continued to repeat tirelessly that the “protagonist of the Church” is the Holy Spirit, the One who “from the very beginning gave the Apostles the strength to proclaim the Gospel,” and even now “does everything,” “carries the Church forward,” and even “when persecution breaks out,” it is He “who gives believers the strength to remain in the faith.”Pope Francis repeated that “it is not we, the popes, bishops, priests, or nuns who carry the Church forward,” but “it is the saints” (homily at Santa Marta, January 12, 2016).As Pope, he said that changes and possible reforms in the Church are fruitful if they have as their ultimate criterion the good and salvation of souls and serve to remove burdens and veils from the work of grace, to make it easier for souls to encounter Christ. Even with contradictions and things that went wrong, even with his human errors and his fragility as a “sinner whom Christ looked upon,” he has given witness that the miracles that save the Church cannot be performed by a poor man. He experienced in the flesh of his limitations and his earthly days, even as the Successor of Peter, the “Mysterium Lunae,” the formula – so dear to him – with which the Greek and Latin Fathers of the early Christian centuries suggested the most intimate nature and mystery of the Church, which can remain an opaque and dark body, with all its apparatus, its performances, its glorious antiquities, and its shrewd modernity, if Christ does not illuminate it with His light, as the sun does with the moon.Pope Francis has repeated and demonstrated with insistence devoid of human respect that in the mystery of salvation wrought by Christ and his Spirit, it is the poor of all poverty who are loved. The little ones, because of their smallness, enter more easily through the narrow gate that leads to the banquet of the Kingdom of Heaven.Pope Francis has repeated that the salvation promised by Jesus is for everyone, that its horizon is the world. And he freely inspires in his followers a closeness of mercy and charity toward all the expectations, sorrows, despair, sins, and miseries of the world. Towards all members of the human family, beginning with the derailed lives of the most wounded, the fallen and shipwrecked, those who suffer most and are most in need.The “pastoral conversion” he suggested to the whole Church was not and is not a retreat into a parallel world, separate from the world of men. It is precisely an “imperfect” and “battered” Church, a “Church with wounds,” he said, “that is capable of understanding the wounds of today’s world and making them its own, suffering them, accompanying them, and seeking to heal them.” Because “a Church with wounds does not place itself at the center, does not believe itself to be perfect, but places at the center the only one who can heal wounds, and that is Jesus Christ.” (Address during the trip to Chile, January 16, 2018).Much has already been written about this, and much more will be written. But for more than twelve years, the words and gestures of the Bishop of Rome who arrived from Buenos Aires have also and above all become almost daily companionship and comfort for multitudes of souls scattered throughout the world, of every language, culture, and nation, through the ordinary magisterium of the homilies at Santa Marta, the reflections accompanying the Angelus prayer, and the catechesis in St. Peter’s Square and in the Paul VI Hall.This unmediated closeness to the multitude was perhaps the most intimate treasure of the twelve years of his pontificate. An incomparable treasure, a flow of healed life, which he presented in simple and repeated terms, the words and gestures most proper and intimate to the dynamism of Christian faith and experience, reduced to their minimal traits: grace, mercy, sin, forgiveness, charity, salvation, predilection for the poor.Perhaps above all for this reason, the people of God have continued to bless Bishop Francis of Rome and to pray for him, as they did at his request on the first evening of his pontificate, when Pope Francis invoked the prayer of the crowd gathered in St. Peter’s Square (“I would like to give you the blessing, but first I ask you for a favor, I ask you to pray to the Lord: the prayer of the people who ask for the blessing of their bishop”).In the weave of those prayers, the People of God, with their sensus fidei, have always recognized and continue to recognize that the election of Pope Francis was a gift, a sign that the Lord still loves his Church. And only this enduring love of their Lord, a love without repentance, can make the Church—and also the Papacy—interesting to the world, interesting to everyone.With the same serene confidence, the People of God began months ago to accompany the Successor of Peter, chosen from “almost the end of the world,” in his last days. There was no sense of doom or abstract anguish over “unfinished projects” or “plans gone awry” in the hearts and eyes of those who accompanied him with their prayers during these last months of illness. There was only peace and moving gratitude in the prayers that rose to heaven for Pope Bergoglio from St. Peter’s Square and from homes, churches, and squares around the world. This was in complete harmony with the words with which the Pope himself had imagined his end. “The Lord, with his goodness,” Pope Bergoglio had pointed out in one of his homilies at Santa Marta, “says to each of us: ‘Stop, stop, not all days will be like this. Don’t get used to this as if it were eternity. There will be a day when you will be taken away, the other will remain, you will be taken away, you will be taken away.’ It is going with the Lord, thinking that our life will end. And this is good.”Thinking about death, he added, “is not a bad fantasy, it is a reality. Whether it is ugly or not, depends on me, on how I think about it, but it will be there. And there will be the encounter with the Lord. This will be the beauty of death. It will be the encounter with the Lord. He will come to meet us. He will say, ‘Come, come, blessed by my Father, come with me.’”Those who perceived him as a comforting companion on their journey prayed for him with peace in their hearts. This was something he himself often testified to, incredibly, in the midst of storms.Now, the same multitudes pray for him to Mary, Our Lady of Lujan. Mary, Salus Populi Romani. May she come and take him in her arms, like a child, on his final journey.On January 28, 2018, when he celebrated Mass on the feast of the transfer of the restored icon of Salus Populi Romani in the Basilica of Saint Mary Major, the Pope recalled that “Where Our Lady is at home, the devil does not enter. Where the Mother is, turmoil does not prevail, fear does not win. Who among us does not need this, who among us is not sometimes troubled or anxious? (…). And we need her like a traveler needs refreshment, like a child needs to be carried in her arms.”For this reason, as he himself wished, Pope Francis’ mortal remains will rest forever in a chapel in the Basilica of Saint Mary Major, connected by Via Merulana to the Basilica of Saint John Lateran. He will rest under the gaze of the Salus Populi Romani. Forever, in the heart of Rome.(Fides Agency 21/4/2025).
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Columbia Man Sentenced in $1.2 Million Insurance Fraud and $30,000.00 COVID-19 Relief Fraud Cases

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    JEFFERSON CITY, Mo. – A Columbia, Mo., man who ran a scheme to defraud insurance companies through staged accidents and who fraudulently applied for COVID-19 relief funds was sentenced in federal court today for conspiracy to commit wire and mail fraud and aggravated identity theft.

    Lawrence Courtney Lawhorn, 37, was sentenced by U.S. District Judge Rosanne Ketchmark to a total of 21 years in federal prison without parole. The court also ordered Lawhorn to pay $187,109.75 in restitution to be divided among insurance companies, medical providers, and the Small Business Administration.

    Beginning in 2017, Lawhorn staged automobile accidents in the mid-Missouri area.  Lawhorn participated in three staged accidents and recruited other people, including family members to participate in the staged accidents.  Lawhorn and the participants would go to various hospitals complaining of fake injuries thereby increasing the medical billing. As a result, the cost of a potential settlement with the insurance companies would increase. During one staged accident, Lawhorn spoke to the insurance company while pretending to be a person with settlement authority.

    Lawhorn’s operation spread to the Kansas City, Missouri and St. Louis, Missouri areas. In total, Lawhorn either participated in or managed 10 total staged automobile accidents between 2017 until his arrest in 2020.  The total loss for all staged accidents was approximately $1.2 million.  In court, it was determined Lawhorn pocketed approximately $105,721.17 either through his direct participation or by requiring the other participants to pay him money.

    In 2020, during the COVID-19 pandemic, Lawhorn, along with another person, Tina Battie, submitted applications for Economic Disaster Relief Loans that were available to small businesses during the pandemic. Lawhorn and Battie submitted applications to the Small Business Administration for the loans using fake businesses.  Lawhorn obtained $10,000.00 from his personal application and another $20,000.00 was obtained through two other fraudulent applications.  The loans were later forgiven.  Tina Battie was sentenced last year for her actions in the case.

    This case was prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Aaron M. Maness.  It was investigated by the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, the Columbia, Missouri Police Department, and the National Insurance Crime Bureau. 

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: Wintrust Financial Corporation Reports Record First Quarter 2025 Net Income

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ROSEMONT, Ill., April 21, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust”, “the Company”, “we” or “our”) (Nasdaq: WTFC) announced record quarterly net income of $189.0 million, or $2.69 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $185.4 million, or $2.63 per diluted common share in the fourth quarter of 2024. Pre-tax, pre-provision income (non-GAAP) totaled a record $277.0 million, compared to $270.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Timothy S. Crane, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “Building on our record results in 2024, we are pleased with our strong start to the year. Our balanced business model supported disciplined loan growth, which was funded by robust deposit growth in the first quarter of 2025.”

    Additionally, Mr. Crane noted, “Net interest margin in the first quarter increased by five basis points to 3.56% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The improvement in net interest margin was primarily attributed to decreased funding costs. The higher net interest margin and balance sheet growth supported record net interest income levels in the first quarter of 2025.”

    Highlights of the first quarter of 2025:
    Comparative information to the fourth quarter of 2024, unless otherwise noted

    • Total loans increased by $653 million, or 6% annualized.
    • Total deposits increased by approximately $1.1 billion, or 8% annualized.
    • Total assets increased by $1.0 billion, or 6% annualized.
    • Net interest income increased to $526.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $525.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, supported by improvement in net interest margin and balance sheet growth.        
      • Net interest margin increased to 3.54% (3.56% on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, non-GAAP) during the first quarter of 2025.
    • Non-interest income and non-interest expense were relatively stable in the first quarter of 2025. Notable impacts were:
      • Net gains on investment securities totaled $3.2 million.
      • Macatawa Bank acquisition-related costs were $2.7 million.
    • Provision for credit losses totaled $24.0 million in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to a provision for credit losses of $17.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Net charge-offs totaled $12.6 million, or 11 basis points of average total loans on an annualized basis, in the first quarter of 2025 compared to $15.9 million, or 13 basis points of average total loans on an annualized basis, in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Mr. Crane noted, “The Company exhibited disciplined and consistent loan growth, as loans increased by $653 million compared to the prior quarter, or 6% on an annualized basis. Loan pipelines are strong and we remain prudent in our review of credit opportunities, ensuring our loan growth adheres to our conservative credit standards. Strong deposit growth of $1.1 billion, or 8% on an annualized basis, in the first quarter of 2025 outpaced loan growth, which resulted in our loans-to-deposits ratio ending the quarter at 90.9%. Non-interest bearing deposits totaled $11.2 billion and comprised 21% of total deposits at the end of the first quarter of 2025. We continue to leverage our enviable market positioning to generate deposits, grow loans and expand our franchise value.”

    Commenting on credit quality, Mr. Crane stated, “Prudent credit management, involving in-depth reviews of the portfolio, has led to positive outcomes by proactively identifying and resolving problem credits in a timely fashion. We continue to be conservative, diversified, and maintain our consistently strong credit standards. We believe the Company’s reserves are appropriate and we remain committed to maintaining credit quality as evidenced by our improved net charge-offs, stable levels of non-performing loans and our core loan allowance for credit losses of 1.37%.”

    In summary, Mr. Crane concluded, “Overall, we are proud of our first quarter results and believe we are well-positioned to continue our strong momentum as we navigate the macroeconomic uncertainty in 2025. The first quarter results highlighted the quality of our core deposit franchise and multifaceted nature of our business model, which uniquely positions us to be successful. Anticipated solid loan growth in the second quarter, combined with a stable net interest margin should result in higher levels of net interest income in the second quarter of 2025. Increasing our long-term franchise value and net interest income, coupled with disciplined expense control and maintaining our conservative credit standards, remain our focus in 2025.”

    The graphs shown on pages 3-7 illustrate certain financial highlights of the first quarter of 2025 as well as historical financial performance. See “Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios” at Table 17 for additional information with respect to non-GAAP financial measures/ratios, including the reconciliations to the corresponding GAAP financial measures/ratios.

    Graphs available at the following link: http://ml.globenewswire.com/Resource/Download/cdbdc506-1b5a-4776-ae2e-e0b14106e712

    SUMMARY OF RESULTS:

    BALANCE SHEET

    Total assets increased $1.0 billion in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Total loans increased by $653.4 million as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase in loans was primarily driven by growth in the commercial and premium finance life insurance loan portfolios.

    Total liabilities increased by $734.2 million in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, driven by a $1.1 billion increase in total deposits. Robust organic deposit growth in the first quarter of 2025 was driven by our diverse deposit product offerings. Non-interest bearing deposits as a percentage of total deposits were 21% at March 31, 2025, relatively stable compared to recent quarters. The Company’s loans-to-deposits ratio ended the quarter at 90.9%.

    For more information regarding changes in the Company’s balance sheet, see Consolidated Statements of Condition and Table 1 through Table 3 in this report.

    NET INTEREST INCOME

    For the first quarter of 2025, net interest income totaled $526.5 million, an increase of $1.3 million as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, primarily due to improvement in net interest margin and growth in the balance sheet, partially offset by two fewer calendar days in the quarter.

    Net interest margin increased to 3.54% (3.56% on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, non-GAAP) during the first quarter of 2025, up five basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The yield on earning assets declined 11 basis points during the first quarter of 2025 primarily due to a 15 basis point decrease in loan yields. The net free funds contribution declined six basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. These declines were more than offset by a 22 basis point reduction in funding cost, primarily due to a 23 basis point decline in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits, compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.

    For more information regarding net interest income, see Table 4 through Table 7 in this report.

    ASSET QUALITY

    The allowance for credit losses totaled $448.4 million as of March 31, 2025, an increase from $437.1 million as of December 31, 2024. A provision for credit losses totaling $24.0 million was recorded for the first quarter of 2025 as compared to $17.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. The higher provision for credit losses recognized in the first quarter of 2025 is primarily attributable to impacts related to the macroeconomic outlook. Future economic performance remains uncertain, thus downside risks to the baseline scenario, including widening credit spreads and lower valuations in financial markets, were considered to derive a qualitative addition to the provision for the first quarter of 2025. For more information regarding the allowance for credit losses and provision for credit losses, see Table 10 in this report.

    Management believes the allowance for credit losses is appropriate to account for expected credit losses. The Company is required to estimate expected credit losses over the life of the Company’s financial assets as of the reporting date. There can be no assurances, however, that future losses will not significantly exceed the amounts provided for, thereby affecting future results of operations. A summary of the allowance for credit losses calculated for the loan components in each portfolio as of March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and September 30, 2024 is shown on Table 11 of this report.

    Net charge-offs totaled $12.6 million in the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of $3.3 million as compared to $15.9 million of net charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 11 basis points in the first quarter of 2025 on an annualized basis, compared to 13 basis points on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2024. For more information regarding net charge-offs, see Table 9 in this report.

    The Company’s delinquency rates remain low and manageable. For more information regarding past due loans, see Table 12 in this report.

    Non-performing assets and non-performing loans have remained relatively stable compared to prior quarters. Non-performing assets totaled $195.0 million and comprised 0.30% of total assets as of March 31, 2025, as compared to $193.9 million, or 0.30% of total assets, as of December 31, 2024. Non-performing loans totaled $172.4 million and comprised 0.35% of total loans at March 31, 2025, as compared to $170.8 million and 0.36% of total loans at December 31, 2024. For more information regarding non-performing assets, see Table 13 in this report.

    NON-INTEREST INCOME

    Non-interest income totaled $116.6 million in the first quarter of 2025, increasing $3.2 million, as compared to $113.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Wealth management revenue decreased by $4.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 was impacted by the transition of systems and support for brokerage and certain private client business to a new third party in the current quarter, as well as lower assets under management due to lower market valuations. The reduction in revenue was driven by anticipated slowdown in activity from the transition, market conditions, and certain offsets to expenses. Wealth management revenue is comprised of the trust and asset management revenue of Wintrust Private Trust Company and Great Lakes Advisors, the brokerage commissions, managed money fees and insurance product commissions at Wintrust Investments and fees from tax-deferred like-kind exchange services provided by the Chicago Deferred Exchange Company.

    Mortgage banking revenue totaling $20.5 million in the first quarter of 2025 was essentially unchanged compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. For more information regarding mortgage banking revenue, see Table 15 in this report.

    The Company recognized $19.4 million in service charges on deposit accounts in the first quarter of 2025, as compared to $18.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The $0.5 million increase in the first quarter of 2025 was primarily due to increased commercial account fees.

    The Company recognized $3.2 million in net gains on investment securities in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to $2.8 million in net losses in the fourth quarter of 2024. The net gains in the first quarter of 2025 were primarily the result of unrealized gains on the Company’s equity investment securities with a readily determinable fair value.

    For more information regarding non-interest income, see Table 14 in this report.

    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

    Non-interest expenses totaled $366.1 million in the first quarter of 2025, decreasing $2.4 million as compared to $368.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased by $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. This was primarily driven by decreased commissions and incentives compensation expense related to lower mortgage originations and wealth management revenue in the quarter partially offset by higher salaries expense which can be attributed to annual merit increases taking effect in the first quarter of the year.

    Advertising and marketing expenses in the first quarter of 2025 totaled $12.3 million, which was a $0.8 million decrease as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The reduction in the first quarter is primarily due to timing of marketing campaigns, sponsorship arrangements and other investments.

    Professional fees expense totaled $9.0 million in the first quarter of 2025, resulting in a decrease of $2.3 million as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The decrease in the current quarter relates primarily to decreased fees on consulting services. Professional fees include legal, audit, and tax fees, external loan review costs, consulting arrangements and normal regulatory exam assessments.

    Travel and entertainment expense totaled $5.3 million in the first quarter of 2025 which decreased $2.9 million as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The decrease is primarily due to seasonal corporate events that occur during the fourth quarter.

    The Macatawa Bank acquisition related costs were $2.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, primarily driven by consulting expenses, employee retention and severance costs, and contracted resource costs.

    For more information regarding non-interest expense, see Table 16 in this report.

    INCOME TAXES

    The Company recorded income tax expense of $64.0 million in the first quarter compared to $67.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The effective tax rates were 25.30% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to 26.76% in the fourth quarter of 2024. The effective tax rates were partially impacted by the tax effects related to share-based compensation, which fluctuate based on the Company’s stock price and timing of employee stock option exercises and vesting of other share-based awards. The Company recorded net excess tax benefits of $3.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to excess tax benefits of $50,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024 related to share-based compensation.

    BUSINESS SUMMARY

    Community Banking

    Through community banking, the Company provides banking and financial services primarily to individuals, small to mid-sized businesses, local governmental units and institutional clients residing primarily in the local areas the Company services. In the first quarter of 2025, community banking increased its commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loan portfolios.

    Mortgage banking revenue was $20.5 million for both the first quarter of 2025, and the fourth quarter of 2024. See Table 15 for more detail. Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $19.4 million in the first quarter of 2025 as compared to $18.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company’s gross commercial and commercial real estate loan pipelines remained solid as of March 31, 2025 indicating momentum for expected continued loan growth in the second quarter of 2025.

    Specialty Finance

    Through specialty finance, the Company offers financing of insurance premiums for businesses and individuals, equipment financing through structured loans and lease products to customers in a variety of industries, accounts receivable financing and value-added, out-sourced administrative services and other services. Originations within the insurance premium financing receivables portfolios were $4.8 billion during the first quarter of 2025. Average balances increased by $213.4 million, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company’s leasing divisions’ portfolio balances increased in the first quarter of 2025, with capital leases, loans, and equipment on operating leases of $2.7 billion, $1.1 billion, and $280.5 million as of March 31, 2025 respectively, as compared to $2.5 billion, $1.1 billion, and $278.3 million as of December 31, 2024, respectively. Revenues from the Company’s out-sourced administrative services business were $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2025, which was relatively stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Wealth Management

    Through wealth management, the Company offers a full range of wealth management services, including trust and investment services, tax-deferred like-kind exchange services, asset management, and securities brokerage services. See “Items Impacting Comparative Results,” regarding the sale of the Company’s Retirement Benefits Advisors (“RBA”) division during the first quarter of 2024. Wealth management revenue totaled $34.0 million in the first quarter of 2025, down slightly as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s wealth management subsidiaries had approximately $51.1 billion of assets under administration, which included $8.4 billion of assets owned by the Company and its subsidiary banks.

    ITEMS IMPACTING COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL RESULTS

    Business Combination

    On August 1, 2024, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of Macatawa, the parent company of Macatawa Bank. In conjunction with the completed acquisition, the Company issued approximately 4.7 million shares of common stock. Macatawa operates 26 full-service branches located throughout communities in Kent, Ottawa and northern Allegan counties in the state of Michigan. Macatawa offers a full range of banking, retail and commercial lending, wealth management and ecommerce services to individuals, businesses and governmental entities. As of August 1, 2024, Macatawa had fair values of approximately $2.9 billion in assets, $2.3 billion in deposits and $1.3 billion in loans. As of March 31, 2025, the Company recorded goodwill of approximately $142.1 million on the purchase.

    Division Sale

    In the first quarter of 2024, the Company sold its RBA division and recorded a net gain of approximately $19.3 million ($20.0 million in other non-interest income from the sale, offset by $0.7 million in commissions/incentive compensation expense).

    WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    Key Operating Measures

    Wintrust’s key operating measures and growth rates for the first quarter of 2025, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 (sequential quarter) and first quarter of 2024 (linked quarter), are shown in the table below:

                  % or (1)basis point (bp) change  from
    4th Quarter
    2024
      % or basis point (bp) change from
    1st Quarter
    2024
        Three Months Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024  
    Net income   $ 189,039     $ 185,362     $ 187,294   2   %   1   %
    Pre-tax income, excluding provision for credit losses (non-GAAP) (2)     277,018       270,060       271,629   3       2    
    Net income per common share – Diluted     2.69       2.63       2.89   2       (7 )  
    Cash dividends declared per common share     0.50       0.45       0.45   11       11    
    Net revenue (3)     643,108       638,599       604,774   1       6    
    Net interest income     526,474       525,148       464,194   0       13    
    Net interest margin     3.54 %     3.49 %     3.57 % 5   bps   (3 ) bps
    Net interest margin – fully taxable-equivalent (non-GAAP) (2)     3.56       3.51       3.59   5       (3 )  
    Net overhead ratio (4)     1.58       1.60       1.39   (2 )     19    
    Return on average assets     1.20       1.16       1.35   4       (15 )  
    Return on average common equity     12.21       11.82       14.42   39       (221 )  
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (2)     14.72       14.29       16.75   43       (203 )  
    At end of period                      
    Total assets   $ 65,870,066     $ 64,879,668     $ 57,576,933   6   %   14   %
    Total loans (5)     48,708,390       48,055,037       43,230,706   6       13    
    Total deposits     53,570,038       52,512,349       46,448,858   8       15    
    Total shareholders’ equity     6,600,537       6,344,297       5,436,400   16       21    

    (1)   Period-end balance sheet percentage changes are annualized.
    (2)   See Table 17: Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.
    (3)   Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income.
    (4)   The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s average total assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.
    (5)   Excludes mortgage loans held-for-sale.

    Certain returns, yields, performance ratios, or quarterly growth rates are “annualized” in this presentation to represent an annual time period. This is done for analytical purposes to better discern, for decision-making purposes, underlying performance trends when compared to full-year or year-over-year amounts. For example, a 5% growth rate for a quarter would represent an annualized 20% growth rate. Additional supplemental financial information showing quarterly trends can be found on the Company’s website at www.wintrust.com by choosing “Financial Reports” under the “Investor Relations” heading, and then choosing “Financial Highlights.”


    WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

    Selected Financial Highlights

        Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
    Selected Financial Condition Data (at end of period):
    Total assets   $ 65,870,066     $ 64,879,668     $ 63,788,424     $ 59,781,516     $ 57,576,933  
    Total loans (1)     48,708,390       48,055,037       47,067,447       44,675,531       43,230,706  
    Total deposits     53,570,038       52,512,349       51,404,966       48,049,026       46,448,858  
    Total shareholders’ equity     6,600,537       6,344,297       6,399,714       5,536,628       5,436,400  
    Selected Statements of Income Data:                    
    Net interest income   $ 526,474     $ 525,148     $ 502,583     $ 470,610     $ 464,194  
    Net revenue (2)     643,108       638,599       615,730       591,757       604,774  
    Net income     189,039       185,362       170,001       152,388       187,294  
    Pre-tax income, excluding provision for credit losses (non-GAAP) (3)     277,018       270,060       255,043       251,404       271,629  
    Net income per common share – Basic     2.73       2.68       2.51       2.35       2.93  
    Net income per common share – Diluted     2.69       2.63       2.47       2.32       2.89  
    Cash dividends declared per common share     0.50       0.45       0.45       0.45       0.45  
    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                    
    Performance Ratios:                    
    Net interest margin     3.54 %     3.49 %     3.49 %     3.50 %     3.57 %
    Net interest margin – fully taxable-equivalent (non-GAAP) (3)     3.56       3.51       3.51       3.52       3.59  
    Non-interest income to average assets     0.74       0.71       0.74       0.85       1.02  
    Non-interest expense to average assets     2.32       2.31       2.36       2.38       2.41  
    Net overhead ratio (4)     1.58       1.60       1.62       1.53       1.39  
    Return on average assets     1.20       1.16       1.11       1.07       1.35  
    Return on average common equity     12.21       11.82       11.63       11.61       14.42  
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (3)     14.72       14.29       13.92       13.49       16.75  
    Average total assets   $ 64,107,042     $ 63,594,105     $ 60,915,283     $ 57,493,184     $ 55,602,695  
    Average total shareholders’ equity     6,460,941       6,418,403       5,990,429       5,450,173       5,440,457  
    Average loans to average deposits ratio     92.3 %     91.9 %     93.8 %     95.1 %     94.5 %
    Period-end loans to deposits ratio     90.9       91.5       91.6       93.0       93.1  
    Common Share Data at end of period:                    
    Market price per common share   $ 112.46     $ 124.71     $ 108.53     $ 98.56     $ 104.39  
    Book value per common share     92.47       89.21       90.06       82.97       81.38  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (3)     78.83       75.39       76.15       72.01       70.40  
    Common shares outstanding     66,919,325       66,495,227       66,481,543       61,760,139       61,736,715  
    Other Data at end of period:                    
    Common equity to assets ratio     9.4 %     9.1 %     9.4 %     8.6 %     8.7 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP) (3)     8.1       7.8       8.1       7.5       7.6  
    Tier 1 leverage ratio (5)     9.6       9.4       9.6       9.3       9.4  
    Risk-based capital ratios:                    
    Tier 1 capital ratio (5)     10.8       10.7       10.6       10.3       10.3  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (5)     10.1       9.9       9.8       9.5       9.5  
    Total capital ratio (5)     12.5       12.3       12.2       12.1       12.2  
    Allowance for credit losses (6)   $ 448,387     $ 437,060     $ 436,193     $ 437,560     $ 427,504  
    Allowance for loan and unfunded lending-related commitment losses to total loans     0.92 %     0.91 %     0.93 %     0.98 %     0.99 %
    Number of:                    
    Bank subsidiaries     16       16       16       15       15  
    Banking offices     208       205       203       177       176  

    (1)   Excludes mortgage loans held-for-sale.
    (2)   Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income.
    (3)   See Table 17: Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.
    (4)   The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s average total assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.
    (5)   Capital ratios for current quarter-end are estimated.
    (6)   The allowance for credit losses includes the allowance for loan losses, the allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments and the allowance for held-to-maturity securities losses.


    WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

        (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Assets                    
    Cash and due from banks   $ 616,216     $ 452,017     $ 725,465     $ 415,462     $ 379,825  
    Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements     63       6,519       5,663       62       61  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks     4,238,237       4,409,753       3,648,117       2,824,314       2,131,077  
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value     4,220,305       4,141,482       3,912,232       4,329,957       4,387,598  
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost     3,564,490       3,613,263       3,677,420       3,755,924       3,810,015  
    Trading account securities           4,072       3,472       4,134       2,184  
    Equity securities with readily determinable fair value     270,442       215,412       125,310       112,173       119,777  
    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock     281,893       281,407       266,908       256,495       224,657  
    Brokerage customer receivables           18,102       16,662       13,682       13,382  
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value     316,804       331,261       461,067       411,851       339,884  
    Loans, net of unearned income     48,708,390       48,055,037       47,067,447       44,675,531       43,230,706  
    Allowance for loan losses     (378,207 )     (364,017 )     (360,279 )     (363,719 )     (348,612 )
    Net loans     48,330,183       47,691,020       46,707,168       44,311,812       42,882,094  
    Premises, software and equipment, net     776,679       779,130       772,002       722,295       744,769  
    Lease investments, net     280,472       278,264       270,171       275,459       283,557  
    Accrued interest receivable and other assets     1,598,255       1,739,334       1,721,090       1,671,334       1,580,142  
    Trade date securities receivable     463,023             551,031              
    Goodwill     796,932       796,942       800,780       655,955       656,181  
    Other acquisition-related intangible assets     116,072       121,690       123,866       20,607       21,730  
    Total assets   $ 65,870,066     $ 64,879,668     $ 63,788,424     $ 59,781,516     $ 57,576,933  
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                    
    Deposits:                    
    Non-interest-bearing   $ 11,201,859     $ 11,410,018     $ 10,739,132     $ 10,031,440     $ 9,908,183  
    Interest-bearing     42,368,179       41,102,331       40,665,834       38,017,586       36,540,675  
    Total deposits     53,570,038       52,512,349       51,404,966       48,049,026       46,448,858  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     3,151,309       3,151,309       3,171,309       3,176,309       2,676,751  
    Other borrowings     529,269       534,803       647,043       606,579       575,408  
    Subordinated notes     298,360       298,283       298,188       298,113       437,965  
    Junior subordinated debentures     253,566       253,566       253,566       253,566       253,566  
    Accrued interest payable and other liabilities     1,466,987       1,785,061       1,613,638       1,861,295       1,747,985  
    Total liabilities     59,269,529       58,535,371       57,388,710       54,244,888       52,140,533  
    Shareholders’ Equity:                    
    Preferred stock     412,500       412,500       412,500       412,500       412,500  
    Common stock     67,007       66,560       66,546       61,825       61,798  
    Surplus     2,494,347       2,482,561       2,470,228       1,964,645       1,954,532  
    Treasury stock     (9,156 )     (6,153 )     (6,098 )     (5,760 )     (5,757 )
    Retained earnings     4,045,854       3,897,164       3,748,715       3,615,616       3,498,475  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (410,015 )     (508,335 )     (292,177 )     (512,198 )     (485,148 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     6,600,537       6,344,297       6,399,714       5,536,628       5,436,400  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 65,870,066     $ 64,879,668     $ 63,788,424     $ 59,781,516     $ 57,576,933  

    WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Interest income                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 768,362     $ 789,038     $ 794,163     $ 749,812     $ 710,341  
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale   4,246       5,623       6,233       5,434       4,146  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   36,766       46,256       32,608       19,731       16,658  
    Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements   179       53       277       17       19  
    Investment securities   72,016       67,066       69,592       69,779       69,678  
    Trading account securities   11       6       11       13       18  
    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock   5,307       5,157       5,451       4,974       4,478  
    Brokerage customer receivables   78       302       269       219       175  
    Total interest income   886,965       913,501       908,604       849,979       805,513  
    Interest expense                  
    Interest on deposits   320,233       346,388       362,019       335,703       299,532  
    Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances   25,441       26,050       26,254       24,797       22,048  
    Interest on other borrowings   6,792       7,519       9,013       8,700       9,248  
    Interest on subordinated notes   3,714       3,733       3,712       5,185       5,487  
    Interest on junior subordinated debentures   4,311       4,663       5,023       4,984       5,004  
    Total interest expense   360,491       388,353       406,021       379,369       341,319  
    Net interest income   526,474       525,148       502,583       470,610       464,194  
    Provision for credit losses   23,963       16,979       22,334       40,061       21,673  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   502,511       508,169       480,249       430,549       442,521  
    Non-interest income                  
    Wealth management   34,042       38,775       37,224       35,413       34,815  
    Mortgage banking   20,529       20,452       15,974       29,124       27,663  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   19,362       18,864       16,430       15,546       14,811  
    Gains (losses) on investment securities, net   3,196       (2,835 )     3,189       (4,282 )     1,326  
    Fees from covered call options   3,446       2,305       988       2,056       4,847  
    Trading (losses) gains, net   (64 )     (113 )     (130 )     70       677  
    Operating lease income, net   15,287       15,327       15,335       13,938       14,110  
    Other   20,836       20,676       24,137       29,282       42,331  
    Total non-interest income   116,634       113,451       113,147       121,147       140,580  
    Non-interest expense                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   211,526       212,133       211,261       198,541       195,173  
    Software and equipment   34,717       34,258       31,574       29,231       27,731  
    Operating lease equipment   10,471       10,263       10,518       10,834       10,683  
    Occupancy, net   20,778       20,597       19,945       19,585       19,086  
    Data processing   11,274       10,957       9,984       9,503       9,292  
    Advertising and marketing   12,272       13,097       18,239       17,436       13,040  
    Professional fees   9,044       11,334       9,783       9,967       9,553  
    Amortization of other acquisition-related intangible assets   5,618       5,773       4,042       1,122       1,158  
    FDIC insurance   10,926       10,640       10,512       10,429       14,537  
    OREO expenses, net   643       397       (938 )     (259 )     392  
    Other   38,821       39,090       35,767       33,964       32,500  
    Total non-interest expense   366,090       368,539       360,687       340,353       333,145  
    Income before taxes   253,055       253,081       232,709       211,343       249,956  
    Income tax expense   64,016       67,719       62,708       58,955       62,662  
    Net income $ 189,039     $ 185,362     $ 170,001     $ 152,388     $ 187,294  
    Preferred stock dividends   6,991       6,991       6,991       6,991       6,991  
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 182,048     $ 178,371     $ 163,010     $ 145,397     $ 180,303  
    Net income per common share – Basic $ 2.73     $ 2.68     $ 2.51     $ 2.35     $ 2.93  
    Net income per common share – Diluted $ 2.69     $ 2.63     $ 2.47     $ 2.32     $ 2.89  
    Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.50     $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.45  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding   66,726       66,491       64,888       61,839       61,481  
    Dilutive potential common shares   923       1,233       1,053       926       928  
    Average common shares and dilutive common shares   67,649       67,724       65,941       62,765       62,409  

    TABLE 1: LOAN PORTFOLIO MIX AND GROWTH RATES

                        % Growth From
    (Dollars in thousands) Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Dec 31,
    2024 (1)
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Balance:                        
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale, excluding early buy-out exercised loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies $ 181,580     $ 189,774     $ 314,693     $ 281,103     $ 193,064   (18 )%   (6 )%
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale, early buy-out exercised loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies   135,224       141,487       146,374       130,748       146,820   (18 )   (8 )
    Total mortgage loans held-for-sale $ 316,804     $ 331,261     $ 461,067     $ 411,851     $ 339,884   (18 )%   (7 )%
                             
    Core loans:                        
    Commercial                        
    Commercial and industrial $ 6,871,206     $ 6,867,422     $ 6,774,683     $ 6,236,290     $ 6,117,004   0 %   12 %
    Asset-based lending   1,701,962       1,611,001       1,709,685       1,465,867       1,355,255   23     26  
    Municipal   798,646       826,653       827,125       747,357       721,526   (14 )   11  
    Leases   2,680,943       2,537,325       2,443,721       2,439,128       2,344,295   23     14  
    Commercial real estate                        
    Residential construction   55,849       48,617       73,088       55,019       57,558   60     (3 )
    Commercial construction   2,086,797       2,065,775       1,984,240       1,866,701       1,748,607   4     19  
    Land   306,235       319,689       346,362       338,831       344,149   (17 )   (11 )
    Office   1,641,555       1,656,109       1,675,286       1,585,312       1,566,748   (4 )   5  
    Industrial   2,677,555       2,628,576       2,527,932       2,307,455       2,190,200   8     22  
    Retail   1,402,837       1,374,655       1,404,586       1,365,753       1,366,415   8     3  
    Multi-family   3,091,314       3,125,505       3,193,339       2,988,940       2,922,432   (4 )   6  
    Mixed use and other   1,652,759       1,685,018       1,588,584       1,439,186       1,437,328   (8 )   15  
    Home equity   455,683       445,028       427,043       356,313       340,349   10     34  
    Residential real estate                        
    Residential real estate loans for investment   3,561,417       3,456,009       3,252,649       2,933,157       2,746,916   12     30  
    Residential mortgage loans, early buy-out eligible loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies   86,952       114,985       92,355       88,503       90,911   (99 )   (4 )
    Residential mortgage loans, early buy-out exercised loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies   36,790       41,771       43,034       45,675       52,439   (48 )   (30 )
    Total core loans $ 29,108,500     $ 28,804,138     $ 28,363,712     $ 26,259,487     $ 25,402,132   4 %   15 %
                             
    Niche loans:                        
    Commercial                        
    Franchise $ 1,262,555     $ 1,268,521     $ 1,191,686     $ 1,150,460     $ 1,122,302   (2 )%   12 %
    Mortgage warehouse lines of credit   1,019,543       893,854       750,462       593,519       403,245   57     NM
    Community Advantage – homeowners association   525,492       525,446       501,645       491,722       475,832   0     10  
    Insurance agency lending   1,070,979       1,044,329       1,048,686       1,030,119       964,022   10     11  
    Premium Finance receivables                        
    U.S. property & casualty insurance   6,486,663       6,447,625       6,253,271       6,142,654       6,113,993   2     6  
    Canada property & casualty insurance   753,199       824,417       878,410       958,099       826,026   (35 )   (9 )
    Life insurance   8,365,140       8,147,145       7,996,899       7,962,115       7,872,033   11     6  
    Consumer and other   116,319       99,562       82,676       87,356       51,121   68     NM
    Total niche loans $ 19,599,890     $ 19,250,899     $ 18,703,735     $ 18,416,044     $ 17,828,574   7 %   10 %
                             
    Total loans, net of unearned income $ 48,708,390     $ 48,055,037     $ 47,067,447     $ 44,675,531     $ 43,230,706   6 %   13 %

    (1)   Annualized.


    TABLE 2: DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO MIX AND GROWTH RATES

                        % Growth From
    (Dollars in thousands) Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Dec 31,
    2024 (1)
      Mar 31, 2024
    Balance:                        
    Non-interest-bearing $ 11,201,859     $ 11,410,018     $ 10,739,132     $ 10,031,440     $ 9,908,183   (7 )%   13 %
    NOW and interest-bearing demand deposits   6,340,168       5,865,546       5,466,932       5,053,909       5,720,947   33     11  
    Wealth management deposits (2)   1,408,790       1,469,064       1,303,354       1,490,711       1,347,817   (17 )   5  
    Money market   18,074,733       17,975,191       17,713,726       16,320,017       15,617,717   2     16  
    Savings   6,576,251       6,372,499       6,183,249       5,882,179       5,959,774   13     10  
    Time certificates of deposit   9,968,237       9,420,031       9,998,573       9,270,770       7,894,420   24     26  
    Total deposits $ 53,570,038     $ 52,512,349     $ 51,404,966     $ 48,049,026     $ 46,448,858   8 %   15 %
    Mix:                        
    Non-interest-bearing   21 %     22 %     21 %     21 %     21 %      
    NOW and interest-bearing demand deposits   12       11       11       11       12        
    Wealth management deposits (2)   3       3       3       3       3        
    Money market   34       34       34       34       34        
    Savings   12       12       12       12       13        
    Time certificates of deposit   18       18       19       19       17        
    Total deposits   100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %      

    (1)   Annualized.
    (2)   Represents deposit balances of the Company’s subsidiary banks from brokerage customers of Wintrust Investments, Chicago Deferred Exchange Company, LLC (“CDEC”), and trust and asset management customers of the Company.


    TABLE 3
    : TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT MATURITY/RE-PRICING ANALYSIS
    As of March 31, 2025

    (Dollars in thousands)   Total Time
    Certificates of
    Deposit
      Weighted-Average
    Rate of Maturing
    Time Certificates
    of Deposit
    1-3 months   $ 3,845,120     4.34 %
    4-6 months     2,345,184     3.81  
    7-9 months     2,694,739     3.72  
    10-12 months     711,206     3.62  
    13-18 months     210,063     3.03  
    19-24 months     87,336     2.72  
    24+ months     74,589     2.47  
    Total   $ 9,968,237     3.94 %

    TABLE 4: QUARTERLY AVERAGE BALANCES

        Average Balance for three months ended,
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks, securities purchased under resale agreements and cash equivalents (1)   $ 3,520,048     $ 3,934,016     $ 2,413,728     $ 1,485,481     $ 1,254,332  
    Investment securities (2)     8,409,735       8,090,271       8,276,576       8,203,764       8,349,796  
    FHLB and FRB stock     281,702       271,825       263,707       253,614       230,648  
    Liquidity management assets (3)   $ 12,211,485     $ 12,296,112     $ 10,954,011     $ 9,942,859     $ 9,834,776  
    Other earning assets (3)(4)     13,140       20,528       17,542       15,257       15,081  
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale     286,710       378,707       376,251       347,236       290,275  
    Loans, net of unearned income (3)(5)     47,833,380       47,153,014       45,920,586       43,819,354       42,129,893  
    Total earning assets (3)   $ 60,344,715     $ 59,848,361     $ 57,268,390     $ 54,124,706     $ 52,270,025  
    Allowance for loan and investment security losses     (375,371 )     (367,238 )     (383,736 )     (360,504 )     (361,734 )
    Cash and due from banks     476,423       470,033       467,333       434,916       450,267  
    Other assets     3,661,275       3,642,949       3,563,296       3,294,066       3,244,137  
    Total assets   $ 64,107,042     $ 63,594,105     $ 60,915,283     $ 57,493,184     $ 55,602,695  
                         
    NOW and interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 6,046,189     $ 5,601,672     $ 5,174,673     $ 4,985,306     $ 5,680,265  
    Wealth management deposits     1,574,480       1,430,163       1,362,747       1,531,865       1,510,203  
    Money market accounts     17,581,141       17,579,395       16,436,111       15,272,126       14,474,492  
    Savings accounts     6,479,444       6,288,727       6,096,746       5,878,844       5,792,118  
    Time deposits     9,406,126       9,702,948       9,598,109       8,546,172       7,148,456  
    Interest-bearing deposits   $ 41,087,380     $ 40,602,905     $ 38,668,386     $ 36,214,313     $ 34,605,534  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     3,151,309       3,160,658       3,178,973       3,096,920       2,728,849  
    Other borrowings     582,139       577,786       622,792       587,262       627,711  
    Subordinated notes     298,306       298,225       298,135       410,331       437,893  
    Junior subordinated debentures     253,566       253,566       253,566       253,566       253,566  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 45,372,700     $ 44,893,140     $ 43,021,852     $ 40,562,392     $ 38,653,553  
    Non-interest-bearing deposits     10,732,156       10,718,738       10,271,613       9,879,134       9,972,646  
    Other liabilities     1,541,245       1,563,824       1,631,389       1,601,485       1,536,039  
    Equity     6,460,941       6,418,403       5,990,429       5,450,173       5,440,457  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 64,107,042     $ 63,594,105     $ 60,915,283     $ 57,493,184     $ 55,602,695  
                         
    Net free funds/contribution (6)   $ 14,972,015     $ 14,955,221     $ 14,246,538     $ 13,562,314     $ 13,616,472  

    (1)   Includes interest-bearing deposits from banks and securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of greater than three months. Cash equivalents include federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of three months or less.
    (2)   Investment securities includes investment securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, and equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Equity securities without readily determinable fair values are included within other assets.
    (3)   See Table 17: Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.
    (4)   Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities.
    (5)   Loans, net of unearned income, include non-accrual loans.
    (6)   Net free funds are the difference between total average earning assets and total average interest-bearing liabilities. The estimated contribution to net interest margin from net free funds is calculated using the rate paid for total interest-bearing liabilities.


    TABLE 5: QUARTERLY NET INTEREST INCOME

        Net Interest Income for three months ended,
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Interest income:                    
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks, securities purchased under resale agreements and cash equivalents   $ 36,945     $ 46,308     $ 32,885     $ 19,748     $ 16,677  
    Investment securities     72,706       67,783       70,260       70,346       70,228  
    FHLB and FRB stock     5,307       5,157       5,451       4,974       4,478  
    Liquidity management assets (1)   $ 114,958     $ 119,248     $ 108,596     $ 95,068     $ 91,383  
    Other earning assets (1)     92       310       282       235       198  
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale     4,246       5,623       6,233       5,434       4,146  
    Loans, net of unearned income (1)     770,568       791,390       796,637       752,117       712,587  
    Total interest income   $ 889,864     $ 916,571     $ 911,748     $ 852,854     $ 808,314  
                         
    Interest expense:                    
    NOW and interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 33,600     $ 31,695     $ 30,971     $ 32,719     $ 34,896  
    Wealth management deposits     8,606       9,412       10,158       10,294       10,461  
    Money market accounts     146,374       159,945       167,382       155,100       137,984  
    Savings accounts     35,923       38,402       42,892       41,063       39,071  
    Time deposits     95,730       106,934       110,616       96,527       77,120  
    Interest-bearing deposits   $ 320,233     $ 346,388     $ 362,019     $ 335,703     $ 299,532  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     25,441       26,050       26,254       24,797       22,048  
    Other borrowings     6,792       7,519       9,013       8,700       9,248  
    Subordinated notes     3,714       3,733       3,712       5,185       5,487  
    Junior subordinated debentures     4,311       4,663       5,023       4,984       5,004  
    Total interest expense   $ 360,491     $ 388,353     $ 406,021     $ 379,369     $ 341,319  
                         
    Less: Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment     (2,899 )     (3,070 )     (3,144 )     (2,875 )     (2,801 )
    Net interest income (GAAP) (2)     526,474       525,148       502,583       470,610       464,194  
    Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment     2,899       3,070       3,144       2,875       2,801  
    Net interest income, fully taxable-equivalent (non-GAAP) (2)   $ 529,373     $ 528,218     $ 505,727     $ 473,485     $ 466,995  

    (1)   Interest income on tax-advantaged loans, trading securities and investment securities reflects a taxable-equivalent adjustment based on the marginal federal corporate tax rate in effect as of the applicable period.
    (2)   See Table 17: Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.


    TABLE 6: QUARTERLY NET INTEREST MARGIN

        Net Interest Margin for three months ended,
        Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Yield earned on:                    
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks, securities purchased under resale agreements and cash equivalents   4.26 %   4.68 %   5.42 %   5.35 %   5.35 %
    Investment securities   3.51     3.33     3.38     3.45     3.38  
    FHLB and FRB stock   7.64     7.55     8.22     7.89     7.81  
    Liquidity management assets   3.82 %   3.86 %   3.94 %   3.85 %   3.74 %
    Other earning assets   2.84     6.01     6.38     6.23     5.25  
    Mortgage loans held-for-sale   6.01     5.91     6.59     6.29     5.74  
    Loans, net of unearned income   6.53     6.68     6.90     6.90     6.80  
    Total earning assets   5.98 %   6.09 %   6.33 %   6.34 %   6.22 %
                         
    Rate paid on:                    
    NOW and interest-bearing demand deposits   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.38 %   2.64 %   2.47 %
    Wealth management deposits   2.22     2.62     2.97     2.70     2.79  
    Money market accounts   3.38     3.62     4.05     4.08     3.83  
    Savings accounts   2.25     2.43     2.80     2.81     2.71  
    Time deposits   4.13     4.38     4.58     4.54     4.34  
    Interest-bearing deposits   3.16 %   3.39 %   3.72 %   3.73 %   3.48 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   3.27     3.28     3.29     3.22     3.25  
    Other borrowings   4.73     5.18     5.76     5.96     5.92  
    Subordinated notes   5.05     4.98     4.95     5.08     5.04  
    Junior subordinated debentures   6.90     7.32     7.88     7.91     7.94  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.22 %   3.44 %   3.75 %   3.76 %   3.55 %
                         
    Interest rate spread (1)(2)   2.76 %   2.65 %   2.58 %   2.58 %   2.67 %
    Less: Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment   (0.02 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )
    Net free funds/contribution (3)   0.80     0.86     0.93     0.94     0.92  
    Net interest margin (GAAP) (2)   3.54 %   3.49 %   3.49 %   3.50 %   3.57 %
    Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment   0.02     0.02     0.02     0.02     0.02  
    Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent (non-GAAP) (2)   3.56 %   3.51 %   3.51 %   3.52 %   3.59 %

    (1)   Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield earned on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
    (2)   See Table 17: Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.
    (3)   Net free funds are the difference between total average earning assets and total average interest-bearing liabilities. The estimated contribution to net interest margin from net free funds is calculated using the rate paid for total interest-bearing liabilities.


    TABLE 7
    : INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

    As an ongoing part of its financial strategy, the Company attempts to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Management measures its exposure to changes in interest rates by modeling many different interest rate scenarios.

    The following interest rate scenarios display the percentage change in net interest income over a one-year time horizon assuming increases and decreases of 100 and 200 basis points as compared to projected net interest income in a scenario with no assumed rate changes. The Static Shock Scenario results incorporate actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for balance sheet instruments following an instantaneous, parallel change in market rates based upon a static (i.e. no growth or constant) balance sheet. Conversely, the Ramp Scenario results incorporate management’s projections of future volume and pricing of each of the product lines following a gradual, parallel change in market rates over twelve months. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies. The interest rate sensitivity for both the Static Shock and Ramp Scenario is as follows:

    Static Shock Scenario   +200 Basis
    Points
      +100 Basis
    Points
      -100 Basis
    Points
      -200 Basis
    Points
    Mar 31, 2025   (1.8 )%   (0.6 )%   (0.2 )%   (1.2 )%
    Dec 31, 2024   (1.6 )   (0.6 )   (0.3 )   (1.5 )
    Sep 30, 2024   1.2     1.1     0.4     (0.9 )
    Jun 30, 2024   1.5     1.0     0.6     (0.0 )
    Mar 31, 2024   1.9     1.4     1.5     1.6  
    Ramp Scenario +200 Basis
    Points
      +100 Basis
    Points
      -100 Basis
    Points
        -200 Basis
    Points
    Mar 31, 2025 0.2 %   0.2 %   (0.1 )%   (0.5 )%
    Dec 31, 2024 (0.2 )   (0.0 )   0.0     (0.3 )
    Sep 30, 2024 1.6     1.2     0.7     0.5  
    Jun 30, 2024 1.2     1.0     0.9     1.0  
    Mar 31, 2024 0.8     0.6     1.3     2.0  

    As shown above, the magnitude of potential changes in net interest income in various interest rate scenarios has continued to remain relatively neutral. As the current interest rate cycle progressed, management took action to reposition its sensitivity to interest rates. To this end, management has executed various derivative instruments including collars and receive fixed swaps to hedge variable rate loan exposures and originated a higher percentage of its loan originations in longer-term fixed-rate loans. The Company will continue to monitor current and projected interest rates and may execute additional derivatives to mitigate potential fluctuations in the net interest margin in future periods.


    TABLE 8
    : MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

      Loans repricing or contractual maturity period
    As of March 31, 2025
    (In thousands)
    One year or
    less
      From one to
    five years
      From five to fifteen years   After fifteen years   Total
    Commercial                  
    Fixed rate $ 405,736     $ 3,600,171     $ 2,122,563     $ 20,444     $ 6,148,914  
    Variable rate   9,781,709       703                   9,782,412  
    Total commercial $ 10,187,445     $ 3,600,874     $ 2,122,563     $ 20,444     $ 15,931,326  
    Commercial real estate                  
    Fixed rate $ 658,413     $ 2,762,221     $ 365,181     $ 63,593     $ 3,849,408  
    Variable rate   9,054,583       10,843       67             9,065,493  
    Total commercial real estate $ 9,712,996     $ 2,773,064     $ 365,248     $ 63,593     $ 12,914,901  
    Home equity                  
    Fixed rate $ 8,881     $ 838     $     $ 17     $ 9,736  
    Variable rate   445,947                         445,947  
    Total home equity $ 454,828     $ 838     $     $ 17     $ 455,683  
    Residential real estate                  
    Fixed rate $ 13,336     $ 4,473     $ 74,883     $ 1,055,143     $ 1,147,835  
    Variable rate   97,815       623,879       1,815,630             2,537,324  
    Total residential real estate $ 111,151     $ 628,352     $ 1,890,513     $ 1,055,143     $ 3,685,159  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty                  
    Fixed rate $ 7,135,963     $ 103,899     $     $     $ 7,239,862  
    Variable rate                            
    Total premium finance receivables – property & casualty $ 7,135,963     $ 103,899     $     $     $ 7,239,862  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance                  
    Fixed rate $ 350,802     $ 207,832     $ 4,000     $ 4,248     $ 566,882  
    Variable rate   7,798,258                         7,798,258  
    Total premium finance receivables – life insurance $ 8,149,060     $ 207,832     $ 4,000     $ 4,248     $ 8,365,140  
    Consumer and other                  
    Fixed rate $ 44,731     $ 7,937     $ 883     $ 914     $ 54,465  
    Variable rate   61,854                         61,854  
    Total consumer and other $ 106,585     $ 7,937     $ 883     $ 914     $ 116,319  
                       
    Total per category                  
    Fixed rate $ 8,617,862     $ 6,687,371     $ 2,567,510     $ 1,144,359     $ 19,017,102  
    Variable rate   27,240,166       635,425       1,815,697             29,691,288  
    Total loans, net of unearned income $ 35,858,028     $ 7,322,796     $ 4,383,207     $ 1,144,359     $ 48,708,390  
    Less: Existing cash flow hedging derivatives (1)   (6,700,000 )                
    Total loans repricing or maturing in one year or less, adjusted for cash flow hedging activity $ 29,158,028                  
                       
    Variable Rate Loan Pricing by Index:                  
    SOFR tenors (2)                 $ 18,328,835  
    12- month CMT (3)                   6,722,305  
    Prime                   3,420,624  
    Fed Funds                   819,437  
    Other U.S. Treasury tenors                   190,187  
    Other                   209,900  
    Total variable rate                 $ 29,691,288  

    (1)   Excludes cash flow hedges with future effective starting dates.
    (2)   SOFR – Secured Overnight Financing Rate.
    (3)   CMT – Constant Maturity Treasury Rate.

    Graph available at the following link: http://ml.globenewswire.com/Resource/Download/bebf97a7-5d4d-430d-a436-ae832412a4db

    Source: Bloomberg

    As noted in the table on the previous page, the majority of the Company’s portfolio is tied to SOFR and CMT indices which, as shown in the table above, do not mirror the same changes as the Prime rate, which has historically moved when the Federal Reserve raises or lowers interest rates. Specifically, the Company has variable rate loans of $15.4 billion tied to one-month SOFR and $6.7 billion tied to twelve-month CMT. The above chart shows:

        Basis Point (bp) Change in
        1-month
    SOFR
      12- month CMT   Prime  
    First Quarter 2025   (1 ) bps (13 ) bps 0   bps
    Fourth Quarter 2024   (52 )   18     (50 )  
    Third Quarter 2024   (49 )   (111 )   (50 )  
    Second Quarter 2024   1     6     0    
    First Quarter 2024   (2 )   24     0    

    TABLE 9: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

        Three Months Ended
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars in thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Allowance for credit losses at beginning of period   $ 437,060     $ 436,193     $ 437,560     $ 427,504     $ 427,612  
    Provision for credit losses – Other     23,963       16,979       6,787       40,061       21,673  
    Provision for credit losses – Day 1 on non-PCD assets acquired during the period                 15,547              
    Initial allowance for credit losses recognized on PCD assets acquired during the period                 3,004              
    Other adjustments     4       (187 )     30       (19 )     (31 )
    Charge-offs:                    
    Commercial     9,722       5,090       22,975       9,584       11,215  
    Commercial real estate     454       1,037       95       15,526       5,469  
    Home equity                             74  
    Residential real estate           114             23       38  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty     7,114       13,301       7,790       9,486       6,938  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance     12             4              
    Consumer and other     147       189       154       137       107  
    Total charge-offs     17,449       19,731       31,018       34,756       23,841  
    Recoveries:                    
    Commercial     929       775       649       950       479  
    Commercial real estate     12       172       30       90       31  
    Home equity     216       194       101       35       29  
    Residential real estate     136       0       5       8       2  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty     3,487       2,646       3,436       3,658       1,519  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance                 41       5       8  
    Consumer and other     29       19       21       24       23  
    Total recoveries     4,809       3,806       4,283       4,770       2,091  
    Net charge-offs     (12,640 )     (15,925 )     (26,735 )     (29,986 )     (21,750 )
    Allowance for credit losses at period end   $ 448,387     $ 437,060     $ 436,193     $ 437,560     $ 427,504  
                         
    Annualized net charge-offs (recoveries) by category as a percentage of its own respective category’s average:
    Commercial     0.23 %     0.11 %     0.61 %     0.25 %     0.33 %
    Commercial real estate     0.01       0.03       0.00       0.53       0.19  
    Home equity     (0.20 )     (0.18 )     (0.10 )     (0.04 )     0.05  
    Residential real estate     (0.02 )     0.01       0.00       0.00       0.01  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty     0.20       0.59       0.24       0.33       0.32  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance     0.00             (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.00 )
    Consumer and other     0.45       0.63       0.63       0.56       0.42  
    Total loans, net of unearned income     0.11 %     0.13 %     0.23 %     0.28 %     0.21 %
                         
    Loans at period end   $ 48,708,390     $ 48,055,037     $ 47,067,447     $ 44,675,531     $ 43,230,706  
    Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at period end     0.78 %     0.76 %     0.77 %     0.81 %     0.81 %
    Allowance for loan and unfunded lending-related commitment losses as a percentage of loans at period end     0.92       0.91       0.93       0.98       0.99  

    PCD – Purchase Credit Deteriorated


    TABLE 10
    : ALLOWANCE AND PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES BY COMPONENT

        Three Months Ended
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)     2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Provision for loan losses – Other   $ 26,826     $ 19,852     $ 6,782     $ 45,111     $ 26,159  
    Provision for credit losses – Day 1 on non-PCD assets acquired during the period                 15,547              
    Provision for unfunded lending-related commitments losses – Other     (2,852 )     (2,851 )     17       (5,212 )     (4,468 )
    Provision for held-to-maturity securities losses     (11 )     (22 )     (12 )     162       (18 )
    Provision for credit losses   $ 23,963     $ 16,979     $ 22,334     $ 40,061     $ 21,673  
                         
    Allowance for loan losses   $ 378,207     $ 364,017     $ 360,279     $ 363,719     $ 348,612  
    Allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments losses     69,734       72,586       75,435       73,350       78,563  
    Allowance for loan losses and unfunded lending-related commitments losses     447,941       436,603       435,714       437,069       427,175  
    Allowance for held-to-maturity securities losses     446       457       479       491       329  
    Allowance for credit losses   $ 448,387     $ 437,060     $ 436,193     $ 437,560     $ 427,504  

    PCD – Purchase Credit Deteriorated 


    TABLE 11: ALLOWANCE BY LOAN PORTFOLIO

    The table below summarizes the calculation of allowance for loan losses and allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments losses for the Company’s loan portfolios as well as core and niche portfolios, as of March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2024.

      As of Mar 31, 2025 As of Dec 31, 2024 As of Sep 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Recorded
    Investment
      Calculated
    Allowance
      % of its
    category’s balance
    Recorded
    Investment
      Calculated
    Allowance
      % of its
    category’s balance
    Recorded
    Investment
      Calculated
    Allowance
      % of its
    category’s balance
    Commercial:                              
    Commercial, industrial and other $ 15,931,326   $ 201,183   1.26 % $ 15,574,551   $ 175,837   1.13 % $ 15,247,693   $ 171,598   1.13 %
    Commercial real estate:                              
    Construction and development   2,448,881     71,388   2.92     2,434,081     87,236   3.58     2,403,690     97,949   4.07  
    Non-construction   10,466,020     138,622   1.32     10,469,863     135,620   1.30     10,389,727     133,195   1.28  
    Total commercial real estate $ 12,914,901   $ 210,010   1.63 % $ 12,903,944   $ 222,856   1.73 % $ 12,793,417   $ 231,144   1.81 %
    Total commercial and commercial real estate $ 28,846,227   $ 411,193   1.43 % $ 28,478,495   $ 398,693   1.40 % $ 28,041,110   $ 402,742   1.44 %
    Home equity   455,683     9,139   2.01     445,028     8,943   2.01     427,043     8,823   2.07  
    Residential real estate   3,685,159     10,652   0.29     3,612,765     10,335   0.29     3,388,038     9,745   0.29  
    Premium finance receivables                              
    Property and casualty insurance   7,239,862     15,310   0.21     7,272,042     17,111   0.24     7,131,681     13,045   0.18  
    Life insurance   8,365,140     729   0.01     8,147,145     709   0.01     7,996,899     698   0.01  
    Consumer and other   116,319     918   0.79     99,562     812   0.82     82,676     661   0.80  
    Total loans, net of unearned income $ 48,708,390   $ 447,941   0.92 % $ 48,055,037   $ 436,603   0.91 % $ 47,067,447   $ 435,714   0.93 %
                                   
    Total core loans (1) $ 29,108,500   $ 397,664   1.37 % $ 28,804,138   $ 392,319   1.36 % $ 28,363,712   $ 396,394   1.40 %
    Total niche loans (1)   19,599,890     50,277   0.26     19,250,899     44,284   0.23     18,703,735     39,320   0.21  

    (1)   See Table 1 for additional detail on core and niche loans.


    TABLE 12
    : LOAN PORTFOLIO AGING

    (In thousands)   Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
    Loan Balances:                    
    Commercial                    
    Nonaccrual   $ 70,560     $ 73,490     $ 63,826     $ 51,087     $ 31,740  
    90+ days and still accruing     46       104       20       304       27  
    60-89 days past due     15,243       54,844       32,560       16,485       30,248  
    30-59 days past due     97,397       92,551       46,057       36,358       77,715  
    Current     15,748,080       15,353,562       15,105,230       14,050,228       13,363,751  
    Total commercial   $ 15,931,326     $ 15,574,551     $ 15,247,693     $ 14,154,462     $ 13,503,481  
    Commercial real estate                    
    Nonaccrual   $ 26,187     $ 21,042     $ 42,071     $ 48,289     $ 39,262  
    90+ days and still accruing                 225              
    60-89 days past due     6,995       10,521       13,439       6,555       16,713  
    30-59 days past due     83,653       30,766       48,346       38,065       32,998  
    Current     12,798,066       12,841,615       12,689,336       11,854,288       11,544,464  
    Total commercial real estate   $ 12,914,901     $ 12,903,944     $ 12,793,417     $ 11,947,197     $ 11,633,437  
    Home equity                    
    Nonaccrual   $ 2,070     $ 1,117     $ 1,122     $ 1,100     $ 838  
    90+ days and still accruing                              
    60-89 days past due     984       1,233       1,035       275       212  
    30-59 days past due     3,403       2,148       2,580       1,229       1,617  
    Current     449,226       440,530       422,306       353,709       337,682  
    Total home equity   $ 455,683     $ 445,028     $ 427,043     $ 356,313     $ 340,349  
    Residential real estate                    
    Early buy-out loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies (1)   $ 123,742     $ 156,756     $ 135,389     $ 134,178     $ 143,350  
    Nonaccrual     22,522       23,762       17,959       18,198       17,901  
    90+ days and still accruing                              
    60-89 days past due     1,351       5,708       6,364       1,977        
    30-59 days past due     38,943       18,917       2,160       130       24,523  
    Current     3,498,601       3,407,622       3,226,166       2,912,852       2,704,492  
    Total residential real estate   $ 3,685,159     $ 3,612,765     $ 3,388,038     $ 3,067,335     $ 2,890,266  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty                    
    Nonaccrual   $ 29,846     $ 28,797     $ 36,079     $ 32,722     $ 32,648  
    90+ days and still accruing     18,081       16,031       18,235       22,427       25,877  
    60-89 days past due     19,717       19,042       18,740       29,925       15,274  
    30-59 days past due     39,459       68,219       30,204       45,927       59,729  
    Current     7,132,759       7,139,953       7,028,423       6,969,752       6,806,491  
    Total Premium finance receivables – property & casualty   $ 7,239,862     $ 7,272,042     $ 7,131,681     $ 7,100,753     $ 6,940,019  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance                    
    Nonaccrual   $     $ 6,431     $     $     $  
    90+ days and still accruing     2,962                          
    60-89 days past due     10,587       72,963       10,902       4,118       32,482  
    30-59 days past due     29,924       36,405       74,432       17,693       100,137  
    Current     8,321,667       8,031,346       7,911,565       7,940,304       7,739,414  
    Total Premium finance receivables – life insurance   $ 8,365,140     $ 8,147,145     $ 7,996,899     $ 7,962,115     $ 7,872,033  
    Consumer and other                    
    Nonaccrual   $ 18     $ 2     $ 2     $ 3     $ 19  
    90+ days and still accruing     98       47       148       121       47  
    60-89 days past due     162       59       22       81       16  
    30-59 days past due     542       882       264       366       210  
    Current     115,499       98,572       82,240       86,785       50,829  
    Total consumer and other   $ 116,319     $ 99,562     $ 82,676     $ 87,356     $ 51,121  
    Total loans, net of unearned income                    
    Early buy-out loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies (1)   $ 123,742     $ 156,756     $ 135,389     $ 134,178     $ 143,350  
    Nonaccrual     151,203       154,641       161,059       151,399       122,408  
    90+ days and still accruing     21,187       16,182       18,628       22,852       25,951  
    60-89 days past due     55,039       164,370       83,062       59,416       94,945  
    30-59 days past due     293,321       249,888       204,043       139,768       296,929  
    Current     48,063,898       47,313,200       46,465,266       44,167,918       42,547,123  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   $ 48,708,390     $ 48,055,037     $ 47,067,447     $ 44,675,531     $ 43,230,706  

    (1)   Early buy-out loans are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, subject to indemnifications and insurance limits for certain loans.


    TABLE 13:
    NON-PERFORMING ASSETS(1)

      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing:                  
    Commercial $ 46     $ 104     $ 20     $ 304     $ 27  
    Commercial real estate               225              
    Home equity                            
    Residential real estate                            
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty   18,081       16,031       18,235       22,427       25,877  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance   2,962                          
    Consumer and other   98       47       148       121       47  
    Total loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing   21,187       16,182       18,628       22,852       25,951  
    Non-accrual loans:                  
    Commercial   70,560       73,490       63,826       51,087       31,740  
    Commercial real estate   26,187       21,042       42,071       48,289       39,262  
    Home equity   2,070       1,117       1,122       1,100       838  
    Residential real estate   22,522       23,762       17,959       18,198       17,901  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty   29,846       28,797       36,079       32,722       32,648  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance         6,431                    
    Consumer and other   18       2       2       3       19  
    Total non-accrual loans   151,203       154,641       161,059       151,399       122,408  
    Total non-performing loans:                  
    Commercial   70,606       73,594       63,846       51,391       31,767  
    Commercial real estate   26,187       21,042       42,296       48,289       39,262  
    Home equity   2,070       1,117       1,122       1,100       838  
    Residential real estate   22,522       23,762       17,959       18,198       17,901  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty   47,927       44,828       54,314       55,149       58,525  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance   2,962       6,431                    
    Consumer and other   116       49       150       124       66  
    Total non-performing loans $ 172,390     $ 170,823     $ 179,687     $ 174,251     $ 148,359  
    Other real estate owned   22,625       23,116       13,682       19,731       14,538  
    Total non-performing assets $ 195,015     $ 193,939     $ 193,369     $ 193,982     $ 162,897  
    Total non-performing loans by category as a percent of its own respective category’s period-end balance:                  
    Commercial   0.44 %     0.47 %     0.42 %     0.36 %     0.24 %
    Commercial real estate   0.20       0.16       0.33       0.40       0.34  
    Home equity   0.45       0.25       0.26       0.31       0.25  
    Residential real estate   0.61       0.66       0.53       0.59       0.62  
    Premium finance receivables – property & casualty   0.66       0.62       0.76       0.78       0.84  
    Premium finance receivables – life insurance   0.04       0.08                    
    Consumer and other   0.10       0.05       0.18       0.14       0.13  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   0.35 %     0.36 %     0.38 %     0.39 %     0.34 %
    Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets   0.30 %     0.30 %     0.30 %     0.32 %     0.28 %
    Allowance for loan losses and unfunded lending-related commitments losses as a percentage of non-accrual loans   296.25 %     282.33 %     270.53 %     288.69 %     348.98 %
                       

    (1)   Excludes early buy-out loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. Early buy-out loans are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, subject to indemnifications and insurance limits for certain loans.

    Non-performing Loans Rollforward, excluding early buy-out loans guaranteed by U.S. government agencies

      Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
                       
    Balance at beginning of period $ 170,823     $ 179,687     $ 174,251     $ 148,359     $ 139,030  
    Additions from becoming non-performing in the respective period   27,721       30,931       42,335       54,376       23,142  
    Additions from assets acquired in the respective period               189              
    Return to performing status   (1,207 )     (1,108 )     (362 )     (912 )     (490 )
    Payments received   (15,965 )     (12,219 )     (10,894 )     (9,611 )     (8,336 )
    Transfer to OREO and other repossessed assets         (17,897 )     (3,680 )     (6,945 )     (1,381 )
    Charge-offs, net   (8,600 )     (5,612 )     (21,211 )     (7,673 )     (14,810 )
    Net change for premium finance receivables   (382 )     (2,959 )     (941 )     (3,343 )     11,204  
    Balance at end of period $ 172,390     $ 170,823     $ 179,687     $ 174,251     $ 148,359  


    Other Real Estate Owned

      Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (In thousands)   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Balance at beginning of period $ 23,116     $ 13,682     $ 19,731     $ 14,538     $ 13,309  
    Disposals/resolved         (8,545 )     (9,729 )     (1,752 )      
    Transfers in at fair value, less costs to sell         17,979       3,680       6,945       1,436  
    Fair value adjustments   (491 )                       (207 )
    Balance at end of period $ 22,625     $ 23,116     $ 13,682     $ 19,731     $ 14,538  
                       
      Period End
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    Balance by Property Type:   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024  
    Residential real estate $     $     $     $ 161     $ 1,146  
    Commercial real estate   22,625       23,116       13,682       19,570       13,392  
    Total $ 22,625     $ 23,116     $ 13,682     $ 19,731     $ 14,538  

    TABLE 14: NON-INTEREST INCOME

      Three Months Ended Q1 2025 compared to
    Q4 2024
    Q1 2025 compared to
    Q1 2024
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024   $ Change   % Change $ Change   % Change
    Brokerage $ 4,757     $ 5,328     $ 6,139     $ 5,588     $ 5,556   $ (571 )   (11 )% $ (799 )   (14 )%
    Trust and asset management   29,285       33,447       31,085       29,825       29,259     (4,162 )   (12 )   26     0  
    Total wealth management   34,042       38,775       37,224       35,413       34,815     (4,733 )   (12 )   (773 )   (2 )
    Mortgage banking   20,529       20,452       15,974       29,124       27,663     77     0     (7,134 )   (26 )
    Service charges on deposit accounts   19,362       18,864       16,430       15,546       14,811     498     3     4,551     31  
    Gains (losses) on investment securities, net   3,196       (2,835 )     3,189       (4,282 )     1,326     6,031     NM   1,870     NM
    Fees from covered call options   3,446       2,305       988       2,056       4,847     1,141     50     (1,401 )   (29 )
    Trading (losses) gains, net   (64 )     (113 )     (130 )     70       677     49     (43 )   (741 )   NM
    Operating lease income, net   15,287       15,327       15,335       13,938       14,110     (40 )   (0 )   1,177     8  
    Other:                              
    Interest rate swap fees   2,269       3,360       2,914       3,392       2,828     (1,091 )   (32 )   (559 )   (20 )
    BOLI   796       1,236       1,517       1,351       1,651     (440 )   (36 )   (855 )   (52 )
    Administrative services   1,393       1,347       1,450       1,322       1,217     46     3     176     14  
    Foreign currency remeasurement (losses) gains   (183 )     (682 )     696       (145 )     (1,171 )   499     (73 )   988     (84 )
    Changes in fair value on EBOs and loans held-for-investment   383       129       518       604       (439 )   254     NM   822     NM
    Early pay-offs of capital leases   768       514       532       393       430     254     49     338     79  
    Miscellaneous   15,410       14,772       16,510       22,365       37,815     638     4     (22,405 )   (59 )
    Total Other   20,836       20,676       24,137       29,282       42,331     160     1     (21,495 )   (51 )
    Total Non-Interest Income $ 116,634     $ 113,451     $ 113,147     $ 121,147     $ 140,580   $ 3,183     3 % $ (23,946 )   (17 )%

    NM – Not meaningful.
    BOLI- Bank-owned life insurance.
    EBO- Early buy-out.


    TABLE 15: MORTGAGE BANKING

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands) Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Originations:                  
    Retail originations $ 348,468     $ 483,424     $ 527,408     $ 544,394     $ 331,504  
    Veterans First originations   111,985       176,914       239,369       177,792       144,109  
    Total originations for sale (A) $ 460,453     $ 660,338     $ 766,777     $ 722,186     $ 475,613  
    Originations for investment   217,177       355,119       218,984       275,331       169,246  
    Total originations $ 677,630     $ 1,015,457     $ 985,761     $ 997,517     $ 644,859  
    As a percentage of originations for sale:                  
    Retail originations   76 %     73 %     69 %     75 %     70 %
    Veterans First originations   24       27       31       25       30  
    Purchases   77 %     65 %     72 %     83 %     75 %
    Refinances   23       35       28       17       25  
    Production Margin:                  
    Production revenue (B) (1) $ 9,941     $ 6,993     $ 13,113     $ 14,990     $ 13,435  
    Total originations for sale (A) $ 460,453     $ 660,338     $ 766,777     $ 722,186     $ 475,613  
    Add: Current period end mandatory interest rate lock commitments to fund originations for sale (2)   197,297       103,946       272,072       222,738       207,775  
    Less: Prior period end mandatory interest rate lock commitments to fund originations for sale (2)   103,946       272,072       222,738       207,775       119,624  
    Total mortgage production volume (C) $ 553,804     $ 492,212     $ 816,111     $ 737,149     $ 563,764  
    Production margin (B / C)   1.80 %     1.42 %     1.61 %     2.03 %     2.38 %
    Mortgage Servicing:                  
    Loans serviced for others (D) $ 12,402,352     $ 12,400,913     $ 12,253,361     $ 12,211,027     $ 12,051,392  
    Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSR”), at fair value (E)   196,307       203,788       186,308       204,610       201,044  
    Percentage of MSRs to loans serviced for others (E / D)   1.58 %     1.64 %     1.52 %     1.68 %     1.67 %
    Servicing income $ 10,611     $ 10,731     $ 10,809     $ 10,586     $ 10,498  
    MSR Fair Value Asset Activity                  
    MSR – FV at Beginning of Period $ 203,788     $ 186,308     $ 204,610     $ 201,044     $ 192,456  
    MSR – current period capitalization   4,669       10,010       6,357       8,223       5,379  
    MSR – collection of expected cash flows – paydowns   (1,590 )     (1,463 )     (1,598 )     (1,504 )     (1,444 )
    MSR – collection of expected cash flows – payoffs and repurchases   (3,046 )     (4,315 )     (5,730 )     (4,030 )     (2,942 )
    MSR – changes in fair value model assumptions   (7,514 )     13,248       (17,331 )     877       7,595  
    MSR Fair Value at end of period $ 196,307     $ 203,788     $ 186,308     $ 204,610     $ 201,044  
    Summary of Mortgage Banking Revenue:                
    Operational:                  
    Production revenue (1) $ 9,941     $ 6,993     $ 13,113     $ 14,990     $ 13,435  
    MSR – Current period capitalization   4,669       10,010       6,357       8,223       5,379  
    MSR – Collection of expected cash flows – paydowns   (1,590 )     (1,463 )     (1,598 )     (1,504 )     (1,444 )
    MSR – Collection of expected cash flows – pay offs   (3,046 )     (4,315 )     (5,730 )     (4,030 )     (2,942 )
    Servicing Income   10,611       10,731       10,809       10,586       10,498  
    Other Revenue   (172 )     (51 )     (67 )     112       (91 )
    Total operational mortgage banking revenue $ 20,413     $ 21,905     $ 22,884     $ 28,377     $ 24,835  
    Fair Value:                  
    MSR – changes in fair value model assumptions $ (7,514 )   $ 13,248     $ (17,331 )   $ 877     $ 7,595  
    Gain (loss) on derivative contract held as an economic hedge, net   4,897       (11,452 )     6,892       (772 )     (2,577 )
    Changes in FV on early buy-out loans guaranteed by US Govt (HFS)   2,733       (3,249 )     3,529       642       (2,190 )
    Total fair value mortgage banking revenue $ 116     $ (1,453 )   $ (6,910 )   $ 747     $ 2,828  
    Total mortgage banking revenue $ 20,529     $ 20,452     $ 15,974     $ 29,124     $ 27,663  

    (1)   Production revenue represents revenue earned from the origination and subsequent sale of mortgages, including gains on loans sold and fees from originations, changes in other related financial instruments carried at fair value, processing and other related activities, and excludes servicing fees, changes in the fair value of servicing rights and changes to the mortgage recourse obligation and other non-production revenue.
    (2)   Certain volume adjusted for the estimated pull-through rate of the loan, which represents the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a committed loan will ultimately fund.


    TABLE 16
    : NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

      Three Months Ended Q1 2025 compared to
    Q4 2024
    Q1 2025 compared to
    Q1 2024
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars in thousands)   2025       2024       2024       2024       2024   $ Change   % Change $ Change   % Change
    Salaries and employee benefits:                              
    Salaries $ 123,917     $ 120,969     $ 118,971     $ 113,860     $ 112,172   $ 2,948     2 % $ 11,745     10 %
    Commissions and incentive compensation   52,536       54,792       57,575       52,151       51,001     (2,256 )   (4 )   1,535     3  
    Benefits   35,073       36,372       34,715       32,530       32,000     (1,299 )   (4 )   3,073     10  
    Total salaries and employee benefits   211,526       212,133       211,261       198,541       195,173     (607 )   (0 )   16,353     8  
    Software and equipment   34,717       34,258       31,574       29,231       27,731     459     1     6,986     25  
    Operating lease equipment   10,471       10,263       10,518       10,834       10,683     208     2     (212 )   (2 )
    Occupancy, net   20,778       20,597       19,945       19,585       19,086     181     1     1,692     9  
    Data processing   11,274       10,957       9,984       9,503       9,292     317     3     1,982     21  
    Advertising and marketing   12,272       13,097       18,239       17,436       13,040     (825 )   (6 )   (768 )   (6 )
    Professional fees   9,044       11,334       9,783       9,967       9,553     (2,290 )   (20 )   (509 )   (5 )
    Amortization of other acquisition-related intangible assets   5,618       5,773       4,042       1,122       1,158     (155 )   (3 )   4,460     NM
    FDIC insurance   10,926       10,640       10,512       10,429       9,381     286     3     1,545     16  
    FDIC insurance – special assessment                           5,156             (5,156 )   (100 )
    OREO expense, net   643       397       (938 )     (259 )     392     246     62     251     64  
    Other:                              
    Lending expenses, net of deferred origination costs   5,866       6,448       4,995       5,335       5,078     (582 )   (9 )   788     16  
    Travel and entertainment   5,270       8,140       5,364       5,340       4,597     (2,870 )   (35 )   673     15  
    Miscellaneous   27,685       24,502       25,408       23,289       22,825     3,183     13     4,860     21  
    Total other   38,821       39,090       35,767       33,964       32,500     (269 )   (1 )   6,321     19  
    Total Non-Interest Expense $ 366,090     $ 368,539     $ 360,687     $ 340,353     $ 333,145   $ (2,449 )   (1 )% $ 32,945     10 %

    NM – Not meaningful.


    TABLE 17: SUPPLEMENTAL NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES/RATIOS

    The accounting and reporting policies of Wintrust conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios are used by management to evaluate and measure the Company’s performance. These include taxable-equivalent net interest income (including its individual components), taxable-equivalent net interest margin (including its individual components), the taxable-equivalent efficiency ratio, tangible common equity ratio, tangible book value per common share, return on average tangible common equity, and pre-tax income, excluding provision for credit losses. Management believes that these measures and ratios provide users of the Company’s financial information a more meaningful view of the performance of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and of the Company’s operating efficiency. Other financial holding companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

    Management reviews yields on certain asset categories and the net interest margin of the Company and its banking subsidiaries on a fully taxable-equivalent basis (“FTE”). In this non-GAAP presentation, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis using tax rates effective as of the end of the period. This measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. Net interest income on a FTE basis is also used in the calculation of the Company’s efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio, which is calculated by dividing non-interest expense by total taxable-equivalent net revenue (less securities gains or losses), measures how much it costs to produce one dollar of revenue. Securities gains or losses are excluded from this calculation to better match revenue from daily operations to operational expenses. Management considers the tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share as useful measurements of the Company’s equity. The Company references the return on average tangible common equity as a measurement of profitability. Management considers pre-tax income, excluding provision for credit losses, as a useful measurement of the Company’s core net income.

      Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars and shares in thousands) 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Interest Margin and Efficiency Ratio:
    (A) Interest Income (GAAP) $ 886,965     $ 913,501     $ 908,604     $ 849,979     $ 805,513  
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment:                  
    – Loans   2,206       2,352       2,474       2,305       2,246  
    – Liquidity Management Assets   690       716       668       567       550  
    – Other Earning Assets   3       2       2       3       5  
    (B) Interest Income (non-GAAP) $ 889,864     $ 916,571     $ 911,748     $ 852,854     $ 808,314  
    (C) Interest Expense (GAAP)   360,491       388,353       406,021       379,369       341,319  
    (D) Net Interest Income (GAAP) (A minus C) $ 526,474     $ 525,148     $ 502,583     $ 470,610     $ 464,194  
    (E) Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) (B minus C) $ 529,373     $ 528,218     $ 505,727     $ 473,485     $ 466,995  
    Net interest margin (GAAP)   3.54 %     3.49 %     3.49 %     3.50 %     3.57 %
    Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent (non-GAAP)   3.56       3.51       3.51       3.52       3.59  
    (F) Non-interest income $ 116,634     $ 113,451     $ 113,147     $ 121,147     $ 140,580  
    (G) Gains (losses) on investment securities, net   3,196       (2,835 )     3,189       (4,282 )     1,326  
    (H) Non-interest expense   366,090       368,539       360,687       340,353       333,145  
    Efficiency ratio (H/(D+F-G))   57.21 %     57.46 %     58.88 %     57.10 %     55.21 %
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) (H/(E+F-G))   56.95       57.18       58.58       56.83       54.95  
      Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,   Jun 30,   Mar 31,
    (Dollars and shares in thousands) 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Tangible Common Equity Ratio:
    Total shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 6,600,537     $ 6,344,297     $ 6,399,714     $ 5,536,628     $ 5,436,400  
    Less: Non-convertible preferred stock (GAAP)   (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )
    Less: Intangible assets (GAAP)   (913,004 )     (918,632 )     (924,646 )     (676,562 )     (677,911 )
    (I) Total tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,275,033     $ 5,013,165     $ 5,062,568     $ 4,447,566     $ 4,345,989  
    (J) Total assets (GAAP) $ 65,870,066     $ 64,879,668     $ 63,788,424     $ 59,781,516     $ 57,576,933  
    Less: Intangible assets (GAAP)   (913,004 )     (918,632 )     (924,646 )     (676,562 )     (677,911 )
    (K) Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 64,957,062     $ 63,961,036     $ 62,863,778     $ 59,104,954     $ 56,899,022  
    Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP) (L/J)   9.4 %     9.1 %     9.4 %     8.6 %     8.7 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP) (I/K)   8.1       7.8       8.1       7.5       7.6  
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Tangible Book Value per Common Share:
    Total shareholders’ equity $ 6,600,537     $ 6,344,297     $ 6,399,714     $ 5,536,628     $ 5,436,400  
    Less: Preferred stock   (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )
    (L) Total common equity $ 6,188,037     $ 5,931,797     $ 5,987,214     $ 5,124,128     $ 5,023,900  
    (M) Actual common shares outstanding   66,919       66,495       66,482       61,760       61,737  
    Book value per common share (L/M) $ 92.47     $ 89.21     $ 90.06     $ 82.97     $ 81.38  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (I/M)   78.83       75.39       76.15       72.01       70.40  
                       
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Return on Average Tangible Common Equity:
    (N) Net income applicable to common shares $ 182,048     $ 178,371     $ 163,010     $ 145,397     $ 180,303  
    Add: Intangible asset amortization   5,618       5,773       4,042       1,122       1,158  
    Less: Tax effect of intangible asset amortization   (1,421 )     (1,547 )     (1,087 )     (311 )     (291 )
    After-tax intangible asset amortization $ 4,197     $ 4,226     $ 2,955     $ 811     $ 867  
    (O) Tangible net income applicable to common shares (non-GAAP) $ 186,245     $ 182,597     $ 165,965     $ 146,208     $ 181,170  
    Total average shareholders’ equity $ 6,460,941     $ 6,418,403     $ 5,990,429     $ 5,450,173     $ 5,440,457  
    Less: Average preferred stock   (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )     (412,500 )
    (P) Total average common shareholders’ equity $ 6,048,441     $ 6,005,903     $ 5,577,929     $ 5,037,673     $ 5,027,957  
    Less: Average intangible assets   (916,069 )     (921,438 )     (833,574 )     (677,207 )     (678,731 )
    (Q) Total average tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,132,372     $ 5,084,465     $ 4,744,355     $ 4,360,466     $ 4,349,226  
    Return on average common equity, annualized (N/P)   12.21 %     11.82 %     11.63 %     11.61 %     14.42 %
    Return on average tangible common equity, annualized (non-GAAP) (O/Q)   14.72       14.29       13.92       13.49       16.75  
                       
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Income:    
    Income before taxes $ 253,055     $ 253,081     $ 232,709     $ 211,343     $ 249,956  
    Add: Provision for credit losses   23,963       16,979       22,334       40,061       21,673  
    Pre-tax income, excluding provision for credit losses (non-GAAP) $ 277,018     $ 270,060     $ 255,043     $ 251,404     $ 271,629  

    WINTRUST SUBSIDIARIES

    Wintrust is a financial holding company whose common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (Nasdaq: WTFC) that operates bank retail locations in the greater Chicago, southern Wisconsin, west Michigan, northwest Indiana, and southwest Florida market areas. Its 16 community bank subsidiaries are: Barrington Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Beverly Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Hinsdale Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Libertyville Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Macatawa Bank, N.A., Northbrook Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A., Schaumburg Bank & Trust Company, N.A., St. Charles Bank & Trust Company, N.A., State Bank of The Lakes, N.A., Town Bank, N.A., Village Bank & Trust, N.A., Wheaton Bank & Trust Company, N.A., and Wintrust Bank, N.A.

    Additionally, the Company operates various non-bank businesses:

    • FIRST Insurance Funding and Wintrust Life Finance, each a division of Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company, N.A., serve commercial and life insurance loan customers, respectively, throughout the United States.
    • First Insurance Funding of Canada serves commercial insurance loan customers throughout Canada.
    • Tricom, Inc. of Milwaukee provides high-yielding, short-term accounts receivable financing and value-added out-sourced administrative services, such as data processing of payrolls, billing and cash management services, to temporary staffing service clients located throughout the United States.
    • Wintrust Mortgage, a division of Barrington Bank & Trust Company, N.A., engages primarily in the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market through origination offices located throughout the United States. Loans are also originated nationwide through relationships with wholesale and correspondent offices.
    • Wintrust Investments, LLC is a broker-dealer providing a full range of private client and brokerage services to clients and correspondent banks located primarily in the Midwest.
    • Great Lakes Advisors LLC provides money management services and advisory services to individual accounts.
    • Wintrust Private Trust Company, N.A., a trust subsidiary, allows Wintrust to service customers’ trust and investment needs at each banking location.
    • Wintrust Asset Finance offers direct leasing opportunities.
    • CDEC provides Qualified Intermediary services (as defined by U.S. Treasury regulations) for taxpayers seeking to structure tax-deferred like-kind exchanges under Internal Revenue Code Section 1031.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking information can be identified through the use of words such as “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “contemplate,” “possible,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Forward-looking statements and information are not historical facts, are premised on many factors and assumptions, and represent only management’s expectations, estimates and projections regarding future events. Similarly, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict, and which may include, but are not limited to, those listed below and the Risk Factors discussed under Item 1A of the Company’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in any of the Company’s subsequent SEC filings. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions. Such forward-looking statements may be deemed to include, among other things, statements relating to the Company’s future financial performance, the performance of its loan portfolio, the expected amount of future credit reserves and charge-offs, delinquency trends, growth plans, regulatory developments, securities that the Company may offer from time to time, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations from expected developments or events, the Company’s business and growth strategies, including future acquisitions of banks, specialty finance or wealth management businesses, internal growth and plans to form additional de novo banks or branch offices. Actual results could differ materially from those addressed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors, including the following:

    • economic conditions and events that affect the economy, housing prices, the job market and other factors that may adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and the performance of its loan portfolios, including an actual or threatened U.S. government debt default or rating downgrade, particularly in the markets in which it operates;
    • negative effects suffered by us or our customers resulting from changes in U.S. or international trade policies;
    • the extent of defaults and losses on the Company’s loan portfolio, which may require further increases in its allowance for credit losses;
    • estimates of fair value of certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which could change in value significantly from period to period;
    • the financial success and economic viability of the borrowers of our commercial loans;
    • commercial real estate market conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area and southern Wisconsin;
    • the extent of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declines in real estate values, which may require further increases in the Company’s allowance for credit losses;
    • inaccurate assumptions in our analytical and forecasting models used to manage our loan portfolio;
    • changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, the capital markets and other market indices that may affect, among other things, the Company’s liquidity and the value of its assets and liabilities;
    • the interest rate environment, including a prolonged period of low interest rates or rising interest rates, either broadly or for some types of instruments, which may affect the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin, and which could materially adversely affect the Company’s profitability;
    • competitive pressures in the financial services business which may affect the pricing of the Company’s loan and deposit products as well as its services (including wealth management services), which may result in loss of market share and reduced income from deposits, loans, advisory fees and income from other products;
    • failure to identify and complete favorable acquisitions in the future or unexpected losses, difficulties or developments related to the Company’s recent or future acquisitions;
    • unexpected difficulties and losses related to FDIC-assisted acquisitions;
    • harm to the Company’s reputation;
    • any negative perception of the Company’s financial strength;
    • ability of the Company to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed;
    • disruption in capital markets, which may lower fair values for the Company’s investment portfolio;
    • ability of the Company to use technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands and create efficiencies in operations and to manage risks associated therewith;
    • failure or breaches of our security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties;
    • security breaches, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks, malware intrusion and similar events or data corruption attempts and identity theft;
    • adverse effects on our information technology systems, or those of third parties, resulting from failures, human error or cyberattacks (including ransomware);
    • adverse effects of failures by our vendors to provide agreed upon services in the manner and at the cost agreed, particularly our information technology vendors;
    • increased costs as a result of protecting our customers from the impact of stolen debit card information;
    • accuracy and completeness of information the Company receives about customers and counterparties to make credit decisions;
    • ability of the Company to attract and retain senior management experienced in the banking and financial services industries;
    • environmental liability risk associated with lending activities;
    • the impact of any claims or legal actions to which the Company is subject, including any effect on our reputation;
    • losses incurred in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages and increases in reserves associated therewith;
    • the loss of customers as a result of technological changes allowing consumers to complete their financial transactions without the use of a bank;
    • the soundness of other financial institutions and the impact of recent failures of financial institutions, including broader financial institution liquidity risk and concerns;
    • the expenses and delayed returns inherent in opening new branches and de novo banks;
    • liabilities, potential customer loss or reputational harm related to closings of existing branches;
    • examinations and challenges by tax authorities, and any unanticipated impact of the Tax Act;
    • changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations, and the impact on the Company’s financial statements;
    • the ability of the Company to receive dividends from its subsidiaries;
    • the impact of the Company’s transition from LIBOR to an alternative benchmark rate for current and future transactions;
    • a decrease in the Company’s capital ratios, including as a result of declines in the value of its loan portfolios, or otherwise;
    • legislative or regulatory changes, particularly changes in regulation of financial services companies and/or the products and services offered by financial services companies;
    • changes in laws, regulations, rules, standards and contractual obligations regarding data privacy and cybersecurity;
    • a lowering of our credit rating;
    • changes in U.S. monetary policy and changes to the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet, including changes in response to persistent inflation or otherwise;
    • regulatory restrictions upon our ability to market our products to consumers and limitations on our ability to profitably operate our mortgage business;
    • increased costs of compliance, heightened regulatory capital requirements and other risks associated with changes in regulation and the regulatory environment;
    • the impact of heightened capital requirements;
    • increases in the Company’s FDIC insurance premiums, or the collection of special assessments by the FDIC;
    • delinquencies or fraud with respect to the Company’s premium finance business;
    • credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers that could negatively affect the value of collateral securing the Company’s premium finance loans;
    • the Company’s ability to comply with covenants under its credit facility;
    • fluctuations in the stock market, which may have an adverse impact on the Company’s wealth management business and brokerage operation; and
    • widespread outages of operational, communication, or other systems, whether internal or provided by third parties, natural or other disasters (including acts of terrorism, armed hostilities and pandemics), and the effects of climate change.

    Therefore, there can be no assurances that future actual results will correspond to these forward-looking statements. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement made by the Company. Any such statement speaks only as of the date the statement was made or as of such date that may be referenced within the statement. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events after the date of the press release. Persons are advised, however, to consult further disclosures management makes on related subjects in its reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in its press releases.

    CONFERENCE CALL, WEBCAST AND REPLAY

    The Company will hold a conference call on Tuesday, April 22, 2025 at 9:00 a.m. (CDT) regarding first quarter 2025 earnings results. Individuals interested in participating in the call by addressing questions to management should register for the call to receive the dial-in numbers and unique PIN at the Conference Call Link included within the Company’s press release dated March 31, 2025 available at the Investor Relations, Investor News and Events, Press Releases link on its website at https://www.wintrust.com. A separate simultaneous audio-only webcast link is included within the press release referenced above. Registration for and a replay of the audio-only webcast with an accompanying slide presentation will be available at https://www.wintrust.com, Investor Relations, Investor News and Events, Presentations & Conference Calls. The text of the first quarter 2025 earnings press release will also be available on the home page of the Company’s website at https://www.wintrust.com and at the Investor Relations, Investor News and Events, Press Releases link on its website.

    FOR MORE INFORMATION CONTACT:
    Timothy S. Crane, President & Chief Executive Officer
    David A. Dykstra, Vice Chairman & Chief Operating Officer
    (847) 939-9000
    Web site address: www.wintrust.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Welch Hosts Event on His New Bipartisan, Bicameral Bill to Expand Telehealth

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator Peter Welch (D-Vermont)

    BURLINGTON, VT – U.S. Senator Peter Welch (D-Vt.) today discussed his new bipartisan, bicameral legislation to expand coverage of telehealth services through Medicaid, the Creating Opportunities Now for Necessary and Effective Care Technologies (CONNECT) for Health Act, while visiting the Thayer House in Burlington. Senator Welch was joined at the Thayer House by a clinician from Cathedral Square’s Support and Services at Home (SASH) program, Vermont patients, and health care providers.  
    “The COVID-19 pandemic proved that telehealth not only works, but is essential,” Senator Welch said about the CONNECT for Health Act. “Rural and underserved areas in Vermont, and across the country, need modern solutions to help get folks connected to care, and increasing telehealth services must be part of the answer. This bipartisan bill takes commonsense steps to bridge that gap and make sure that our policies adapt to the capabilities of our technology.”  
    The Thayer House is an affordable living community for Vermonters aged 55 and older, and is a SASH program location. SASH is based in more than 140 living communities throughout the state and supports the health of Vermonters who rely on Medicare. 
    The CONNECT for Health Act would make COVID-19 telehealth flexibilities permanent, improve health outcomes, and make it easier for patients to connect with their doctors. Current Medicare telehealth flexibilities will expire on September 30th, 2025, without Congressional action. Telehealth provides essential access to care, with nearly a quarter of Americans accessing telehealth monthly. Telemedicine is also on the rise in Vermont, with 92% of healthcare providers in the state reporting use of audio/video services to provide care to patients in the past 60 days.  
    See photos from the event below:  

    “In a rural, northern state such as Vermont, our patients face many barriers that limit their ability to physically reach our offices– lack of transportation, bad weather, back roads, days that get dark early during our long winters.  These factors hit our older patients particularly hard.  One tool that is helping patients get the care they need is to be able to see us from home using telehealth.  The Vermont Medical Society and Vermont Academy of Family Physicians thank Senator Welch for introducing this important legislation and call on Congress to join him in ensuring patients with Medicare can continue to make use of telehealth visits,” said Anne Morris, MD, family physician, Milton, VT; Board member, Vermont Medical Society and past-president of the Vermont Academy of Family Physicians. 
    “Telehealth visits increase our resident’s access to care, are more convenient, and save travel time. Telehealth visits also allow our nurses to participate with residents. This can improve the resident’s understanding of their care and ensures that our staff have an in depth understanding of the care plan,” said Jessiyln Dolan, RN, a SASH Wellness Nurse.  
    “Telehealth is so much easier and I never have to cancel.  I can’t do computers very well, so having help from SASH makes it possible to talk to my doctor. I don’t have a car, and it is hard to get a ride to the doctor’s office,” said Helen Mischik, a resident of Thayer House.  
    The CONNECT for Health Act is cosponsored by a broad bipartisan coalition of more than 60 Senators and is led by Senator Welch and Sens. Brian Schatz (D-Hawai‘i), Roger Wicker (R-Miss.), Mark Warner (D-Va.), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-Miss.), and John Barrasso (R-Wyo.). Companion legislation has been introduced in the House of Representatives. The CONNECT for Health Act has the support of more than 150 organizations, including the American Medical Association, AARP, American Hospital Association, National Association of Community Health Centers, National Association of Rural Health Clinics, and American Telemedicine Association.   

    MIL OSI USA News